The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
H U N T ’S MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE. E s t a b li s h e d J u l y , 1 8 3 9 , b y F r e e m a n H u n t . V O L U M E X L III. C ONTENTS NOVEMBER, OF 1 8 60. NO. V., NU M BER V VOL. XLIII. ARTICLES. A rt. pagb I. R E V IE W , HISTO RICAL A N D C R ITIC AL , OF TIIE D IF F E R E N T SYSTEM S OF SOCIAL P H ILO SO P H Y ; OR, INTR OD UCTIO N TO A MORE COM PREHENSIVE SYSTEM . P a r t i x . The Political School of Sociology critically considered-The Three Different Classes of that School stated and defined—Macchiavelli, Locke, and Mon tesquieu critically examined, as Representatives of Three Different Varieties of the First Class -Aristotle and De Tocqueville compared with Montesquieu—Rousseau and Paine brought into review—The American Contribution to Social Science remarked upon— Hamilton, Madison, Jay, Jefferson, and Calhoun briefly noticed, as to their Contributions to Social Science........................................................................................................................................ 531 II. P H IL A D E L P H IA — ITS M AN U FA CTU R ES. Population— Compared with New York— Advantages of Site— Minerals—Value of Manufactures— Position of State—Accumula tion of Capital and Materials— Aggregate of Manufactures—Product per Head—Distri bution of Industry— Clothing in Philadelphia—Effect of P anic-State of the Trade in Boston— Textile Manufactures in Philadelphia—Factories— Mode of ManufactureWoolens— Labor Value of Cottons—Table of Factories—Goods Consigned to Philadel phia—Local Production— Aggregate Market—Iron Trade—Product— Pig Iron —Rolling Mills— Woolens Bold in Philadelphia— Commerce........................................................................ 555 III. V A L U A T IO N OF L IF E INSURANCE PO LIC IES. No. v i i . By Prof. C. F. M oCa y , of Georgia........................................................................................................................................ 567 IV. CURREN CY OF TH E U N IT E D STATES ton................................. By Ch arles H. Carroll, Merchant, Bos 574 J O U R N A L OF M E R C A N T I L E LAW. The Bombardment of Greytown...................................................................................................................... 583 Alleged Fraud on the Revenue........................................................................................................................ 585 The Schuyler Frauds and the New Haven Railroad Stock— Advances on Cotton......................... 586 C O M M E R C I A L C H R O N I C L E A ND R E V I E W . Progress of Business—Imports— Exports-D om estic Produce— Approximation of Exports to Imports—Effect on Exchanges— Larger Portion o f Breadstuffs—Table of Exports—Grain at the West— Milwaukee—Chicago—Railroads— Rise in Values— Absorption of Funds— Capital at Call—Grain for Freights— No Speculation at the W est— Money in the ftock Market— Bank Loans-Contraction Comparative—Loans on the Market—Rates of Money— Remittances— Sterling Bills—Rates of Exchange— Current of Specie—Gold Shipments— Specie in the City —Assay-office— Mint................................................................................................................. ............... 587-595 VOL. X L III.— N O. V. 34 530 CONTENTS OF N O . V ., V O L . X L I I I . PAGK JOURNAL OF B A N K I N G , CURRENCY, AND F I N A N C E . Baltimore Liabilities............................................................................................................................................ 595 New Orleans United States Branch Mint.—Leather Failures................................................................. Wealth of New York State............................ - ...................................................................... .. *........... City Weekly Bank Returns— Banks of,N ew York, Boston, Philadelphia, New Orleans, Pittsburg, St. Louis, Providence........................................................................................................................... Boston Bank D ividends......................................................................................................... ......................... The Revenue of Cuba........................................................................................................................................... STATISTICS OF TRADE AND COMMERCE. 606 607 611 612 613 Wine Product of F ran ce...................................................................................................................... New York City Trade.—Trade of Cincinnati............................................................................... 'British Merchant Shipping— ......................................................................................................... Milk Trade.— Imports of Hamburg.— Outta Percha............................................ ....................... Trade in Breadstuff's of the City of New York............................................................................. NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. 614 615 616 Sales of Ships.—The Shipping Interest........................................................................ New York Shipping............................................................................................................ Naval Change...................................................................................................................... COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. liiver and Freights............................ ..................................................................................................... ......... 616 Imitation Merino Shirts.................... .................................................................................................................. 617 Woolen Hats.— Landscape Plates.- -New Tariff of Rates between Chicago and Southern Cities 618 POSTAL DEPARTMENT. Post-office of the Sandwich Islands— Report of the Postmaster General The British P o s t - o f f i c e . — English Post-office Packet Service, 1858 -50 ..., JOURNAL OF INSURANCE. Alabama Insurance Law............................ .............................................................. Insurance Scrip Dividends.— Humors of Health Insurance........................ Marine Insurance Scrip............................................................................................. JOURNAL OF M I N I N G , MANUFACTURES, AND ART. 625 626 627 628 629 630 630 The Pennsylvania Rock O il............................................................. ...... Galvanizing Iron........................ ............................................................... Cotton Manufacture in Scotland............................................................... Flax Cotton.— Rhode Island C oal............................... ....................... Manchester Operatives.—The N eed le................................................... The “ L a st” Manufactory at Richmond.—Smoke from Gas-lights Levels of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans............................................. RAILROAD, CANAL, AND S T E A M B O A T S T A T I S T I C S . Manufacture of Railway Iro n ........................................................................................................................... Cotton on Railroads.............................................................................................................................................. Railways in Texas................................ ................................................................................................................ Southwestern Railroad Company of Georgia..................................................................................... ......... New Orleans, Jackson, and Great Northern Railroad.— Prophecy in Regard, to Railroads.......... American Railroad Enterprise in Brazil—History of Brazil Roads....... . . .................................... Railroad Receipts for September..................................................................................................................... STATISTICS OF AGRICULTURE, 631 632 633 634 654 635 637 be. Grape Culture on Kelley’s Island, Ohio......................................................................................................... 638 Cotton........................................................................................................................................................................ 640 A California Fruit-Orchard—The Crops in California................................................................................ 613 STATISTICS OF POPULATION, &c. Population and Growth of Boston.....................«...................................................................... Population of Spain.— Population of Milwaukee.................... ......................................... Population of some Ohio Towns.— Census of Cincinnati.— Census of Rhode Island Business Population of San Francisco.— Census of New Hampshire........ ................. Statistics of Population of Baltimore County.— Michigan Towns—Population____ MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. New York Central P a rk ............................................................................................................. The End of D ebt............................................................................................................................ Direct Southern Trade with E u rope....................................................................................... Sailors— W hat they are, and what they should h e ............................................................. Facts and Figu res................................ ......................................................................................... Anecdote of Stephen Girard.— London Tobacco Trade and Consumption.................. THE Notices of new Books or new Editions. 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 BOOK T R A D E . 655-656 HUNT’S MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW, NOVEMBER, 1 860. Art. I,— REVIEW , HISTORICAL AND CRITICAL, OF THE DIFFERENT SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY :* OK, INTRODUCTION TO A MORE C OM PREHENSIVE SYSTEM. PART IX . T H E P O L I T I C A L 8 C H 0 0 L O F S O C IO L O G Y C R I T I C A L L Y C O N S ID E R E D — T H E T H R E E D IF F E R E N T C LA 8SE S OF T H A T SC H O O L S T A T E D A N D D E F I N E D — M A C C I I I A V E L L I , L O C K E , A N D M O N T E S Q U IE U C R I T I C A L L Y E X A M I N E D , AS R E P R E S E N T A T I V E S O F T H R E E D I F F E R E N T V A R I E T I E S O F T H E F I R S T C L A S S — A R IS T O T L E A N D D E T O C Q U B V I L L K C O M P A R E D W I T H M O N T E S Q U IE U — R O U S S E A U A N D P A I N E B R O U G H T IN T O R E V I E W — T H E A M E R IC A N C O N T R I B U T I O N T O S O C I A L S C IE N C E R E M A R K E D U P O N — H A M I L T O N , M A D IS O N , J A Y , J E F F E R S O N , A N D C A L H O U N B R I E F L Y N O T I C E D , A S T O T H E I R C O N T R I B U T I O N S T O S O C I A L 8 C IE N C E . H a v i n g now concluded our glance at the different races of mankind not belonging to the Caucasian or most superior race, and those nations of the Caucasian race that have flourished before the present age, with a view to extracting whatever noteworthy ideas in Sociology they may have either speculatively entertained or practically illustrated, we come now to the more methodical consideration of sociological ideas and sys tems, according to the classification o f them which we have already laid down, as appertaining to the Political, Politico-Economical, or Malthusian schools; and the course of our review, which has been, hitherto, ram bling and disconnected, as a necessary consequence of its endeavor to com prehend, in one survey, and reduce to some historical order, a field, at once so vast and so scantily supplied with material, becomes henceforth more systematical and connected. All the ideas which have hitherto come under our review, and which have been prominently developed before the present age, may be regarded as belonging to the Political School. For, although, as we have already seen, some ideas may be detected in the discourses o f Plato and Aristotle on Politics, which appertain rather to the Politico-Economical and Mai* Entered according to an act of Congress, in the year 1859, by G e o . W . & J n o . A. W o o d , in the Clerk’s Odice of the District Coart of the United States, for the southern district of New York. 532 Review , H istorical and Critical, thusian schools, and some indeed of a still more fundamental character, yet they were not developed with sufficient prominence to form the basis of any particular school or system o f Social Philosophy. In the present age, however, not only have these two last-named schools been distinctly and prominently developed, as systems o f Social Philosophy, but the theories and projects of the Political School have so multiplied as to ren der it a work of vast difficulty even to reduce them to a general and methodical classification, so as to admit of their being all synthetically, or summarily, considered, and according to their logical connections, merely, while treating them in detail, or with reference to the historical order of their development, it would be prepostrous to attempt, and of little utility to accomplish, were it practicable. It is upon the former plan alone that it is intended here to consider these multitudinous ideas in Sociology, although some ideas may be more particularly considered, with a view to illustrating more distinctly the class o f ideas to which they appertain. Regard will be had, moreover, to the historical order of their development, so far as can be done, consistently with the more general plan of considering them according to their logical connection. The historical connection of ideas is, indeed, sometimes so intimately related to their logical connection, as to illustrate it with peculiar dis tinctness, and to become, thereby, of special and vital interest. Such was the case in respect to the logical and historical connection between the Political and Malthusian schools o f Social Philosophy. For the Political School of Social Philosophy culminated in Godwin’s Political Justice, by the effect which that work had in stimulating Malthus to in quiry, whose opposing system occasioned its decline, and the Malthusian School took its rise from this occasion. Iii other words, the fundamental errors of the Political School cropped out so manifestly in Godwin’s Political Justice, that Malthus clearly discerned them, and was thereby urged into that train of inquiry, which led him to the discovery of those principles which constitute the fundamental ideas of his school. Where the historical connection of ideas is so intimately associated with their logical and vital connections, as in this instance, it would be great neglect to overlook them ; nor shall we fail to give clear and distinct prominence to facts so noteworthy and of so much significance in the history of Social Philosophy. The multitudinous theories or plans for the improvement o f the social condition, which may be regarded as belonging, fundamentally and es sentially, to the Political School of Sociology, may be all comprehended under the three following classes, to one or other of which they may be all referred:— I. Those which aim at improving the social condition by simply devis ing a political system, or organism, capable of performing, in the best possible manner, the legitimate function of government. II. Those which aim at improving the social condition to a greater ex tent, and somewhat more fundamentally, than the legitimate function of government can ever improve it, and to an extent which is indeed possible, though not very likely to be attained, and which, as a means of attaining that end, aim at devising a political system which transcends the legitimate function o f government. III. Those which aim at improving the social condition to an extent totally impracticable, and utterly chimerical to calculate on, and which O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 533 either propose (as one division of this class do) to use government, or the political authority of the State, as a means for attaining this unattainable end, or, (as another division o f the class do,) in their frantic ravings against all government, as the great paramount cause o f social grievances, propose a total abolition of all government, prospectively, if not imme diately, as an indispensable prerequisite to the realization o f their delu sive dreams. In all these three different classes of theories may be detected, more or less distinctly, as their fundamental basis, the idea that the social grievances of mankind are to be attributed, mainly, to political causes, though in some rather negatively than positively, or indirectly rather than directly; and they are all liable to this common criticism, that they fail to discern, or, at least, avowedly to recognize, that there are deeper and more fundamental causes of social suffering than any mere political ones, and which require to be counteracted before any high attainment can be made in the social scale, either individually or nationally. The two first named of these three classes may be regarded as negatively, or indirectly, asserting the idea, though they do not positively assert or avow it, that, the social grievances o f mankind, are attributable, mainly, to political causes, inasmuch as they do not aim at any other expedients for social improve ment, than those which appertain to the domain o f mere Politics. The third class, in both of its two divisions, as already designated, positively and directly assert this idea, which is the most distinguishing and pro minent fundamental idea o f the whole class. These three classes will be considered by us in the order in which they have been designated, in doing which, some of the more noteworthy expositions of the fundamental ideas o f these various classes will be in cidentally considered, although, as already intimated, with but little re gard to the historical order of their development, or any other circum stance than such as may serve to illustrate the logical connection of the ideas. As we are here sketching the history, and critically examining the character, of ideas, rather than of persons, we shall take note of per sons or individuals, and of their peculiar works, only in so far as they may serve to illustrate ideas, according to the plan of considering them which we have adopted. It may very well happen, therefore, that names which merit distinguished consideration for contributions made to Social Philosophy, may be passed lightly^ over, or omitted altogether, in our re view, partly because they have not seemed to the reviewer to illustrate, or to represent, very prominently, any of those fundamental ideas which he is aiming to bring into prominent view, and partly because some may have wholly escaped his observation. For who shall pretend to know all the meritorious laborers who have rendered service in this field of Philosophy, from the time of Solon to the present day ? W h o shall un dertake to recount the names even o f all, who, amid the teeming produc tions of the press, in the present age, have put forth valuable ideas in re lation to the philosophy of society, or mere Political Philosophy, in Italy, Germany, France, Britain, and America? It is, in this respect, in the battle-field of science, (if we may so speak,) and in the great battle of life, on its largest scale, as it is in the battle-field o f arms. It is only the chief captains, the leaders of division and brigade, who owe their position often to fortuitous circumstances rather than to pure merit, that are particularly noticed, and blazoned before the world, for their meritorious 534 Review , H istorical and Critical, deeds, while subaltern officers, in reality equally as heroic, nay, whole regiments of heroes, descend into the grave of oblivion, promiscuously encoffined in a parenthesis— thus verifying the sorrowful line of the poet— “ A ll join the chase, but few the triumph share.”* In entering upon the consideration o f the first of these classes, or, that which aims at improving the social condition simply by devising a political system, or organism, capable o f performing, in the best possible manner, the legitimate function o f government, we are met, on the very threshhold of the inquiry, by one of the most profound, difficult, and im portant practical questions within the whole range o f Political Philosophy, nay, in a still wider compass, within the whole range of Social Philoso phy. What is the legitimate function o f government, or the political authority o f a State?— for, until this be determined, we cannot decide what particular theories or ideas are to be comprehended in the class to be considered. This question we might indeed have postponed, nay, pretermitted entirely, in our review, except in a very general and wholly incidental manner. W e might have included in our definition of the class to be considered, so much of the definition o f the legitimate function of government, as would answer, substantially, for a more particular, though less succinct, and certainly far less accurate and scientific, definition of the class. W e might, for example, have defined it as the class which aims at improving the social condition simply by devising a political system capable of securing, most effectually, the rights of person and property. Put to this definition o f the class, assuming that it embodies, substantially, a correct definition of the legitimate function o f government, it is to be objected that the phrase, “ sScuring the rights of person and property,” is rather vague and indeiermiuate, unless qualified and explained. And if, in order to qualify and explain this expression, as to the legitimate func tion of government, it is necessary to enter upon the consideration of the question in part, we might as well do so in whole. Without further remark, however, as to the intrinsic propriety o f the definition here given, of the class of social philosophers in question, it may be remarked, that it is no material objection to the definition, that it involves the necessity of meeting now, and in advance, this question, as to what is the legitimate function of government. For, in large, as well as in small matters, it is often most advisable, as the vulgar maxim recommends, “ to take the bull by the horns.” In the consideration o f all questions, however, large or small, we have to encounter, at some point or other, the real difficulty, the essential mat ter of the inquiry. This may be done either in the beginning, the mid dle, or the end of the discourse, disquisition, or treatise. In many dis courses it is postponed to the end; in others it is encountered in the be ginning, and in others again in the middle, or body of the discourse. W hich is the most proper course, depends upon many contingencies, re ting chiefly to the subject matter ot the inquiry, and the occasion of it. In strictly scientific treatises, and, indeed, in all treatises in which it is practicable, it is generally far better to grapple with the difficulty to be Byron in Child Ilarold. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 585 encountered in the beginning, to state in brief the essential matter which is to be more fully developed and expounded in the body of the treatise. And this is, indeed, the method usuall)' adopted in scientific treatises. For they generally begin with explicit definitions o f the principles or facts they are intended to illustrate, which definitions, if rightly given, embed)', and, to a very great extent, determine, the whole matter o f the disquisi tion. Herein may be observed, by the way, the main difference between the analytical and synthetical methods of inquiry, and between the Philoso phical and strictly Scientific. By the analytical method, which is more particularly the method of Philosophy accurately defined, and in its more restricted sense, as contradistinguished from science, we postpone the real matter of the inquiry, or matter to be ascertained, to the end o f the in quiry, and this, indeed, from the necessity of the case ; for in this case our object is to ascertain what is as yet unknown. By the synthetical method, which is eminently and peculiarly the method of Science, we be gin with the essential matter, which has been already ascertained. It is the province of Philosophy to ascertain facts or principles, of Science, to classify and systematize them. This observation is to be understood, however, as relating to Philosophy in its more restricted and peculiar sense ; for in its largest sense, and in that sense in which the term “ Social Philosophy” is used in this review, Philosophy covers a much more extensive province, and comprehends Science itself. Every science, indeed, may be said to have its philosophy, as every art has its science, and the term “ Social Philosophy,” as here used, is intended to compre hend those principles of Sociology which have been already reduced to Science, not less than those which are, as yet, in an unsettled state, and undetermined as to their fitness to be received as scientific principles or facts. In the present disquisition, therefore, which relates, mainly, to prin ciples and facts that may now be regarded as scientifically established, it is often practicable, as it is proposed to do in the remaining parts of this review, to adopt the Synthetical or Scientific method, and to meet in advance the main difficulties and essential matters o f the disquisition ; and, as already intimated, this is eminently desirable wherever it is practicable. That a clear and definite idea o f the end proposed in any undertaking is eminently conducive to its successful prosecution, is obvious enough. The preliminary ascertainment of this end, in any disquisition— philosoph ical or otherwise— is what we have referred to, as meeting, in advance, the main difficulties o f the disquisition. And this is simply doing what those writers do, who, in the beginning of their discourses, lay down accurate and precise definitions o f the objects or ends they are aiming at. If Horace was right in saying, “ He who has begun his work has already half finished it,” '* with still more propriety may it be said, that he has already half finished his discourse, who, in the beginning of it, has accurately and clearly defined its object. With what disadvantages, for example, must an architect labor, who should undertake to erect a house without any definite plan? Yet such are the disadvantages under * See Epistles of Horace, book i., Epistle ii., line 4j0. 536 R eview , H istorical and Critical, which they are placed who labor in the incipient stages of any science, with a view to its establishment. It is not until the fundamental principles of a science have been dis covered, and their main applications discerned, that any clear and definite ideas can be had concerning the true plan for seeking to obtain more knowledge, in relation thereto, or even for systematizing that which has been already obtained. In this instance, indeed, we see but one manifesta tion of a much more general fact, which this serves to illustrate— that, in all human endeavors, we have to finish our work, (if it be allowable so to speak,) before ue know, well, how to begin it. This is true even of the great business of life. It is only towards the close o f a long and event ful life, and when a man is about to die, that he learns, and comes to see clearly, how he should have begun it. In like manner, substantially, it is with the sciences, or those at least which are not of the purely exact or mathematical order. It was only towards the close o f a long and brilliant series o f experi ments and theories in astronomy, for example, that the great controlling principle, o f the universality o f the laws of gravitation, was discovered by Newton, which served to explain all previously ascertained phenomena, and indicated how efforts should be directed with a view to further astronomical discoveries. Before this time, and even after Copernicus and Kepler had made their valuable contributions to the science, astrono mers were very much in the dark, and were striving after astronomical knowledge, for the most part, by a blind process, and without any very definite ideas as to the plan on which their efforts should be conducted. In like manner social philosophers have been, hitherto, for the most part, striving, by a blind process, to arrive at truth in Sociology, and speculat ing and experimenting on government, without any definite or clear idea o f its legitimate function, or of the end which it should propose to itself, in reference to all the manifold functions of the complex system of society. All the speculations, as well as experiments, of the class of social philosophers now under particular consideration, and indeed of the whole political school, nay, in a still wider range, we may say, the speculations as well as experiments of all social philosophers, hitherto, have been characterized by the want of clear and definite ideas on this point. Could we but ascertain the truth on this point, discover the real principle which governs in respect to it, determine this great preliminary question, as to the legitimate function of government, the determination of which is a preliminary requisite to a truly scientific consideration o f the complex problem of society, but, which, according to the actual order of the development of human ideas, and in exact reverse to the logical and scientific order of their development, is a posterior discovery, and one only to be made towards the conclusion of a long and laborious train of endeavors to establish the science of Sociology, we should obtain a grand result, towards explaining the phenomena o f society, and towards simplifying our inquiries in regard to government in general, and the ideas of those political philosophers in particular, whose speculations and experiments are now about to come under our review. To this great question, then, let us now come, with a becoming distrust of our ability, and of all human ability, to discern and express the precise truth in regard to a question which addresses itself to so many complex, O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 537 variable, and thousand-fold relations. Yet, at this age o f the world— near the close o f the protracted discussion which the question has re ceived, from the time of Solon to the present day— after the elaborate consideration to which it has been subjected, both speculatively and practically, in many different ages and countries— after Grecian philoso phy has shed its light upon it, Roman statesmanship has illustrated it, and Anglo-Saxon common sense has practically tested it, in many varied re lations— after the searching debates upon it in the Athenian Assembly, the Roman Comitia and Senate, the British Parliament, the American Congress, and the French Revolutionary Convention— it should not ap pear presumptuous, in an inquirer who has enjoyed the advantages of all these great discussions, and of all former experience, and with whom the Philosophy of Society, in its manifold relations, has long been a cherished theme of inquiry, to suppose that he has discerned, and is able to express, with substantial correctness, the real principle which governs as to the proper function of the political authority o f a State, or, in other words, what is the proper and legitimate function o f government. However this may be,- the writer of this review can feel little hesita tion in asserting, that the legitimate function o f government, in the largest, most comprehensive, and fundamental sense, is to let the people alone, itself\and insure their being let alone by others ; in other words, and speak ing with more logical accuracy, though with less rhetorial piquancy, the legitimate function o f government is, to insure the people against being interfered with, by the least possible interference with them on its own p a r t; or yet, in other words, and in order that a proposition of so much im portance may he so variously and so explicitly expressed as to preclude, if possible, all possibility of misapprehension in regard to it, the legitimate function o f government is, to insure the largest practicable measure o f in dividual activity, with the least possible exertion o f the aggregate /orce o f the community as a controller or modifier o f such individual activity. The definition here given o f the legitimate function of government may be made still more intelligible and explicit by adverting to the defi nition heretofore incidentally given in our review of “ the best govern ment.” W hile reviewing Grecian sociology, and alluding to the constant aim of the social philosophers of that people to attain to “ the best gov ernment,” as to which they had very vague and indefinite ideas, generally, as well as some positively erroneous ones, in particular, we took occasion to define the best government as, that which insures stability and order in the State with the least possible sacrifice o f the ivdividal liberty o f the citizen.* Now the legitimate function of government is to do what it appertains to the best government to do, as just defined. And this ac cords entirely with what we have already said, as to the legitimate func tion of government; for the very end and object of insuring stability and order in the State is to insure individuals against being molested, or interfered with, to insure their being let alone. It may be readily seen that the definition here given o f the legitimate function of government is only a more fundamental, comprehensive, and truly scientific expression of the principle contained in another definition, which might appear more obvious, and would be more readily appreci ated by common intelligence, namely, the definition which should assert * See Merchants' Magazine for January, 1860, vol, 42, page 20. 538 Review , H istorical and Critical, that the legitimate function of government is, to secure the rights o f per son and property. For when a people are completely let alone, when they are in no respect molested or interfered with, o f course their rights of person and property are secured. It may be readily seen, also, that this definition of the legitimate function of government accords entirely with the views o f those who make the grand aim o f their political speculations and endeavors to secure the largest amount o f liberty to the citizen, about which so many superficial demagogues prate, and about which so many statesmen and political philosophers have speculated, without clearly perceiving the real efficacy of the liberty principle or the relations o f civil liberty to the more fundamental and important principles o f sociology. It should be obvious enough, moreover, that the definition in question is in entire accordance with the cherished Laisscz faire doctrine o f the political economists, who have had the discernment to detect the impor tance of the great l e t a l o n e p r i n c i p l e , in reference to the interference o f government with production, without however perceiving its far more comprehensive applications, and its vast scope o f relations to the whole science of sociology, just as mankind before the time o f Newton were familiar with many o f the simple applications o f the law of gravitation, and could, by means o f it, weigh an apple or a bowlder, but had not yet discovered its applications to the whole solar system, and learned, by means of it, to weigh planets and suns. It can hardly be necessary to remark that, in the definition here given o f the legitimate function of government, reference is had only to its specific function in the social system, and without any reference to its incidental and less determinate functions. There is not an organ in the animal system that has not its incidental, as well as its specific, function to perform. This is not less true of the various organs of the social sys tem. Government, in the social system, has highly important incidental and indirect influences to exert, as well as specific and direct ones. And social science is far more in want of definite and correct ideas as to what the character of these influences ought to be, or what is the legitimate incidental function of government, than it is as to its legitimate specific function, which we have here designated, and perhaps properly enough, as simply and purely its legitimate function. As to this incidental and indirect function o f government, however, it is not intended here to speak. It is not forced upon our consideration, at this time, as the spe cific and immediate function o f government has been, incidentally, and we shall not mar the logical harmony o f our review by unnecessarily introducing it. The definition which has been here given of the legitimate function o f government suggests, readily enough, to a little reflection, its qualifi cations, which are numerous and important. For while the great desid eratum in sociology, for the specific purpose o f insuring which govern ments are established among men, is that men may be let alone, yet it should be obvious enough that in order that men may be let alone, they must be, to some extent, interfered with. In order that mankind may not be otherwise and more seriously interfered with or molested, they must be, to some extent, interfered with, molested, or restrained by gov ernment. How far, under all the various conditions in which mankind may be placed, in the social state, this restraint, or interference, on the part o f government, ought to extend, is the real difficulty, and the great O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 539 practical question which addresses itself to the social philosopher, in the political department o f social science. No specific rule, applicable to all cases, can be laid down in respect to the applications o f this restrain ing principle, when the range o f variation, in its applicability, is so vast. So great indeed is this range o f variation, that while there may be con ditions of society in which the restraining influence o f government might be totally dispensed with, and society left entirely to the operations of the law of nature, there are others, again, in which the restraints of nothing less than absolute political despotism would be indispensable, in order to maintain stability and order, and protect society against a far worse sort o f interference than that of absolute despotism, that of wide spread anarchy and barbarism. Yet in these instances of the greatest allowable restraints on the liberty o f the citizen, the logical consistency o f the principle o f non-interjerence is maintained ; for the very reason, if rightly applied, that the citizen is so rigidly interfered with by gov ernment, is that a worse interference with his interests m aybe prevented. The interference of despotic government is preferable to that o f anarchy, and it may become necessary, (to use the idea of Macaulay, before cited by us,*) to sacrifice even liberty, in order to save civilization. In short, the great principle, rightly understood and applied, underlying all politi cal interference with the liberty o f the citizen, is that the citizen may be, as fa r as possible, freed from all interference. And the grand aim of all political authority— the grand aim of social philosophy— should be, to widen the sphere o f individual activity as far as, under all the circum stances, is allowable— nay, to actualize the grand result, towards which all real human improvement tends, and after which mankind, in all ages, have been unconciously yearning and striving— the result which a late writer has designated as “ the last great triumph, the signal for the com plete inauguration o f God’s kingdom on earth— the triumph of the indi vidual over society.” | Having now submitted a definition o f the legitimate function of gov ernment, which, it is believed, will stand the test of scientific criticism, on the score o f clearness and precision, as well as o f accuracy, it may be proper to remark that those whose theories in sociology we have charac terized as aiming to improve the social condition, by simply devising a p o litical organism capable o f performing in the best possible manner the legitmate junction o f government, have not possessed, by any means, such clear and definite ideas in relation thereto, however substantially accurate may have been those ideas. And this constrains us to remark that it is not only not necessary that men, in order that they should have substantially correct ideas in relation to any subject, should have clear and definite ideas, but that it is not necessary, in order that their aims should be just, that their ideas in relation thereto should be. Men, not less than the lower animals, are urged by instincts, which often impel them in the right direction long before their rational faculties are sufficiently developed to indicate the correctness of that direction, or discern the grounds o f its propriety. In short, as language precedes grammar, art, science, and in stinct, reason, in the natural order o f development, so the practical recog nition of principles often and generally precedes their theoretical and ra tional recognition. * See No. ii. of this Review, in Merchants Magazine for November, 1859. t See Henry James, on Moralism and Christianity, page 154. 5A0 Review, H istorical and Critical, Accordingly we shall find that a multitude o f theorists and experi menters in social philosophy have aimed at actualizing the legitimate function o f government, when they theoretically entertained very vague and indefinite, nay, very crude and imperfect, if not positively erroneous, ideas in relation thereto. W e shall find them striving by a blind pro cess— by a sort o f blind instinct— after the legitimate function of gov ernment. W e shall find them, for example, striving after liberty, the lib erty of the citizen, and the rights of the citizen, without once suspecting, apparently, that, in so doing, they were striving to attain the grand de sideratum— the legitimate function o f government— and without discern ing the principle upon which the liberty of the citizen is really useful, and upon which it tends to the really important end— the improvement of the social condition, the actual well being of mankind. And, in this, we shall, at the same time, discern the great superiority o f the rational recognition o f principles to the mere instinctive aspiration to attain them. For we shall find these inquirers striving after liberty, as an end, as the summum bonum o f all social aspiration, and one to be sought for without regard to circumstances, whereas had they possessed the rational recog nition of the principles involved, had they comprehended the true prin ciples of sociology, they would have discovered that liberty is to be de sired rather as a means to an end, to the end o f the actual well being of mankind, and that it depends on circumstances how much liberty ought to be enjoyed by individuals in the social state— that it depends on how much they can use without abusing. After this somewhat elaborate preliminary disquisition on the defini tion of the class to be considered, it is time that we should come to the consideration of the class itself. To this class may be referred, in a prac tical or experimental point of view, nearly all the political systems of the present day, which, unlike those o f antiquity, have confined their aims, mainly and substantially, to the legitimate function o f government, however much they may have deviated from the principle in their prac tical application of it ; and most prominently among these systems may be particularly noticed the great model governments of the present age, those of Britain and America, which are the great practical embodiments of the political wisdom of the age, though certainly not complete em bodiments of that wisdom, since there are many valuable ideas, familiar to political philosophers o f the present day, which have not as yet found adequate expression, if any at all, in either o f these justly renowned sys tems o f government. To this class may also be referred, in a theoretical or speculative point of view, much the greater number of the political treatises or disquisi tions on government, of any eminent merit, that have appeared in the present age. For we shall find ideas o f this class, which are more cor rect, so far as they go, than those of the second class, much more preva lent in this than in earlier times. For while in this age error does much more abound, or rather appear in much larger forms, than in former ages, so also does truth, which is in accordance with the general law, the higher the development, the greater the adaptability to both good and evil. Among the multitudinous disquisitions on government which have ap peared in the present age, those which are, perhaps, most entitled to par ticular consideration, whether by reason of their intrinsic merit, or the O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 541 influence which they have exerted in directing or modifying general opin ion, or partly both, are Macchiavelli’s discourse, entitled “ The Prince,” Locke’s essay on “ Civil Government,” and Montesquieu’s disquisition on the “ Spirit of Laws” — the first the outcome o f Italian, the second of Anglo-Saxon, and the third o f French intellect, and the first being the product of the 16th, the second of the 17th, and the third o f the 18th century. These three notable works are the more entitled to particular consideration, because they may be regarded as the great representative expressions of three prominent varieties o f the class of social philoso phers now passing under our review. Macchiavelli’s discourse, entitled II Principe, or The Prince, written in 1514, (as is generally supposed,) though not published until 1532, five years after his death, and addressed to Lorenzo de Medici, the reigning prince of his country, (Florence,) may be regarded as a masterly exposi tion of the principles upon which the political authority of a State ought to be administered, with a view to realizing the ideas of those who re gard the great majority o f mankind as the rightful subjects, the mere property, of a few divinely favored mortals, specially commissioned and annointed to rule with undisputable sway over their fellow mortals, and who consider the interests of mankind at large as worthy o f no more con sideration than is strictly consistent with the wishes and interest of those peculiarly favored mortals. It is a legitimate expression o f the views of those who advocate the jure divine right of kings to rule supremely in human affairs— a race of thinkers, it is to be presumed, now nearly ex tinct, and of whom the renowned diplomat, Metternich of Austria, may be regarded as one of the most distinguished lingering remnants in the 19th century. It may appear to be with very questionable propriety that we class such a work, as this o f Macchiavelli, with those which aim at improving the social condition by simply devising a political organism capable o f per forming, in the best possible manner, the legitimate function of government, especially after we have defined that function to be— to secure the com munity against molestation or interference. But this classification will appear defensible when it is considered that the words of our definition, “ by simply devising,” etc., imply what would be more clearly expressed by the words, “ by nothing more than simply devising,” etc. For it is very obvious that the aim o f Macchiavelli’s work in question is nothing more than simply to devise a system o f government, or administration, which should perform the legitimate function of government, since it is obviously a great deal less. In one sense, indeed, the aim of the work in question comes precisely within the scope o f our definition; for that aim is obvionsly to secure the only individual in the State, whom Mac chiavelli regarded as having any undoubted rights, the Prince, against molestation or interference, and the rest o f the community, just so far as that may comport with the special interests of the Prince. Regarded from the very low stand-point from which Macchiavelli re garded human society in this work, not so much, assuredly from the real convictions o f his own mind, as from a desire to obtain the favor of “ the Prince,” to whom it was addressed,* the work must be regarded as one * It is abundantly evident from the dedication of the work in question, from the general scope of Macchiavelli's views, as expressed in other works of his, and still more explicitly, from posthu mous letters written by him, that this celebrated work, II Principe, was written by Macchiavelli almost purely with the view of obtaining preferment from the reigning prince of Florence. 542 Review, H istorical and Critical, of great ability, and abounding in sagacious observations. If, indeed, mankind in genera), or any integral part of mankind, stand so low in the social scale, or the scale of humanity, as to be fit only to be the abject slaves of an imperious master, then the principles inculcated in Macchiavelli’s Prince, however detestable in themselves, as they have been com monly regarded, are of important practical applications. Principles are to be estimated by their applicability to the ends which it is sought to attain by means of them ; and governments being the outgrowths of so ciety, if human society is anywhere so corrupt as to yield an absolute despotism, as the best kind of government it is capable of sustaining, then the principles inculcated by Macchiavelli, in “ the Prince,” are of unques tionable value, for they are the principles that are best adapted, in the main, to the ends of despotic government. Regarded even in this view, however, the work in question is deserving o f severe criticism, as being predicated upon altogether too low an estimate of human character, as recommending too prominently an appeal to the fears, rather than the nobler impulses of mankind, and as paying too little regard to the reflec tion that m a n ’ s h i g h e s t i n t e r e s t i s h i s d u t y , which, if duly considered bv princes, would incline them to far nobler principles of actions, wherever circumstances would justify, than Macchiavelli has inculcated. Still, if it be doubted by any that Macchiavelli has administered much whole some counsel to princes, in the celebrated and much denounced work in question, let them examine the twenty-third chapter of the work, that entitled “ Ilow flatterers are to be avoided,” in particular, and the body of the work in general.* Locke’s essay on Civil Government, first published in 1690, in two books, the first entitled “ Of Government,” simply, and the second, “ Of Civil Government,” written in reply to Sir Robert Filmer, one o f the most strenuous advocates of absolute monarchy, and in vindication of the principles of the English Revolution of 1688, may be regarded as a prominent embodiment of the principles of that revolution, as well as of the American Revolution of 1776, into which they were subsequently developed, and as the great representative work, if not the parent work, of a more extensive class of political disquisitions and speculations than has appeared in this or any age. The principles of Locke’s essay on government are diametrically op posed, in most respects, to those of Macchiavelli’s “ Prince,” or are de veloped from a diametrically opposite stand-point. W hile Macchiavelli regarded -princes, alone, as having any rights, and as the only rightful source of political authority, Locke regarded peoples, the great body of mankind, as alone having any rights worthy of special regard, and as the true and only rightful sources o f political authority. Locke was the great exponent of the principles of republicanism, as Macchiavelli was the ob sequious and servile exponent of the principles of despotism. In Locke on government we find all the fundamental ideas as to the rights of man and the true foundations of the political power o f States that loom out * It is due to Macchiavelli, and the truth of history, to mention that his disquisition, entitled “ The Prince,11 is not by any means his most creditable work, even of a more purely political character, to say nothing of his valuable historical compositions. Ilis Discourse on the First Decade of Titus Livius,1’ or a philosophical disquisition on Roman history, is a far abler, more comprehensive, and more valuable work, and abounds in observations that are replete with saga city, and prove its author to have been one of the master minds of his age and race. Yet even in this work it appears manifest that Macchiavelli took a very unfavorable view of human nature, and held mankind in rather low estimation. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 543 \o conspicuously in the American Declaration of Independence, and which form the staple of such a multitude of political disquisitions and declama tions, both oral and written, in the present age. In Locke we find the great idea, that “ all men are by nature free and equal,” distinctly set forth, and in bold opposition to the contemptible postulate o f Sir Robert Filmer, in his “ Patriarcha,” that all men are by nature the rightful subjects and slaves o f an individual named Adam, and his legal representatives, with the exception, of course, of the said Adam, and his said legal represen tatives, (either as heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns,) who are, un like the rest of mankind, by nature, lords and masters over all the rest. The most noteworthy fact, perhaps, concerning Loeke’s disquisition on government, the more especially as the fact constitutes a characteristic feature of a multitude of political disquisitions, of which Locke’s maybe regarded as the great representative work, is, that it is predicated almost entirely upon the inquiry, what are the rights o f mankind, in respect to government, or ptolitical authority, without any regard to the far more practical and really important question, what is expedient fo r mankind in respect to government— what government is most conducive to the public good, or, what government is best calculated, to realize the legitimate ends op gov ernment. This great practical question o f expediency, policy, or real wisdom, in respect to government, Locke does not deigu to consider, or, if at all, only in the most casual and indifferent manner. His grand, if not exclusive, aim seems to have been to develop, with logical precision, the abstract principles of right, in regard to the authority o f govern ments over mankind, which he found to be based upon the natural lib erty and equality of all men, from whose consent alone governments could derive their legitimate force. It is remarkable that nearly all the political disquisitions o f the repub lican school, or sub-school, in politics, from the time o f Locke down to the period o f the American Revolution, or rather down to the period of the inauguration of the present American system of government, have, like that of Locke, had this for their almost exclusive aim— to vindicate the right o f mankind to free government, as it is called, or, more proper ly, to republican government, with little or no regard for the great para mount, practical question, how fa r are such governments really conducive to the public good. Since the latter period, however, this last-named question has entered largely into the discussions which have been carried on in regard to government. The general observation just made applies, not only to Milton’s political writings, which preceded those o f Locke, hut to Rousseau’s “ Social Contract” which succeeded it, and Paine’s “ Rights of Man,” and a multitude of other disquisitions. This fact illustrates, forcibly, the observation already made by us,* that a multitude o f inquirers in social philosophy have been striving, by a blind process, by their mere instinctive aspiration after the right of lib erty, to attain to one of the grand desideratums in sociology, the actual ization of the legitimate function o f government, which, as we have already shown, is to insure mankind against interference, or, in other words, to insure them, as far as possible and expedient, unrestrained and undisturbed freedom. Nor can it be hardly necessary to repeat here what hds been already substantially said,f that these inquirers would * See page 540 of this article. + See same page. 544 lie view, H istorical and Critical, have made much more progress towards really important discoveries in sociology, if, instead o f wasting their strength upon the abstract question of the right to freedom and free government, they had directed their inquiries, immediately, to the great practical question, what government is, under all the existing circumstances o f any given society, most conducive to the public good, in considering which they would have been likely to discover all that is really useful in the principle o f liberty, the right to which should be too obvious to need discussion. The prominent introduction o f thisirfea o f right into the discussions o f mankind, especially in regard to political and social affairs, as we have before remarked,* is a distinguishing feature o f the present age, being only faintly discernible in the discussions o f former ages. It is to be regretted that, on being thus introduced, it should have received, hith erto, altogether too prominent consideration. The immediate occasion of the introduction of this idea appears to have been the angry contro versy which arose in England, about the middle of the llt h century, be tween the upholders of King Charles I., in his arrogant pretensions to absolute authority, commonly styled the Cavaliers, and the opponents o f those pretensions, styled the Puritans. The controversy partaking o f a religious, as well as political, character, appeal was made to the sacred scriptures of Christendom, the defenders of King Charles and the ju re divine right of kings leading the way in this appeal. Ii was unfortunate for these defenders of the divine right of kings, that they appealed to the sacred scriptures. Those justly revered records would be unworthy of the high esteem in which they are deservedly held by so large a portion of the human family, if they countenanced the abominable doctrine claimed for kings, that they are above law, and that mankind at large are their bounden slaves. The Puritans turned upon these perverters of Holy W rit with their own authority, and completely overwhelmed them. It is amusing, as well as instructive, to see how that noble-minded old puritan, John Milton, who is scarcely less entitled to commendation for his political than his poetical writings, in his mas terly “ Defense of the people of England,” against the contemptible so phistry of an anonymous scribbler under the name of “ Salraasius,” turns their own weapons against these defenders o f the divine right o f kings, and shows that the authority o f the Christian Bible is everywhere, (if rightly interpreted,) on the side o f the substantial equality o f mankind, and totally opposed to the idea that kings, any more than other men, have any rightful authority, except so far as they act rightly, and respect the laws o f their country and the rights of their people. This affiliation of the idea of right in politics with the sentiment of religion, or the idea of political right with that o f religious right, has undoubtedly caused the idea to penetrate more deeply into the human mind in this than in any former age, and has contributed materially to encumber modern in quiries in Sociology, so unnecessarily, with this comparatively profitless question in social science, what are the rights o f mankind, in respect to government, or the political authority of States, a question, at best, of rather equivocal claims to particular consideration in Sociolog}’, which is concerned rather with expediences than with rights, which latter apper tain to the domain of ethics— to which indeed Sociology should ever be * See No. viii. of this Review, in September No. of Merchants'' Magazine for 1S60, vol. 43, page 298. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 545 subordinated, since rights should never be violated, or trampled on, from expediency, though they may rightly be, and in many cases ought to be, voluntarily surrendered, or compromised, from expediency. In Locke’s essay on Government, we also find prominently set forth the idea so prevalent in the present age, o f the right o f the majority to rule, which, to superficial observation, may appear to be a logical sequence of the idea that governments derive their legitimate force only from the consent o f the governed. It may be worth while here to remark that this idea of Locke’s is a grand fallacy, and a pernicious heresy, in Politics as well as in Ethics. Intrinsically the majority have no more right to rule the minority than the minority to rule the majority, except in those matters as to which it is unavoidable that the wishes either o f the ma jority or minority must be sacrificed to the general welfare, and even then only as to what Blackstone has properly enough termed mala prohibita, or things that are only wrong because they are conventionally prohibited.* As to things mala in se, or intrinsically wrong, if anything may be strictly so regarded, and in so far as anything may be properly so regarded, it is indisputable that the majority have no more right to rule the minority than the minority have to rule the majority. Intrins ically, truth, or the right, has a right to rule, and, by consequence, who soever advocates truth, or the right, whether they be the majority, or, as is much more frequently the case, the minority— nay, the minority of only one against an erring world. But, as a matter of policy, or expe diency, it may be well to recognize the will o f the majority, as the cri terion of right, according to the plan which has been commonly pursued in republican governments, in which case the rule o f the majority is only a conventional right, and not an absolute one. A powerful reaction has already begun even in the republican sub-school, or division, (if we may so speak,) of the Political School of Social Philosophy, against this pre sumptuous claim of an absolute right to rule on the part of the majority, of which reaction the recent able “ Disquisition on Government,” by the eminent American statesman, Calhoun, may be regarded as a distinguished exposition. It may be proper, furthermore, to remark, before taking leave of Locke, that he belonged essentially to the conservative party of the Republican School, or rather of the Republican division of the Political School, in Sociology, and that his essay on government is to be regarded as a prom inent exposition of the views of that party, while Rousseau’s Social Con tract (of which we shall have more to say presently) may be regarded as the most prominent exposition, if not the parent, o f the radical party. In a general sense, it may be said, that the principles of free government, as maintained by Locke, are externally illustrated by the government o f Britain, while, as maintained by Rousseau, they are somewhat more nearly illustrated by that o f America. In a more particular sense, it may * The right of the majority to rule as to mala prohibita, or things to be deemed wrong, merely because they are conventionally prohibited, may be illustrated by the case of nine persons travel ing in the same coach, three of whom wish the windows of the coach shut, and the other si< of whom wish them open. In this case, all other things bei'ig equal, it should be obvious that the will of the six ought rightfully to prevail over that of the three. Yet even here the right of the ma jority to rule, may, under circumstances that might very well exist, be very questionable. For suppose the health of the three, or even of only one of the nine, to bo so delicate that the opening of the windows would seriously jeopard his life, while all the rest were in robust health. Would it not be generally conceded that even in this case, the will of the one should prevail against that of the eight ? VOL. X L III.-----N O . Y . 35 546 Review, H istorical and Critical, be said, that the republican principles of Locke and the English people are represented in the American republic by Alexander Hamilton and his followers, while those of Kousseau and the French people are repre sented by Thomas Jefferson and his followers. Montesquieu’s disquisition on the “ Spirit of Laws,” first published in 1748, may not only be regarded as by far the most masterly work ever produced by the class of social philosophers now under particular con sideration, but as one of the most valuable contributions to social science that has appeared in any age or country. This justly renowned work is scarcely less remarkable for the accuracy than for the vast range of its observations. Montesquieu’s Spirit of Laws, in fact, compares with Locke’s Essay on Government, as Shakspeare compares with Cowper’s Task, or, we might almost say, with Gray’s Church-yard Elegy, while Macchiavelli’s Prince holds, of course, even a still lower place in the com parison. Locke, like Macchiavelli, harped only on one string, though one of far higher and more commanding notes than that of Macchiavelli. Montesquieu struck an instrument o f a thousand strings. Macchiavelli, in his “ Prince,” aimed only at showing how the interests of Princes are to be most effectually secured; Locke, in his “ Essay on Government,” at showing, merely, that Peoples, or the great body of mankind, have the right to establish what kind o f government they please, and seek the pro motion of their own interests in their own way; while Montesquieu, in his “ Spirit of Laws,” aimed rather at showing by what laws the rights and interests both o f Princes and Peoples are to be secured, under the various circumstances and contingencies by which they may be sur rounded. Macchiavelli regarded human society only in reference to the interests of Princes; Locke only in reference to the rights of the People, with but little regard for the more important question as to the interests of the people; while Montesquieu regarded it in reference to the thou sand-fold relations which it may bear, not only to laws of human enact ment, but to the more fundamental laws o f nature. It is this latter feature in Montesquieu’s celebrated work in question— its prominent regard for the more fundamental laws of nature in their influence on human society— which, more than any other, except the vast scope o f its observations, distinguishes it above almost every other work of its class, and entitles it to so prominent a place in the science of Soci ology. It is this feature in Montesquieu which has extorted commenda tion, even from the egotistical Comte, in his work on the Positive Phil osophy, and which he has regarded as containing the elements of posi tivity,* or necessary law, which he, justly enough, regards as the only fit basis for science. The “ Spirit of Laws,” in fact, possesses many characteristics which cause it to stand out in bold relief from the multitude of works of its class, and almost entitle it to be regarded, if not strictly and exclusively sui generis, as belonging to a select class, very different, in many essential particulars, from that under consideration, or indeed from any of the Political School. In fact, three notable works, the products o f different ages, loom up amid the crowd o f disquisitions on government, in different ages and countries, distinguishable from the rest by their many sidedness and large * See Comte’s Positive Philosophy, hook vi., chap. 2, as translated by Miss Martinean. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 547 scope of observation, which bear a near resemblance to each other in many important particulars, and all o f which contain the germs of a higher order of Social Philosophy than that which appertains to the P o litical School, but which yet deserve, in the main, to be classed with the productions of that School. These are Aristotle’s Politics, Montesquieu’s Spirit of Laws, and De Tocqueville’s Democracy in America. These three kindred works serve, moreover, by the different points o f time at which they respectively appeared, to mark, in a signal manner, the grad ual, though slow and tedious, progress o f the human mind towards more correct ideas in Sociology. Montesquieu’s work is far superior to that of Aristotle, and De Tocquevilie’s decidedly, though not to so great an extent, superior to that of Montesquieu. The work of Montesquieu be longs to the first class, or decidedly least fundamentally erroneous class of the Political School, while that of Aristotle belongs, as we shall pres ently more distinctly show, to the second, or more erroneous class. The work of De Tocqueville may indeed be regarded, like that of Montes quieu, as belonging to the first class o f the Political School, inasmuch as it ostensibly and avowedly, though rather ostensibly than really, dwells with much emphasis upon political laws, and the framework of govern ment, yet it rises, on many points, so far above the vulgar errors o f this school, as to lift itself almost completely out of its jurisdiction, and into the position of those, for whom we have not as yet invented any generic name in our review, who regard political causes as only o f secondary, or rather, indeed, of tertiary importance, in social science, and who consider that government is, at best, but the roofing o f the social edifice, designed more effectually to keep the various parts together, and to protect the more fundamental and interior portions o f the edifice from the weather. In one important and obvious respect the work o f De Tocqueville differs from both that of Aristotle and Montesquieu— in its plan, or method, or rather in the stand point from which the ideas are developed. The plan of both Aristotle and Montesquieu is synthetical; that of De Tocqueville analytical. Aristotle, in his Politics, and Montesquieu, in his Spirit of Laws, both put prominently forward their essential ideas, and gather around these their rich and varied stores of illustration, drawn promiscuously and indifferently from all ages and countries, very much after the same plan which we are now pursuing in this, the more peculiarly c r i t i c a l portion o f our review. De Tocqueville, in his Democracy in America, on the contrary, and very much after the plan which we have pursued in the more peculiarly h i s t o r i c a l portion of our review, as when reviewing Grecian and Roman Sociology, seized upon the more prominent features o f the American system of government, and in dis secting and analyzing these developed his own valuable and great ideas. The plan of Aristotle and Montesquieu was certainly more imposing, and, moreover, better adapted to the purposes of science ; that of De Toequeville, if more unpretending, was nevertheless executed with far more ability. Aristotle and Montesquieu preached from a far broader and more comprehensive text; but De Tocqueville produced a discourse in comparison with which those of both Aristotle and Montesquieu dwindle into rather small proportions. One common fact or feature is observable in all those three valuable contributions to social science— the more remarkable by far in Montes quieu, because he wrote at a time when, as we have already remarked, Review, H istorical and Critical, 548 all political speculation was almost completely engrossed with the ques tion of right— that they address themselves almost exclusively to the real and practical question of expediency in human affairs, without wasting their strength at all upon the comparatively profitless, yet palpably ob vious, question o f the “ rights o f man.” The defects o f Aristotle’s work, as well as its merits, have been already dwelt upon by us in reviewing Grecian Sociology,* and will again come into brief notice in reviewing the second class of the Political School. The defects of De Tocqueville’s work are too trivial to merit attention. It stands above criticism, unless, indeed, the sun is to be criticised for his spots, or some majestic edifice for the few cracks discernible in its walls. The defects of Montesquieu’s work, after the sweeping commendation we have bestowed upon it, will be now briefly and in part alluded to. The most prominent and comprehensive criticism to which Montes quieu’s Spirit of Laws is liable, (in respect to its defects,) is perhaps this, that it does not direct its inquiries to the most fundamentally or essen tially important ends, nor, in fact, to the true ends of social science, speaking in the largest sense, nor o f political science, speaking in a smaller sense. It displays, in short, a manifest lack o f discernment as to the real and essential matters which should most prominently engage the attention of the social philosopher-—a fact which indicates, if not the in fancy of social science, at least a condition not yet developed into the gristle and bone of manhood. For this is one of the most distinguishing symptoms of the manhood of a science, if we may so speak, that it ex hibits clear and distinct, as well as just, ideas as to its proper ends. As he has half finished his work who has begun it, and as a physician may be said to have half conquered the disease when he has clearly and dis tinctly discerned its real nature, so a science may be said to have half accomplished its ends when it has once attained to clear and just ideas as to what those ends are. Very obviously, Montesquieu had not attained to clear and just ideas o f the proper ends o f social science, nor even of mere political science. Like Aristotle of old, he aimed his inquiries at many different objects, but never once at the right ones, or most essen tially important ones— at those objects, in short, without which those he aimed at would be, in a great measure, nugatory, and which, being at tained, the others would be attained as a natural consequence. Montesquieu’s Spirit o f Laws, though not a very voluminous work, is divided into thirty-one different books, which treat o f laws in their rela tions to nearly as many different ends, and yet not one of them treats of law's in their relations to the great paramount end of social science— the actual well being o f mankind ; nor in their relations to the great para mount end of mere political science— the security o f mankind against interference. Like Aristotle, though not to so great an extent, we find him wasting his strength on vague abstractions, and in inquiries as to what laws are most consistent with this or that form of government, in stead of directing his inquiries immediately, and in a plain, straightfor ward manner, to the essential question— W hat laws are, under the vari ous circumstances in which mankind may' be placed, most conducive to the general good, and the actual well being of men. In short, the same great cardinal and fundamental error is discernible * See N o. iv. of this review, in January number of yol. xlii. of Merchants' Maffazine. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 549 in Montesquieu, as a sociologist, that we have before pointed out in Aris totle,* that he subordinates the individual to the State, or the reality to the mere abstraction, instead of subordinating the State to the individual, or the abstraction to the reality. Accordingly we find him, in the fourth book of his disquisition, main taining, an 1 this is the caption of the book, “ That the laws of education ought to be relative to the principles o f the government” — as if the maintenance o f a certain kind o f government were a matter of prime importance. W e beg pardon ! This proposition o f the renowned and time-honored Montesquieu may be true, and doubtless is, so far as it is of any real importance; but we respectfully submit that it is far more important that the laws o f education should be relative to the great prac tical end o f rendering every individual in the society to which he belongs cap M e o f taking care o f himself with a ju st regard for the rights o f his neighbor, which, being effected, then it must follow, as the day the night, or the shadow the substance, that the society will be taken care of, and all that is really important as to “ the principles of government” would follow, as naturally as moonlight flows from the sun ; for what is govern ment but the reflection of the character o f society ? But these must suffice for our remarks on Montesquieu and his justly-renowned “ Spirit of Laws.” The political disquisitions of which Macchiavelli’ s Prince is the repre sentative are, in the main, too insignificant to merit further notice than we have already bestowed upon them ; those of which Montesquieu’s Spirit of Laws is the representative are too few in number to demand further consideration here ; but those of which Locke’s Essay on Govern ment is the representative are so numerous and important as to demand of us some further,and special attention. Next in point of time, as well as in the order o f logical development, after Locke's Essay on Government, Rousseau’s Social Contract, which first appeared in i 702, claims some special notice. This production may be regarded as an elongation of the principles of Locke’s Essay on Gov ernment, or, we might say, that it is a graft from the French nursery,\ upon the gnarled and knotted oak of Anglo-Saxon republicanism, as manifested in that essay. This disquisition o f Rousseau’ s, not less than that of Locke, illustrates the observation before made that the political disquisitions o f the present age are characterized, in a high degree, by their almost exclusive devotion to the idea o f right. This is conspicuous in the very first two sentences of the work in question, and still more in the subsequent portions of it. “ My design, in the present treatise,” says Rousseau, in the commencement of his Social Contract, “ is to inquire whether the nature o f society admits of any fixed and equitable rules o f government, supposing mankind to be such as they are, and their laws such as they might be made. In this investigation, I shall endeavor constantly to join the considerations of natural right and public interest, so that justice and utility may never be disunited.’’^ Assuredly the de sign of Rousseau, as thus stated by him, constitutes an admirable thesis * See No. iv. of this review, in January number, or vol. xlii. o f Merchants' Magazine. t Rousseau, though a native of Geneva, in Switzerland, was to all intents and purposes a French man. His sympathies, associations, affinities, and traits were French, and he spoke and wrote in French. % See Social Contract, book i., p. 1. 550 Review , H istorical and Critical, for a political disquisition. But unfortunately he only half treated it, and that, too, not by any means in the best manner. He treated almost exclusively of the rights o f mankind, in the social state, with little or no regard for the matter of their interests. Rousseau's disquisition on the Social Contract contains many valuable ideas, intermingled with many fallacious ones, but upon the whole is a work of but little merit, and may be fundamentally characterized as an overstrained effort to attain impracticable ends, or to develop ideas that can never have any other than an abstract or ideal existence in human affairs. The fundamental and controlling idea of the work, so far, in deed, as it is possible to detect an idea, so much involved in obscurity, in senseless, hair-splitting refinements, and in distinctions o f no earthly utility, appears to be this wild and impracticable one, that every individual in society should be perfectly free to do as he pleases, but at the same time be constrained and coerced by the general will o f the society— whether it coincides with his particular will or not— that, forsooth, there should be a “ total alienation o f every individual, with all his rights and privileges, to the ivhole community,” and, at the same time, a perfect freedom on tltepart o f every individual* — that, in short, every individual shall be compelled to be free, by being completely subjected to the domination o f the general will o f the community, even when he wishes to act in a different manner from that prescribed by the general will.] In reasoning out this prepos terous and absurd fundamental proposition, Rousseau is led to maintain the infallibility of the general will, a doctrine which has been fraught with vast mischief to the world, despite the qualifications which he has thrown around it, as by asserting that the judgments of the people may err, though their general will can never be wrong.J Rousseau’s Social Contract more completely and unqualifiedly than Locke’s Essay on Government asserts the sovereignty of the people, in mat ters of government, and it asserts, moreover, the inalienability as well as the infallibility o f the popular sovereignty. This latter idea is in fact the most pernicious one in the whole work. It may be regarded as the counterpart of the preposterous and pernicious idea of the advocates of the ju re divine right of kings, that “ kings can do no wrong.” It is the assertion of the idea that the people can do no wrong. This deification of the popular will has exerted baneful influences in human affairs dis cernible in many of the frantic excesses of the French revolution, and in some o f the extravagancies of the great American republic. One marked redeeming feature, however, the “ Social Contract” possesses, as an offset to these deformities, and, in some measure, as a natural and logical result of them. In his overdrawn zeal for the lights of individuals, Rousseau was led, in spite of his deification of the “ general will,” to challenge the unqualified right of the majority to rule the mi nority. Some of his remarks on this head are highly valuable, and worthy of a sounder head than his. Most justly does he remark, “ that the more grave and important the deliberations, the nearer ought the determination to approach to unanimity,” and, “ that the more expedition the affair requires, the less should unanimity be insisted on.” § * See Social Contract, book i., chap. 6. t See Social Contract, book i., chap. 7. W e do not give the words but the substance of Rousseau in these remarks, except where the quotation marks indicate the precise words of the author un der consideration. X See Social Contract, book ii., chap. 3. § See Social Contract, book iv., chap. 2. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 551 Paine’s celebrated disquisition on “ The Rights o f Man,” written os tensibly in reply to Burke’s “ Reflections on the French Revolution,” and first published in 1790, just a century after Locke’s Essay on Govern ment, is another, and perhaps the last notable work on government that has appeared, which is almost exclusively devoted to the idea o f right in politics. The whole burden of its song is, that mankind have the right of self government, with only very feint, if any, allusions to the question, whether, and how far such government is conducive to the public good and general welfare of mankind.* The work has more perspicuity and directness than that o f Rousseau, and is a far more masterly vindication of the “ Rights of Man.” But, like all of Paine’s works, it lacks com prehensiveness, largeness o f view, and common sense. It is carried away with the principle, without due regard to its limitations. This was indeed a leading trait in Paine. His highly gifted genius was sadly lacking in discretion, which is the better part of wisdom, as it is o f valor. Like many others, he could not use principles without abusing them. Regarded as the last notable work of that variety, of which Locke’s Essay on Government may be regarded as the complete representative, Paine’ s discourse on the Rights of Man may well afford occasion for serious reflection on the misapplication o f the faculties o f mankind, in their strivings after knowledge and self-improvement. W e here see many of the most gifted intellects, during the period of a whole century, devot ing their attention to the great problem of human society, solely in reference to the influence of government or political causes, and in con sidering this influence, we see them wasting their strength, during the whole century, in efforts merely to prove, the almost self evident proposition, that mankind have the right o f self government, with scarcely one word in relation to the really important and difficult question, whether and bow far is such government conducive to the good of mankind. With the inauguration of the American republic, as an independent power in the world, however, which took place in 1789, just one year before the publication of the “ Rights o f Man,” or rather with the great public discussions which immediately preceded that important event, this question came into prominent consideration, and has continued ever since to engage, to a large extent, the attention of political inquirers. For although the political philosophers o f America belong, essentially and substantially, to the Locke school, or rather sub-school, in Sociologv, yet their disquisitions are a vast improvement on that of Locke. Not con tent with maintaining, like him, that mankind have the right of selfgovernment, nay, scarcely deigning to discuss a proposition so obvious, but taking it for granted rather, they march up directly to the really im portant proposition, that such government is most conducive to the pub lic good and general welfare o f mankind. Instead of wasting their strength on the abstract and ideal question of right, they direct their energies to the great, tangible, practical question, what principles and modes of government are best adapted to promote the legitimate ends of government. This credit must indeed be awarded to the American republic, that it has not only afforded to the world an example o f the successful workings * It is true that in the second part of the “ Eights of Man,” published in 1792, Paine does deign to go, to some small extent, into the question of expediency in matters of government, though even here the question of expediency is rather incidental and subordinate to those of rights 552 Review , H istorical and Critical, of the most liberal and free, and therefore most highly developed and best, government* that has ever existed among men, but bas also furn ished it with the most masterly disquisitions on government, in the ex positions of the principles of that government to which the deliberations and discussions upon it, which preceded its establishment, incidentally gave rise. Whatever may be the demerits, defects, or deficiencies of the American system o f government, beyond all question, it approaches much nearer, than any that bas ever existed among men, to the realization o f the aim of Rousseau, in his Social Contract, which, as we have already seen, he prosecuted with so little success— a government which should “ join the considerations of natural right and public interest, so that jus tice and utility may never be disunited.” ! Favorably circumstanced, beyond all former example, for the successful operation of the freest and best government, as were, the American peo ple, belonging to a race of men eminently, and beyond all other example, well adapted to receive such government, already habituated to many of the forms of such government, enjoying the advantages o f all former ex perience, as well as reasonings, on government, and acting under the ad vice of statesmen whose sagacity and integrity have not been surpassed in any age, it would have been singular if this people, on attaining their independence of the British Government, and seeking to establish one for themselves, had failed to establish the best government ever known among men— a government which comes nearer than any other to the realiza tion of tl) e true rational theory of government— a government which joins tlte considerations o f natural right and public interest so that justice and utility are almost completely identified. They did not fail to do it. They did their work well— they did it admirably. Never before nor since bas so admirable a government been established among men as that, the out lines of which are to be traced in the Constitution of the United States of America, which has been the model on which all the separate State governments of the American Confederacy have been, in the main, formed. If, however, the actual government adopted by the American people was the best ever established, not at all inferior, relatively, was the theo retical exposition of the principles o f that government to which the de liberations that preceded its establishment gave rise. The commentary, as those expositions may be considered, was worthy o f the text. Prom inent and pre-eminent among those expositions was that admirable series of disquisitions, published over the signature of “ Publius,” in the public journals of the time, the joint production o f those illustrious statesmen, John Jay, James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton, and which have since been pul lished in the book form, under the comprehensive title of the “ Federalist.” This justly celebrated work is undoubtedly one of the most masterly and valuable disquisitions on government that bas ever appeared in any * It may be well here to remind the reader, that, according to the definition we have given of the best government twice already, in this review, and once in this very article, that is the best government, which insures the great ends of government, (stability, order, and general security of person and property,) with the least sacrifice of the liberty of the citizen ; or, in other words, as that government which renders the largest measure of individual liberty, consistent with order and stability in the industrial as well as political affairs of the State. According to this definition, against which the writer confidently challenges and defies criticism, the American government is undoubtedly the best that has ever existed in the world— though not of course the best adapted to every people. t Bee Rousseau’s Social Contract, book i., p. ]. O f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. 553 age or country. Its great advantage, over most political disquisitions, is its greater directness of aim at the true ends of government, and the practical details necessary to effectuate those ends; and this great advan tage is greatly enhanced by the fact that its aim is conformed to the ac tual details of a government which may be regarded as the legitimate product of the accumulated experience and wisdom of all former ages. In fact, the Federalist is to the American Constitution what grammar is to language. It is a scientific and masterly exposition of the principles actually embodied in that constitution; and as that constitution is the best that the accumulated wisdom o f ages has been able to devise, so the exposition of its principles, embodied in the Federalist, is the best prac tical disquisition on government that the accumulated wisdom o f ages is able to exhibit— the more especially (as might reasonably be inferred) since the chief author of that disquisition was one of those transcendent intellects, of whom one o f his eulogists has said, “ whoever was second, Hamilton must be first ” *■— a remark, indeed, which, if justly applicable to any men that have ever lived, may be applied to two— Julius Caesar and Alexander Hamilton. Should it be thought extraordinary that a disquisition on government, written mainly by such a man, under the circumstances under which the Federalist was written, and with all the lights which then surrounded him, should be the ablest and best that ever appeared among men? It was undoubtedly such. In comparison with it, much that we find in Aristotle on Politics, nay, not a little of what we find even in Montes quieu’s Spirit of Laws, may be considered as but “ the idle talk of old women.” In short, and subject to some qualifications, whatever government or political institutions can do for mankind, that which was expounded by Hamilton, and inaugurated by Washington, has done. And if it is found that even under such government much social grievance is still experi enced by mankind, it should be conclusive proof, even to the most super ficial, that it is to other than political causes that we must look for fur ther social improvement. W hile remarking on the contribution to Sociology from the political philosophers of America, some special reference to Jefferson may appear to be demanded. For while this distinguished statesman wrote no formal disquisition on government, except the immortal document, styled “ De claration of Independence,” he succeeded, by the general tone o f his conduct and conversation, by his letters and public communications, as President and otherwise, in impressing some of his leading traits and ideas on his country in a singular degree. The scope of our review for bids us, however, to bestow on him more than a very brief notice. Jefferson, as we have already remarked, belonged to the radical, rather than to the conservative, wing of the republican party of the world— to the French rather than to the English school of republicanism. Jeffer son, in fact, completed the trinity to which Rousseau and Paine belonged, though lie was far superior to both his compeers in discretion and gene ral scope of thought. Like them, he saw the bearing o f principles more clearly than that of their limitations. Like them, he was too much en amored of his ideas to see their defects. Goethe has justly said, “ a great * See Mason's funeral eulogy on Hamilton. 554 Review o f the Different Systems o f Social Philosophy. work requires many-sidedness.” Nature, in forming Jefferson, seems to have been oblivious to this remark o f the great German philosopher. She gave him the genius, but omitted the “ many-sidedness” — a quality than which none is more indispensable to form a truly great sociologist or political philosopher. Should it ever be found that pure democracy is the best kind o f gov ernment for men, then it will be found that they are in the right who admire Jefferson for the proclivities he has powerfully aided in giving to the popular institutions o f his country. But should the time ever come when it will be universally seen that, in all things, truth lies between ex treme,s, that all principles are to be received with qualifications, and that the principle of Democracy, like every other, is best applied when checked and counteracted by other principles, then it will be universally conceded that Jefferson was not the wisest counselor the American people ever had. Before concluding this cursory review o f sociological ideas belonging to the first class o f the Political School, we should not omit notice of a recent work, scarcely less distinguished by the originality and boldness, than by the directness and perspicuity of its views— views, moreover, from which much valuable suggestion may be drawn by the discriminat ing social philosopher. The work alluded to is the able “ Disquisition on Government,” by the late illustrious American statesman, John Cald well Calhoun, which first appeared in print in 1851. The work may be briefly characterized as a powerful reaction, springing up in the very heart of the great democratic spirit of the age, against the idea that the majority have the unqualified right to rule the minority. The grand aim of the illustrious author evidently was, to ascertain how the rights of minorities are to be protected in republican governments— a highly im portant inquiry, truly, and well worthy of philosophic attention. It is true that his aim is somewhat differently and more comprehensively stated by him. Thus, he informs us, in one place, that the grand aim of society should be “ a government, so constituted as to suppress the expression of all partial and selfish interests, and to give a faithful utterance to the sense of the whole community in reference to its common welfare ” * — an end almost as impracticable, by the way, as that aimed at by Rous seau, yet surely desirable. The plan by which he proposes to realize this end is that by which he proposes to protect the rights o f minorities, namely, this, to take the sense o f the community on every question by its separate component parts, so that each part o f the community will have a check upon the whole. In short, Mr. Calhoun would have a government organized somewhat after the plan o f the Polish Diet, where every no bleman had a veto on all the rest, or of a jury where each juryman has the same power, and unanimity is necessary to a decision. He admits, however, that this would be carrying the principle rather too far; but that some further approximation might be made to this method than has been yet attempted, in most governments, he very justly maintains. “ All constitutional governments,” he very truly remarks, “ of whatever class they may be, take the sense of the community by its parts, through its appropriate organ, and regard the sense of all its parts as the sense of the whole.” ! This is very true, and as it should be ; and the only ques tion is, into how many parts is it expedient to partition a community, * See Calhoun’s Disquisition on Government, p. 39. t See pp. 86-7. 555 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. with a power in each part, through its appropriate organ, to speak out and hold in check all the rest. Should there be something more than a house o f representatives, a senate, a president, and a judiciary depart ment, each vested with such independent power ? One of the most distinguishing merits of this disquisition o f Calhoun is its directness of aim— the distinctness o f purpose with which the au thor marches up to the really important points to be considered. To one who has had critically to examine the disconnected, vague, and, in many respects, aimless efforts o f many others, before his time, to effect some thing for political science by their speculations, it is truly refreshing to observe how this gigantic intellect, this colossal logician, advances straight forward to real points, substantial issues. The aim of his work is some what more distinctly stated by him near its commencement than in the passage already quoted from him on that point. He there states his aim to be, to ascertain “ By what means can government, without being di vested o f the full command of the resources of the community, be pre vented from abusing its powers.” * And, yet more distinctly, on the next page, he says, “ What I propose is, to explain on what principles govern ment must be formed, in order to resist, by its own interior structure, or organism, the tendency to abuse power.” -)- This is a theme truly worthy of a statesman and political philosopher. It should be superfluous to add, concerning a statesman o f such renowned abilities as Calhoun, that he handles it with ability. The answer which he arrives at is, that which we have already stated, and is substantially— an organism with extensively disseminated self-checking powers. When we compare the clear and direct disquisition of Calhoun with the vague and pointless ones o f many antecedent political inquirers, we are almost tempted to exclaim that political philosophers before his time were striving to find out, and to declare, what it was that they were aiming at, and at last found expression in Calhoun. Yet even in him they find only half a tongue. For Calhoun does not inquire, or scarcely at all, what government should do Jor society, but, what is to be done to prevent government from transgressing its legitimate province, and inflict ing injury on society. This latter question, however, is much more diffi cult than the former, though to common observation it may not appear so. Art. II.— PHILADELPHIA— ITS MANUFACTURES. P O P U L A T IO N — C O M P A R E D W I T H N E W Y O R K — A D V A N T A G E S O F S I T E — M IN E R A L S — V A L U E O F M A N U F A C T U R E — P O S IT IO N O F S T A T E — A C C U M U L A T IO N FACTU RE— PRODUCT I 'E R FECT O F P A N IC — S T A T E OF C A P IT A L A N D OF T H E T R A D E I N B O ST O N — T E X T IL E FA C T O R IE S — M O D E O F M A N U F A C T U R E — W O O L E N S — L A B O R R IE S — G O O D S C O N S IG N E D M A T E R IA L S — A G G R E G A T E OF M A N U H E A D — D I S T R I B U T I O N O F IN D U S T R Y — C L O T H I N G TO P H IL A D E L P H IA — LO CA L IN P H IL A D E L P H IA — E F M A N U FA C TU R E S IN P H IL A D E L P H IA — VALUE O F C O T T O N S— T A B L E P R O D U C T IO N — A G G R E G A T E T R A D E — P R O D U C T — P I G I R O N — R O L L IN G M IL L S — W O O L E N S S O L D I N OF FA C TO M A R K E T — IR O N P H IL A D E L P H IA — COM M ERCE. T he new census returns of Philadelphia give a remarkable increase in the population of that city. It treads closely upon the numbers of New York, and it is probable that the native increase, unaided by immigra tion, is larger than in New York. The relative advantages of the cities * See Calhoun on Government, p. 10. t See p. 11. 556 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. are very great, according to the direction of their separate industries. New York, by means of its great harbor and other resources, has been necessarily the center of the national foreign commerce. Philadelphia has, however, equally unrivaled advantages as the center of the national manufactures. If Boston is the center of the shoe and textile manufac ture, Philadelphia is the center o f that large class which depends mostly upon the metals and minerals. The influences which are said to have determined Penn in the choice of the sites for his city, were “ the ap proach of two rivers; the short distance above the mouth o f the Schuyl k ill; the depth of the Delaware; the land heavily timbered; the exist ence of a stratum o f brick clay on the spot, and immense quarries o f building stone in the vicinity.” To these advantages have been added others of immense utility, both natural and artificial. The most impor tant of them are the coal and iron beds o f the interior, which not only supply her artisans with fuel and other materials, but leave a large sur plus for export to surrounding and distant cities. The importance o f that resource is manifest in the fact that the number o f miles of canal in and leading to the coal regions is 815, and o f railroads 1,564 m iles; aggregate cost, $127,350,044. The production o f pig iron is 306,000 tons per annum, worth $7,500,000. The quantity of coal produced in the State is 8,800,000 tons, o f which nearly one-half, worth $12,400,000, is received annually at Philadelphia. The coal and iron together in the State worth nearly $35,000,000 per annum, taken from the bowels of the earth— a mining value second only to the gold product of California. The State itself is the only one which, enjoying an ocean coast, has also a lake port, and at the same time commands the Western river naviga tion, all o f which are united by extensive systems o f rails. Under these circumstances, it is not a matter o f surprise that the accumulated capi tal of Philadelphia, acting through a large population upon the manu facturing materials at hand, should irresistibly centralize the manufac turing strength o f the country. It is not therefore a matter o f surprise that the manufacturing productions of Philadelphia should last year have been found to reach nearly $1,200 per annum for each person employed, or that the aggregate should be $175,000,000 per annum. This figure gives an increase of $100,000,000 since the census o f 1850. The largest of the items which make up this aggregate is cotton and woolen goods— $14,813,000— and next clothing, reaching $9,640,000 per annum. The industries are well distributed, employing great numbers o f people. The panic of 1857 seemed to affect the manufacture of textile fabrics less than most other departments. In Boston, on the other hand, various causes operated in 1857 in favor of manufacturing stock of clothing at cheap rates. 1st. The increase in the variety and perfection of sewing machines at low prices, thus allowing many persons of moderate means to possess an instrument which greatly facilitates and increases labor. 2d. The suspension o f many o f the cotton and woolen mills o f New England left unemployed a class dependent upon their daily labor for support, who gladly availed themselves of any occupation which might present itself, even at reduced prices. 3d. The large auction sales of woolens in the early part of the season established prices in market much below those o f the former year. Large stocks o f woolen goods, pledged as collateral by manufacturers, were also to be found in the hands of the commission houses These circumstances, injurious for the moment, gave great breadth to the business in subsequent years. Philadelphia— its Manufactures. 557 In relation to this branch o f trade in Philadelphia, the able Report o f the Board of Trade of that city remarks:— Before the close of 18. >8, the entire machinery prepared for use, o f which perhaps three-fourths had been stopped for some months, was again employed, and considerable extensions of buildings, and additions of machinery, have in some cases been made during the last few months. For this early recovery o f ac tivity, the energy of manufacturers is not mjrre to be credited than the natural advantages o f the market and the character of the goods made, which are of the classes indispensable in the daily usj of all parts o f the country. Domestics o f all classes have for three months past been made there at a rate of production exceeding that of any former years. The manufacture of prints, bleached cottons, and fine woolens has been estab lished here, on a larger scale than before, during 1858; and the classes in which the city has always excelled have been very busy, though they have added little machinery, and erected no new establishments. The carpet factories, and all those occupied on fancy woolens and various fabrics of silk or other material for trimmings and ornamental uses, have been fully employed during the last half of the year; the manufacture of carpets having been particularly active. An elaborate examination of these factories, in which those nearest the city were all visited, was made during the early part o f 1858, and a state ment o f their machinery, working-force, and production, was prepared and published in the North American at that time. Many7 additions to the published collection of facts were subsequently made during the year, and the ground once gone over, has again been thoroughly examined, particularly in cases of ascertained or suspected changes. The proprie tors of all other establishments have been consulted as far as was neces sary to retain a knowledge of their general condition, and these revised and complete results are embodied in the following tables. The division of districts here made is somewhat arbitrary, but it had its conveniences in the preliminary examination of the whole ground, and it at least serves the purpose of assisting to attain accuracy by identifying localities, and by affording opportunities for correcting the details. The First Division embraces the central part of Philadelphia County, or the city proper, inclusive of West Philadelphia, and the northeast suburbs of Kensington, Frankford, and LLolmesburg, with Gloucester, across the Delaware in New Jersey, at which point a large corporate es tablishment is located, the business o f which belongs exclusively to Phil adelphia. The Second Division embraces Manayunk, Germantown, the Falls of the Schuylkill, and the adjacent parts o f Montgomery County across the Schuylkill. The Third Division includes Conshohocken, Norristown, Phoenixville,, and Reading, with the numerous factories on various tributaries of the Schuylkill in that vicinity. The Fourth Division includes Delaware and Chester counties at the south ; and a Fifth Division embraces a number of factories located at Harrisburg, Lancaster, Wilmington and its vicinity, Millville and Tren ton, New Jersey, etc., all of which are within the trade limits o f Phila delphia, finding their markets and transacting their business there. The condition o f the general manufacture of cottons and woolens at and near that city, is peculiar in comparison with the like departments 558 Philadelphia— its Manufactures, of manufacture in other parts o f the United States, and particularly in Now England. In almost all cases the establishments are the property of a single person, or a single business firm ; and they have grown up, from the smallest germ, in the hands which now hold them. These pro prietors are averse to notoriety or publicity in any form, and they often conduct a large business for years through one or two selling houses, without the knowledge of the trade generally. This is particularly fre quent with the factories located on the water-power streams tributary to the Schuylkill and the Delaware, which were the earliest .establishments in the country, existing for many years before the use of coal, and the introduction o f steam-power. To the original water-power possessed by these, it has been more convenient to add steam where they are than to change the location of the factories; and the consequence is, that many verv large and successful establishments exist in the vicinity o f the city, conducted, almost without being known at all, by the individual propri etors, whose quiet habits were formed when conducting the small original establishments. Another point deserving notice is the predominance o f woolens in the entire manufacture, particularly from the mills least known, and making the least show o f machinery. The city is the largest consuming market for wool in the United States, and the production o f valuable goods of that class is large in proportion. The aggregates o f cottons and woolens cannot be completely separated in consequence of the great proportion of mixed cloths, and still more of the frequent changes from cottons to woolens in the same factory— changes arising from the demands o f the market, or from the greater convenience of working the several staples at the different seasons. A share of the production can, however, be distinguished, particularly on the side of plain and printed cottons, but the heavy branch of it is on the part o f the woolen and mixed establish ments. The manufacture o f cottons of the description which constitute the staple production there, also adds more to the value of the raw cotton than in the New England factories. To the prime cost o f thirteen cents per pound the entire process adds from eighteen to forty cents, producing fabrics worth thirty to sixty cents per pound. The cost of dyes and of labor is much greater in the factories engaged on those goods, and the production of a certain number of spindles and looms is much larger in proportion. A factory of 10,000 spindles will there make 1550,000 to $600,000 worth of these cottons, called ginghams, checks, and fancy goods, employing 650 hands, and working over 500 looms. The produc tion o f print cloths, sheetings, and other white and brown goods, is far less in proportion to the machinery employed. In the area defined as the First Division, which is Philadelphia city proper, exclusive of Manayunk and Germantown, there are 92 power factories, working 1T9,500 spindles, 6,160 power-looms, and employing 9,625 persons. This is exclusive of hand-loom work on checks, carpets, and hosiery, for which separate items will be given. In the Second Division, Manayunk and Germantown, there are fortyeight power factories, working 84,938 spindles, 2,736 power-looms, and employing 3,320 persons. In this district there is also a very large force on hand-looms and hand-work, numbering nearly 2,000 persons. In the Third Division, the upper Schuylkill, there are twenty-six power- Ph iladelphia— its Manufactures. 595 mills or factories, working 79,426 spindles, 2,243 power-looms, and em ploying 2,250 persons. In the Fourth Division, Delaware and Chester counties, there are sixty-three power factories, working 114,250 spindles, woolen and cot ton, 3,080 looms, and employing 4,344 persons. Several of the facto ries in remote parts o f Chester County have been estimated for, at low figures, but of those in Delaware County, very full and accurate infor mation has been obtained, chiefly through the favor o f John P. Crozier & Sons, and Samuel Bancroft, the heaviest proprietors resident there. In the Filth Division, embracing the large mil.s at various localities more remote than those before named, which are yet owned and control led in Philadelphia in most cases, and in all cases directly connected with this market, there are twenty-five large power factories, working 112,250 spindles, 3,268 looms, and employing about 3,500 persons. The largest amount of machinery is on the Brandywine above Wilmington, in Dela ware, and next that at Lancaster, where three large cotton mills are lo cated. In the following table these divisions are completely presented, and the machinery is given as fully as may readily be done in such a case :— F A C T O R IE S AND No. factories. 93 2 . 48 3 ......... 26 4 ......... 63 5 ......... 25 Cotton spindles. 113,U54 53,688 66,416 74,070 103,750 Wool spindles. Silk spindles. 26,200 Total.. 410,978 133,200 Divisions. i ........ 255 4 0 ,2 6 0 M A C H IN E R Y . 31,250 13,010 40,180 8,500 26,200 Total. 179,514 84,988 79,426 114,250 112,250 Setts Setts Power wool’n print’tr looms, mach’y. mach’s. 6,160 118 32 2,650 104 7 2,243 48 3,080 122 3,268 27 570,378 17,401 419 39 F O R C E A N D P R O D U C T IO N . i ........... o 3 ........... 4 ........... 5 ........... , 'Total Persons Value of white and Total employed. Value of prints, brown cottons. production. $3 621,430 $1,575,000 0,625 $12,196,679 675,000 135,000 8,320 4,744,320 2,250 2,246,000 4,344 215*000 3,653,000 3,170 3,099,000 22,709 $4,296,430 $3,690,000 $25,939,000 H O S IE R Y , C A R P E T 8 , A N D H A N D -L O O M P R O D U C TIO N , ( e x c l u s i v e O F P O W E R L O O M S .) Hosiery, cotton and woolen. Carpets Cotton checks, e t c ............. Persons employed. 1,080 2,350 2,400 Looms. 530 1,650 1,680 5,880 3,860 Value of production. $945,000 2,225,000 1,320,000 $4,490,000 SILK AND FANCY NARROW GOODS, (EXCLUSIVE OF POWER FACTORIES.) No. establishments. 22 Persons employed. 1,450 Value of goods. $850,000 PRODUCTION OF TEXTILE FABRICS OF WOOL, COTTON, AND SILK, IN AND NEAR PHILADELPHIA. Wool, G otton, a n d silk in p o w e r f a c t o r i e s ............................................ Hand-loom work, on hosiery, carpets, and checks............................. Silk and narrow fabrics by hand-power................................................ Total production $25,939,000 4,490,000 850,000 $31,279,000 560 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. Number of factories, 270 ; cotton spindles, 420,968 ; wool spindles, 146,6.35; silk spindles, 26,780. Total spindles, 594,333. Power looms, 18,429 ; sets woolen machinery, 449 ; sets printing machines, 38 ; hands employed, 23,601 ; value of goods produced, $26,095,000. WOOLEN HOSIERY AND FANCY KNIT WORK. 500 knitting-frames, averaging $1,657 50 each......................................... 7 factories in Germantown and Kensington.............................................. $ 828,750 Total value of woolen hosiery.............................................................. 200 knitting frames on cotton hosiery, $897 each..................................... $1,628,850 179,400 Total.......................................................................................................... $1,808,150 800,000 The entire production of carpetings, in Philadelphia, we state as follow :— No. of looms. Ingrain........................... B ag................................ ............... Total..................... 560 Earnings of weavers. $695,000 126,000 $821,000 ,----------Prod uction.----------» Value. Yards. $2,592,000 6,480,000 504,000 1,680,000 8,160,000 $3,096,000 Philadelphia is now the chief seat of general manufacture of trimmings in the United States. There are now about thirty establishments in that city en gaged in the various branches, including carriage laces, regalia, and upholstery. We shall here only allude to the most complete concern of the kind in the Union. It employs 400 hands, who receive $100,000 annually in wages; have a capital of $400,000 invested in the business, and produce an annual average product of $600,000. Not only is this large production carried on in Philadelphia and its vicinity, but that'point also distributes a large amount of goods manu factured elsewhere. A very few years have elapsed since the cotton and mixed cotton and woolen manufactures o f Delaware County, Pa., and of the vicinity of Philadelphia on the north, were principally consigned to Boston and New York by the manufacturers. Very little reliance on Philadelphia as a commission market was then made, and its character as such has been mainly acquired within fifteen years. Of course there are irregu larities in conducting this disposition o f manufactured goods, and some manufacturers form connections with commission houses in New York or at the East, which now take more than they formerly did, or perhaps the entire stock ; but, on the contrary, a larger number have gone to sell their goods exclusively there. During the latter part of 1858 particu larly, the share first sold to dealers there was much increased over any former year, and the stock required at New York and Boston was pur chased by dealers there of the commission houses of Philadelphia. In Delaware and Chester counties, including some factories in the State of Delaware which send their goods to Philadelphia, the manufac ture of the year ending witli June, 1857, was nearly as follows:— Cottons, about thirty factories................................................................. Woolens, about thirty-three factories.................................................... Total................................. $2,950,000 2,275,000 $5,225,000 O f this aggregate, it is stated by tbe principal manufacturers that fiveeighths are consigned to Philadelphia, one-fourth to New York, and onesixteenth each to Boston and Baltimore. These proportions give Philadelphia— its Manufactures. 561 §3,200,000 for the quantity consigned to Philadelphia houses from this section of the manufacturing district, as determined by several proprie tors who make much the larger share of the goods. From the best information obtainable in regard to the Lancaster, Har risburg, Reading, Norristown, Gloucester, and Millville manufacturing establishments engaged upon white and brown cottons, it is probable that at least seven-eighths o f their entire production is consigned to Philadel phia. The aggregate of this production is not far from $5,000,000, nearly all of which might, in truth, be set down to the account o f con signments to Philadelphia commission houses, or directly purchased by its large distributors. In the same rank with this account o f brown and white cottons, are the prints manufactured there, which, like the first, are not adapted to the eastern markets at all, and very little to that of New York. The quantity o f prints made there was not large until within three or four years, but it is now rapidly increasing. The quantity of fered in 1856-7 was probably o f the value of $3,000,000, and for the current year it will go nearly as high as $4,000,000. The number of print works is not large, but the operations o f all are on an extensive scale. The Conestoga, Washington, the Atlantic, and Niagara dark prints, and some other lines, are as widely and as favorably known as any in the market from Eastern manufacturers. The proportion of these goods consigned to New York, Boston, and Baltimore does not exceed oneeighth, if it reaches so large a share as this. In the manufacture of woolens, mixed cloths, and carpets at Philadel phia, and near it on the north, there is much more difficulty in attaining a decision as to the proportion first entering that market from the man ufacturers. Carpets are largely consigned to New York, and jeans, checks, cottonades, and other standard descriptions of “ Philadelphia goods,” are now, as they long have been, sent in very large quantities both to New York and Boston. The aggregate of these manufactures is nearly $8,000,000, and of this quantity three-fourths is taken in the first instance in Philadelphia. A share is again sent forward to commission houses at New York, in a manner similar to the re-consignment o f East ern goods to branch houses at Philadelphia; but if the miscellaneous textile fabrics of a fancy character, or other than cloths, are taken into account, the whole aggregate is greater than $8,000,000. It is safe to place this department, which includes the factories of Manayunk, Fairmount, Kensington, Frankford, West Philadelphia, and Montgomery County, with the area o f the old city, at a production o f $6,000,000 for the Philadelphia market alone. Putting these quantities together, we have for the extent of the mar ket in consignments from manufacturers within the trade limits of Phil adelphia, the following values:— Delaware County and the South, cottons.............................................. “ “ “ “ woolens............................................. White and brown cottons for the whole district................................... Prints for the whole district..................................................................... Woolens and mixed goods for Philada. city and the northern h alf.. $2,950 000 2,275,000 4,500,000 3,500,000 6,000,000 Aggregate........................................................................................ $19,225,000 It is proper here to say, that to assume the statistics o f manufactures given in the census of 1850 as a full representation of the manufacture V O L . x l i i i . — n o . v. 36 562 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. of domestics for Philadelphia, is to make an absurd undervaluation, and one so far below the truth o f the case as to be little creditable to any party making the statement. The greater defects and deficiencies o f the census there, as compared with the Northern States, are too plain for dispute; and it may serve as proof of the fact to see, that wljile Massa chusetts claims now but a relatively small advance upon the production both of 1850 and 1855, all admit a very large advance in Philadelphia, and at the same time an aggregate production so great as to show that the census of 1850 could not have given more than half the production in textile fabrics. t)ne reason for the difference is found in the fact that nearly all the establishments there are conducted by individual proprie tors, who are always averse to any statement o f the extent o f their busi ness; while at the East, much the larger share is in corporate establish ments, whose reputation and interests of every sort are advanced by a full statement of their business, particularly if it is large and prosperous. The entire market in domestics made up in Philadelphia from Eastern, Northern, and Philadelphia consignments, may be stated from the evi dences and statistics we have given in the foregoing notices. A market so large cannot be ignored or set aside. AGGREGATE OF DOMESTICS FINDING MARKET AT PHILADELPHIA. Eastern and Northern cotton.................................................................... “ “ woolens................................................................ Southern cottons, coastwise..................................................................... Maryland cottons........................................................................................ Delaware County cottons............................................................................ “ “ woolens..................... Philadelphia white and brown cottons..................................................... “ prints...................................... Philadelphia woolens and mixed cloths.................................................... Aggregate........................................... .. ........................................ $12,700,000 7,‘200,000 750,000 500,000 2,950,000 2,275,000 4,500,000 3,500,000 6,000,000 $40,375,000 We copy the following statement from the Philadelphia Manufacturers' Ga zette:— . IMPORTATIONS OF DRY GOODS IN 1859. General importers, about sixty houses....................................................... Importers and jobbers of silks........................................................... Importers and jobbers of cloths exclusively, andwith other g o o d s.. . Importers and jobbers of white goods...................................................... Importers and jobbers of laces, trimmings, hosiery,etc..................... Importers, jobbers, and retailers................................................................. Importers of carpets.................................................................................... $14,930,000 3,135,000 3,345,000 720,000 1,080,000 960,000 485,000 Total imports o f d rygood s................................................................. Entered at the port o f Philadelphia.............................................. $24,655,000 2,839,570 Entered at the port of New Y ork....................................................... $21,815,430 DISTRIBUTING OR JOBBING TRADE. Jobbing houses proper................................................................................... Silk and white goods houses......................................................................... Miscellaneous small goods, or notions......................................................... Cloths................................. One-fifth of domestics................................................................................... Two-fifths of the direct imports.................................................................. Total........................................................................................................ $35,000,000 8.500,000 5,600,000 10,000,000 8,000,000 6,800,000 $73,800,000 563 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. DOMESTIC COTTONS FROM NEW ENGLAND PASSING THROUGH COMMISSION HOUSES IN . PHILADELPHIA. Bales or packages. Value. Prints and delaines.............................................................. Brown and bleached cottons.............................................. Total, 30,250 71,500 $6,100,000 6,600,000 101,750 $12,700,000 DOMESTIC WOOLENS FROM NORTH AND EAST, SOLD ON COMMISSION AT PHILADELPHIA. 1856. 1857. 1858. 20,000 cases, at $320....................................................................... 18,500 cases, at 320....................................................................... 23,500 cases, at 310....................................................................... $6,400,000 5,925,000 7,285,000 The leading interest of Pennsylvania is, of couise, iron, and that fig ures largely in the trade reports. The present condition of the American iron trade is far from being a fair representation of the natural strength of that part of it which prop erly belongs to the trade o f Philadelphia. At the height o f the finan cial difficulties of 1857, nearly all the iron works were compelled to sus pend operations, temporarily or permanently, and though they were very soon resumed in many cases, the majority continued silent through most of the year 1858. Many which were so long stopped are now resuming operations, however, and it is believed that the production of the anthra cite districts of the Lehigh and Schuylkill will soon be as large as at any former time. The following tables are from the report o f the Secretary of the Amer ican Iron Association. The summary shows the distribution of the iron business o f the country, in all its departments, and though the latest full tables prepared are for 1856, the proportion of the total production falling to Pennsylvania, is increased rather than diminished in 1857 and 1858. In both these years the furnaces o f the Susquehanna, Schuylkill, and Lehigh anthracite regions sustain their production much better than any others in the United States, and the chief rolling mills of the State are also far better sustained than any elsewhere. The aggregates for 1856, in the production of anthracite and charcoal pig iron, and o f the rolling mill product, very forcibly exhibit the leading place Philadelphia and the State have in the entire business:— Product of anthracite pig iron in 1856........tons “ charcoal *• “ ............. “ coke “ “ ............... “ bituminous coal “ ............... In Penn. 306,972 96,154 39,953 8,417 All other. 87,537 252,700 4,528 16,656 Total. 394,509 348,854 44,481 25,073 Total pig iron ................................................ Product of rolling mills................................. 451,496 241,484 861,421 256,597 812,917 498,081 Pennsylvania has thus 90,000 tons of pig iron more than all other parts of the Union together, and its anthracite iron falls but 50,000 tons short of the production of all other States. This anthracite production is all so near Philadelphia as to belong in a peculiar degree to its trade. For the purpose o f adding to these the most recent results in regard to the production of the leading districts, there has been obtained from the proprietors of several of the leading anthracite furnace works their production for 1857 and 1858, and the like facts from several of the roll ing mills. In the Lehigh district most of the furnaces have continued in blast through the whole period of disaster to the trade generally, the 564 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. demand for their iron, which is of superior quality, and has almost en tirely displaced the Scotch pig for the use of founders, being such as to keep them steadily employed. The Schuylkill district is next to the Le high in the character of its iron and in the quantity produced, but the furnaces are fewer in number and the works smaller. Many of these have remained suspended through most o f the year 1S58, but all are now resumed or preparing to resume. Ascending the Schuylkill, we find more than half the number of anthracite furnaces out of blast during 1858. One of t h e “ W m . Penn ” furnaces was ou t; the “ Spring Mill ” furnace was out half the year ; the “ Merion ” out until A p ril; the “ Swede ” fur naces both out, one of these having resumed in February last, and the other soon to resume ; the “ Norristown ” furnace wholly out, as also the “ Montgomery,” at Port Kennedy ; two of the four “ Phoenix ” furnaces; one of the “ Henry Clay ” works at Reading, and that of Seyfert McMa nus & Co., at Reading, with perhaps three or four more o f those beyond Reading. The production of fifteen o f the twenty-two in the Schuylkill district, in IBS'?, as reported to the Iron Association, was 48,310 tons, the whole not exceeding 00,000 tons. In 1858 the number out of blast must necessarily have reduced the total to 40,000 or 45,000 tons. The anthracite furnaces of the Susquehanna have been fully as much reduced in production, through 1858, if not more. In 1857 those on the main Susquehanna and on the North and W est Branches, together, produced, for 25 furnaces heard from out of 46 in existence, 75,759 tons against 79,188 in 1856. A large share of those not reporting were not in operation, and the total did not reach 100,000 tons. In 1858 the pro duction did not probably exceed 55,000 tons. The Bloomsburg furna ces, however, produced the same quantity as in 1856, but less than in 1857. The Lehigh district sustained its production much better. O f the twenty furnaces in blast in 1857, but two or three were suspended in 1858. Several of the furnaces were out of blast for apart o f the year, but the Crane Iron Company, the Allentown, the Thomas or Hockendaqua, the Glendon, Cooper, and other works, w?ere quite generally kept in full operation. The production o f four of the leading establishments of this district have been communicated by the proprietors, and these ex hibit a decline o f but about 5,600 tons from 1857, and about 7,000 tons from 1856. Extending the table subsequently given from the Secretary of the Iron Association, to embrace 1858, we have the following compari son :— ANTHRACITE PRODUCTION FOR THREE TEARS. 1856. 1857. 1858. In the Lehigh Valley, 20 out of 24 furnaces.. . . “ Schuylkill “ 15 “ 22 “ .... Along Susqh’na “ 25 “ 48 “ .... 121,021 43,275 79,188 113,299 48,310 75,759 100,000 35,000 50,000 Total for furnaces reported........................... Actual total for 1856, and comparative totals for 1857-8................................................................... 286,160 281,980 185,000 306,972 800,000 200,000 The proportions, o f course, are not full in case o f the furnaces not making returns for the last two years, since the majority were out of blast and making no iron, at least during the larger share o f 1858. The productiveness of the Anthracite Iron W orks of Pennsylvania is Philadelphia— its M anufactures. 565 illustrated by the following statement of the actual operations of the Le high Crane Iron Company’s W orks for the past three years, the leading establishment of the country, and probably the most productive in the world. The statement is obligingly furnished from the office of the com pany, and its separate publication is permitted at the request o f the Phil adelphia Board of Trade. The whole number of furnaces at these works is five, and the full capacity o f works 45,000 tons o f pig iron per an num :— 1856. }fumber of furnaces in blast........................... Aggregate production................................tons Tons of coal used in furnaces and mines. . . . Tons of ore used................................................ 1857. 1858. 4 2 full. 1 full. 2 part of year. 3 part of year. 31,094 30,943 28,870 67,900 66,500 60.800 69,600 71,300 67,100 Far the larger share o f the rolled iron, both bar and railroad, which is manufactured in the United States, is made in Pennsylvania, and most of this share within reach of the business of Philadelphia The amount of railroad iron made by works o f the State in 1856, in comparison with the total for the entire United States, is thus stated by the secretary of the American Iron Association :— Pennsylvania rolling mills............................................................... A ll others............................................................................................ Total rails rolled......................... ...................................... Tons rails. 83,834 57,721 141,555 The Trenton Mill, New Jersey, rolling about 13,000 tons in 1856, really belongs to the account o f Pennsylvania iron rolled, in a great de gree. The production of rolled iron in Pennsylvania has of course fallen off during 1857 and 1858, as in the case o f pig iron, but the natural strength of the establishments is strikingly shown by the degree to which the manufacture has been sustained under the heavy disadvantages now ex isting. The following is the aggregate of two establishments for 1857 and 1858, in comparison with the product of 1856— the Phoenix Iron Company’s Works, on the Schuylkill, and the Cambria Iron Works, at Johnstown, Pa., both of which are owned and controlled in Philadelphia : Product of the rolling mills named..................... tons 1856. 1857. 31,798 34,599 1858. 43,278 The production of the Lackawanna, Montour, and Safe Harbor Mills, is not known. Several other mills in Pennsylvania have been altogether silent during most o f the year 1858, and the aggregate produced in the State is probably not more than two-thirds the product of 1856, and it may not exceed half that product. Considering the great natural exten sion of demand, and the increased capacity of the works, this is a strik ing proof of the severe pressure existing on this, as on every other branch of the iron producing interest. The report of the secretary o f the Iron Association on this branch o f the iron trade is extremely valuable, and quite full on all other points relating to the production o f railroad iron. There are several rolling mills for plate, boiler, and bar iron located within the city limits, and others in the vicinity are controlled by Phil adelphia business houses. In every branch of manufacture, except per haps nail making, the iron worked there is in proportion to the produc 566 Philadelphia— its Manufactures. tion of pig iron. The mills rolling steel, plate, and bar iron have been generally more active during the past year than the rail mills, and they are now as fully employed as at any time in 1857, previous to the finan cial difficulties. The deficiency in production during the year of least activity, leaves the market bare of many descriptions of small iron, and the present activity is in part induced by this unusual demand. The mills of the city, and those of the vicinity represented there, are partic ularly distinguished for steel rolling, in part from English bar iron, and for the finer grades of sheet and plate iron. The sheet iron closely ap proaches the Russian in quality, and it is largely used for all the purposes to which that is applied. Several o f the mills are adapted both to rolling and forging, and others are constructed for forging alone. The Pencoyd "Works execute forging more largely than rolling; the Fairhill Forge, and Norris’ Locomotive W orks are the principal forging works in the city itself. The Reading Steam Forge conducts heavy shaft forging exclusively. There are seve ral other works at which more or less of this heavy axle and shaft forg ing is done, all of which is quite distinct from the bloomery forging o f the primary class of iron works named in the report of the Iron Associ ation. In other parts o f Eastern Pennsylvania, as we are informed by the Iron Association,'there are, including the rail mills, no less than thirtyeight additional rolling mills, which roll railroad iron exclusively. Of other rolling mills, there are seven at and near Coatesville, Chester County, four at and near Reading, one at Pottsville, two in Lancaster County, three at and near Harrisburg, one at Weissport, two at Williams port, five near Bellefonte, etc. The production of the steel, sheet, and bar mills o f the city and vicin ity was in part made up, for 1856-7, from the best information obtain able, though the mills located at any considerable distance were not in cluded. The following numbers are close approximations to the annual prodution :— Spring and cast steel................................................................ tons Bar, rod, and band iron, in the city.............................................. Bar, nails, and axles, in towns near.............................................. Boiler and other plate, in the city................................................ “ “ in towns near........................................... 2,500 13,500 15,600 2,600 22,000 The production o f sheet and plate iron is largely increasing over that of 1856-7, in the current year. N ot only is the production o f several mills on the border of Maryland and Delaware now carried there, but there is additional machinery employed in rolling this description of iron in and near Philadelphia. Its increased use for roofing purposes adds to the demand. In towns of Eastern Pennsylvania, more distant than Norristowm, Phoenixville, <fcc., the Iron Association reports as made, in 1856— Boiler and other plate.............................................................. tons Bars, rods, and nails.......................................................................... 2,190 13,500 Taking all together, we have the following aggregate :— Plate, sheet, and boiler iron.....................................................tons Bar, rods, band, and nails............................................................. Steel..................................................................................................... 26,690 42,500 2,500 Valuation o f Life Insurance Policies. 567 The aggregate value of this production is very nearly $5,000,000. The entire quantity o f railroad iron made in Eastern Pennsylvania, exclusive of the Cambria and the Juniata works, in 1§56, is stated by Mr. Lesley at about 65,000 tons. Probably the depression o f 1858 re duced the production to a point not far from 50,000 tons, or to about three-fourtbs the business o f 1856. This branch o f the rolling mill ope rations is thus placed at about half the value of the small iron roll ing. It is not over-stating the value of this second department o f the iron interest of this part o f the State at these sums, which, together, give an aggregate of $7,500,000 as the value o f all the forms of rolled iron furnished to the uses o f the country by the business circle belonging to Philadelphia. To include the Cambria W orks would add largely to the aggregate o f railroad iron. Art. III.— VALUATION OF LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES. NUMBER V II. F or the correct valuation o f a life policy the most reliable tables are to be obtained from the experience o f insurance companies. The par ticulars which they furnish as to the ages o f the insured, and the num ber o f the living and dying, are perfectly and exactly reported, and deserve, therefore, the fullest confidence; while those derived from the most cor rect census, or from the most careful registration, are more or less erro neous. Many of the ages in every census are unknown to the people them selves, or are reported in round numbers, or are given falsely to the cen sus-takers, while many will be omitted entirely. This is still more true o f the registrations of the deaths, when the report must be made by the survivors, who may be entirely ignorant o f the age of the deceased. None of these sources of error occur in the experience of a life compa ny. The ages are carefully ascertained and the period of death exactly known, because large amounts of money are dependent on both, and they are therefore examined and scrutinized with the utmost care. The class of people who insure generally know their age, and, having strong motives to state it correctly, their statements can be received with confi dence. Besides this accuracy, there are other reasons why the life in surance experience is a proper guide for the valuation of policies. The insured are likely to be o f the same class in the future as in the past. Their habits and exposures will probably be similar. Every element that prolongs or lessens the duration o f life will probably exert the same in fluence on both. And as the mortality no doub; varies slightly among the different classes o f society, this tends to strengthen the confidence to be placed in the results furnished by the life companies. There is, however, one great objection to these tables. Many o f the members of a life office are insured for a single year, many for a short period, and o f those who take policies for life very many abandon them after one or two years’ insurance. And these persons, having been re cently examined-by the company’s physician and pronounced to be sound and well, are not likely to be subject to the same rate of mortality as those who have been long members of the company. 568 Yaluaiion o f L ife Insurance Policies. Now it is these last policies whose correct valuation is important. For the recent members the error in valuing by a wrong table is small, because the difference between the net values o f the premiums and the liabilities is small, whatever table o f mortality be used. When the dif ference becomes larger an error in the rate of mortality becomes more important. If, then, the whole experience of a life company be made the basis o f the valuations, the errors will be sensible in the very cases where accu racy is most desirable, and these errors will be on the dangerous side, making the company appear to possess a larger surplus than it really has, and tempting it to distribute dividends that have never been earned. The difference between the probabilities of living among recent mem bers and those who have been long insured is very great, as has been most satisfactorily shown by the several analyses that have been made by Edmonds, Farren, Brown, Higliam, and others, of the published experi ence of the London life offices. And this unequal mortality among the younger and older policies on lives of the same age is an objection to the use of these tables for valuations of policies, and for the general purposes of life insurance. Although this objection is real, it is believed that the tables which have been furnished by life offices are the most valuable we possess. Many o f the companies have lasted so long that the influence of the recent policies is slight, and the superior accuracy and reliability of all their statements elevate their results above those which are founded on the government census and registrations. At the older ages it is not cus tomary to admit new members, so that the experience at those ages is free from every objection. A t all ages, though not perfect, they approx imate closely to the true mortality ; and by separating the recent mem bers from the others the results will be free from every objection. Al though the numbers are large, they are not yet numerous enough to give all the accuracy to be desired. The Equitable Insurance Company of London was the first to publish the results of their experience. This company was founded in 1762, and has furnished the largest contributions to our stock of vital statistics. Mr. Morgan, their able and distinguished actuary, in his reports to the members, compared from time to time their mortality and that of the Northampton table of Dr. Price. The ratio was given for each decade, and was continued and repeated for several successive decennial reports. Mr. Babbage has constructed a table founded on these reports. The mortality given by him for every period o f life is inserted in the second column of the table below. Since the company had existed for more than fifty years when the table was formed, it is worthy of much confi dence. As, however, the ratios published by Mr. Morgan were only in whole numbers, and therefore only' approximate, we shall not assign a large influence to Babbage’s table in the combination we propose to make. In the year 1829, Mr. Morgan reported to his company a full and mi nute account of all the experience o f the Equitable from its first founda tion in 1762, and as this contained the particulars of 21,398 insured persons, of whom 5,144 had died, the report is exceedingly valuable. The number of years of life enjoyed by these persons was 266,872, so that the insured had averaged more than twelve years membership in the company. Mr. Morgan has deduced from this experience a table Valuation o f L ife Insurance Policies. 569 giving the expectation of life at every age, and from this, by a simple mathematical formula, we have obtained the rates o f mortality inserted in the third column of the table below. As the expectation is only carried to two decimal places, a slight adjustment was necessary to har monize the results, but this produced but a very small effect on the sev eral rates. Mr. Morgan does not carry his table beyond 80, but we have used Mr. Edmonds’ law to extend it to the end of life. This has been necessary with some other tables in our collection, but the law is doubt less so nearly correct that no sensible error can be introduced by this ex tension to the older ages, where all our tables are very doubtful and un reliable. This table is very valuable, and deserves much weight in the combination we propose. Mr. Morgan published afterwards a supplement giving the experience for four years later, and Mr. Griffith Davies has constructed a table found ed on the whole experience o f the company. These rates o f mortality, adjusted as before, are to be found in column fourth of our table below. The numbers used in Mr. Davies’ table were smaller than usual, but it is sc admirably constructed that the adjustments were unimportant. The Amicable Society, which is the oldest of the English life offices, has given us its experience to the year 1841. O f the several tables fur nished by their actuary, we have selected as the most valuable the one which gives the rate o f mortality among 3,530 persons insured for life, between April 5th, 1808, and April 5th, 1841. Of these, only 505 had discontinued their insurance, and 198 had died. It is inserted in column fifth at the end of this article. O f this table Mr. Galloway remarks “ that it consists entirely of selected lives, that is to say, of persons who at the date of their admission were all apparently free from disease, and by far the greater portion of those who had passed through the younger ages had lived only a few years in the society, or had been recently se lected. The mortality ought therefore to be expected a priori to be favorable in general, and■particularly so in early life; and this is found to be the case.” These remarks apply to all the tables founded on the experience of life companies; less to the Equitable than to others, but to all the recent tables. W e shall obviate this objection when we combine the different tables, by giving less weight to these at the younger than at the middle and later years o f life. In the census the younger ages are more numerous and more reliable; in the life offices they are few and more open to objections, and therefore, for this reason also, this dis tribution of weights is the more appropriate. The most valued contribution to our vital statistics was made by a committee of London actuaries, who prevailed on fifteen of their offices to contribute their experience for the purpose of forming a combined table. This table was published in 1843, and is known as The Actualies’, or “ The Combined Experience.” The materials were arranged and the table constructed by the most distinguished actuaries of Great Brit ain, among whom were Gomperz, Milne, and Edmonds. After combining their numbers with those of the Equitable and the Amicable, they had 83,905 insurances, whose average duration was more than eight years, so that the whole includes more than 100,000 years of life. As there were no children among these persons, this is equivalent to the experi ence of a city o f 50,000 inhabitants for thirty years. It embraced town and country, English and Irish, male and female, every class and condi 570 Valuation o f L ife Insurance Policies. tion of society that are likely to insure their lives. And we shall not hesitate to give to this table a greater weight than any other in our pro posed combination. The rate of mortality in this table is inserted in column sixth at the end o f this article. It has been objected to this table that some of the lives were repeated twice or even several times in this combination, because many policies were issued on the same life, and the experience is on policies and not on lives. But as this did not apply to the Equitable and the Amicable, who fur nished about half o f the whole experience, this objection is lessened. Both the living and the dying being increased by the counting of poli cies, the ratio is but little altered. The numbers being very large, the effect of repetition is very slight and the chance o f balancing the errors very great. This balancing is the more probable in each decade than at each year of life, and only the decades were employed in constructing the table. The adjustments therefore which are always made will tend greatly to correct the irregularities at each age. Even the errors in each decade tend to balance each other and correct the total results. That this objection is unimportant is still further shown by the pub lished experience of the Economical Society, who have prepared two tables, one giving the expectation of life from their policies, and the other from their lives, and both are nearly identical at all ages. The unadjusted expectations at— Thoages 2 0 . Were by policies......................... And by lives................................ 41.18 41.40 30. 40. 34.81 34 82 27.09 27.20 SO. GO. 19.82 19.96 13.79 13.83 Among larger numbers these small differences would be rendered still smaller, and by taking the decades instead of single years, and adjusting the results they would almost entirely disappear. As an illustration of the smallness of this source of error, we present the following example in numbers. Suppose 1,000 persons to insure at 60, o f whom ten per cent had two policies, five per cent had three, three per cent four, two per cent five, and one per cent six policies. The vari ations from the mean or true mortality would be probably greater in the smaller set of policies, but in all it would be slight if the numbers were large— suppose the variations to be ten per cent in those who had two policies, twenty for those who had three, thirty for the fours, forty for the fives, and fifty for those who had six policies. And suppose the mean rate of mortality to be four-tenths for the decade, and all the variations to increase first, and then all to decrease the mortality. The several persons are The policies................. The death are first-----And second................... 790 790 316 316 100 200 88 72 50 150 72 48 SO 120 62.4 33.6 20 100 56 24 10 60 36 12 or 1,000 or 1,420 or 630.4 or 505.6 And the ratios are 1,420 to 030.4 or .444, and 1,420 to 505.6 or .356. So that in this extreme case where there are no compensations, where all the variations are on one side, where the deaths in those who have many policies range from 50 to 150 per cent of the mean policies in the two cases supposed, where the proportion of policies is doubtless much larger than it was in the Actuaries’ experience, the difference in the rate o f mortality is only 11 per cent from the mean. As the compensations, beyond all doubt, did take place, it cannot be supposed, with the large Valuation o f L ife Insurance Policies. 571 numbers that were considered, that the error from the use of policies reached one per cent of the true mortality for any single decade. W e have considered this objection more fully than it deserved, because much notice has been taken of it ty several writers, and we believe its influence has been overrated. W e regard it as utterly insignificant and unappreciable. W e have taken the numbers furnished by the Actuaries’, and recon structed the table, interpolating the living and the dying by the method of differences, and proceeding then as before explained. The rates o f mor tality thus obtained are inserted in column seventh below. The near agreement between the two tables is a confirmation of the accuracy of both. After eighty the differences are considerable; but little confidence can be placed in the rates at these older ages, and happily this uncer tainty is of little importance to an insurance company. These contributions o f the London actuaries are the more valuable on account of the separation they have made between the several classes of the members, and especially from the distinction which they have kept up between the younger and the older policies. From the town members we have constructed a table to be found in column eighth below, which differs very little from the general table. Mr. Higham has given us the expectation of life among those mem b e r s who have been so long insured that the influence o f selection is no longer sensible. From this we have obtained the rates of mortality in column ninth. The difference between this and the general table is very great. A t the middle period of life, from 37 to 53, at the very ages most important to a life office, the rate o f mortality is more than fifty per cent higher than in the general table, and at some ages more than sixty per cent. Above seventy the mortality is less than in the general experience, but this is due to the exclusion by Mr. Iligham of the Irish lives whose mortality was larger than the English. The causes of this large excess are well understood; it being due not merely to the favorable influence of the admission o f healthy lives, but to the unfavorable effect produced by the abandonment of their policies by the sound and vigorous. When necessity or a change of circumstances induces any of the insured to think o f abandoning their policies, or o f selling them to the company, the feeble and diseased will continue their risks, while the strong and healthy will give up theirs. Thus the impaired and broken constitutions remain, while the better lives retire. Among the old members the mor tality exceeds, therefore, the average o f the general population, while among the new it is less. As the valuation of policies is usually made when many o f the mem bers have been recently admitted, this table would give too high a mor tality for the average members of a company; but as it represents the rate for many of the insured, and as it will embrace a larger and larger number in every future year o f our companies, we have thought proper to give it a place among our tables, though we shall not allow it a large weight in the combination we propose. W e have constructed another table from Mr. Higham’s contributions. He gives the rate o f mortality in each year after the first insurance. W e have selected the fifth year as the one most likely to represent the ave rage mortality among the new and old members of our life companies. Mr. Higham’s table has the rates for every five years. These we have 572 Valuation o f L ife Insurance Policies. interpolated for each year, then adjusted them, and the results are con tained in column tenth below. By comparing this with the general table it will be seen that it is from five to ten per cent higher between the ages of thirty and fifty, when the new members are coming in, and about the same amount lower from sixty to the end of life, when the better lives are terminating their risks by the sale or abandonment of their policies. W e have constructed one more table from these contributions of the London actuaries, and we regard it as the most reliable o f all that we have. It is in the last column below, and has been formed by the omis sion of the first year’s experience under each policy. The rate of mor tality during the first year is so different from the second, third, and fol lowing years that it has no claim to any influence on the average to be expected among future members. Dr. Farr has published a long list of diseases from which the insured is free the first year, on account of his sound health when first admitted, but to which he is exposed in the sec ond and all subsequent years. The experience of the London offices shows the mortality o f the first year to be firom twenty-five to fifty per cent below the average; and other offices have shown a similar result. This exclusion is therefore proper when a true average is wanted. Espe cially is it suitable for the valuations of a life office, where we want the average mortality among the future members, all of whom have been insured for some time. As this table has been constructed by the aid o f Mr. Higham’s table o f first year’s mortality, which does not include the Irish lives, and as it was presumed that these had a like diminution of their mortality in the first year after the issue of the policies, the table is not a perfect trans cript o f the observations ; but it is so close an approximation to it that it deserves a large weight in our combination. Babbage Morgan Equi Equi table. Age. table. 15 .0051 16 53 17 64. IS 56 19 58 60 20 63 21 66 22 69 23 73 24 25 77 81 26 27 84 28 87 90 29 30 93 31 96 32 99 33 103 34 106 35 110 36 113 37 116 118 38 39 120 40 121 41 123 .0067 68 69 70 71 72 73 73 74 74 75 76 77 78 79 81 83 85 88 91 93 96 99 102 106 109 112 Davies’ Equi table. .0050 54 58 61 64 66 68 70 72 75 78 82 85 89 93 97 101 104 107 110 113 116 119 121 124 126 128 Amica Actua ble, to ries' ex1841. perience. Actua ries. re made. .0041 .0070 .0069 70 41 70 41 71 70 41 70 71 41 72 71 41 72 73 41 74 74 41 75 76 41 76 77 41 77 78 43 79 78 46 79 80 81 49 80 52 81 82 55 83 83 84 84 68 62 86 86 88 65 88 69 89 90 91 92 74 95 78 93 98 83 95 101 87 97 105 93 99 98 101 108 111 104 104 no 106 114 Actua ries, town. .0067 68 69 69 70 70 70 70 71 71 72 72 73 74 70 78 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 96 98 101 105 Actua Actua Act’ries, after ries, late ries, 5th 1st year. years. year. .0066 68 70 73 75 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 85 88 91 95 100 106 113 121 129 137 145 152 160 166 173 .0061 .0070 75 62 80 64 84 65 87 67 88 69 89 71 89 72 90 74 76 91 91 78 92 80 93 82 94 84 94 86 95 89 96 91 97 93 98 96 100 98 102 101 106 103 107 105 no H'8 113 ) 10 116 113 119 116 Valuation o f L ife Insurance Policies. Babbage Morgan Davies’ Age. 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 62 53 54 55 56 67 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Amiea- Equi table. 131 135 139 143 148 154 161 170 181 194 207 219 231 242 263 265 278 290 302 316 330 347 867 389 413 439 466 496 529 564 603 644 689 737 790 862 929 1017 113 125 139 155 171 187 201 215 229 242 259 279 316 372 458 580 746 1000 ... Equi table. 115 118 122 125 129 134 139 144 151 159 168 179 192 206 221 238 257 278 300 322 344 367 391 420 451 488 527 671 618 669 721 776 836 900 960 1031 1102 1200 130 141 152 164 177 191 206 222 240 259 280 304 328 354 382 413 446 482 521 563 • • > ■ . . • • . . . . . . . . Equi table. 125 127 181 136 142 150 158 168 177 187 197 208 219 231 242 254 266 277 288 299 811 323 336 351 366 382 400 418 439 461 485 611 642 579 624 681 764 878 101 117 134 152 170 190 211 233 254 271 291 314 343 381 438 516 627 775 1000 . • ■ . ■ ble, to 1»41. 117 124 132 140 148 167 166 176 187 197 209 222 235 249 264 281 300 321 345 373 405 440 478 618 561 606 653 702 753 807 861 919 982 1048 1119 1194 1274 1358 145 154 164 175 186 198 211 224 238 253 268 284 301 319 327 375 500 750 1000 573 ActuaActua- Actua Actua Actua Actua ries, af ries, ries, late ries, 5th ter 1st ries’ ex ries, re year. year. town. years. perience. made. 119 118 110 178 123 109 123 122 115 183 113 127 118 120 188 127 132 127 132 132 126 194 138 123 138 133 202 138 144 129 145 140 144 151 211 136 153 222 152 158 143 147 162 156 234 151 159 166 165 246 160 171 166 175 181 175 258 169 174 185 186 267 180 192 181 196 198 276 190 18S 203 208 211 216 287 196 203 222 226 290 230 2< 5 236 217 242 295 245 216 231 257 300 262 259 229 247 270 264 278 306 280 244 289 301 299 315 283 260 310 321 304 329 323 279 322 346 349 327 346 299 355 352 372 371 375 322 379 398 405 398 348 379 405 427 426 439 409 376 433 458 456 474 441 407 463 491 476 610 489 441 496 52S 515 525 547 479 530 669 567 585 557 520 569 616 614 624 601 664 613 669 667 665 649 612 664 730 726 70S 702 663 724 797 759 788 753 718 790 803 819 854 871 778 802 953 924 856 885 840 944 1042 1002 956 913 904 1030 1135 1088 977 1032 972 1121 1045 1231 1115 1179 1041 1221 1275 1317 1117 1204 1113 1331 1399 1374 1191 1300 1185 1451 148 147 127 140 126 157 155 157 134 151 133 169 162 167 142 163 140 182 170 178 176 148 147 197 179 189 155 190 155 213 200 190 162 206 165 230 210 204 170 224 176 249 220 221 181 244 190 269 228 240 196 206 268 291 235 259 295 217 225 314 242 243 280 327 249 339 251 276 280 864 303 366 260 314 315 408 327 395 274 353 359 360 457 426 290 3S1 410 411 613 4 60 308 411 469 467 571 497 328 444 530 632 535 537 480 347 599 722 610 580 401 518 674 804 695 626 755 1000 660 477 794 676 574 Currency o f the United States. Art. IV.— CURRENCY l!F TIIE UNITED STATES. To the Editor .o f the Merchants' Magazine :— T he currency o f the United States consists o f all the metallic money not in absolute hoards, and the sum o f the immediate liabilities of the banks, except the coin in their coffers. The sum total o f currency in money and bank debt is permanently the same as would be present in the nation and be offered, or in readiness to be offered, in gold and silver, in exchange for commodities and property, and in the payment of debts. When it ex ceeds this the course of exchange is against us, and money runs away. Buried treasure, or money so absolutely withdrawn from business and from circulation, as to have no influence upon the owner’s mind in directing his expenditure, is not currency; it is an absolute hoard, having no more effect upon prices or upon business than if it did not exist. But we must not confound this miserly store with the stocking deposit of the Dutch farmer, for example; which, although a reserve fund, influences his expenditure, and, as there is more or less o f it, induces him to hold his commodity at a higher, or sell it for a lower price. The proportion of money thus at rest, in relation to the volume o f currency, is not greater than the proportion of commodities at rest, in relation to the whole circulating property which necessarily remains on hand waiting the right customer or a satisfactory price; and the line between the currency and the hoard is not more imperfectly defined than that between the pro perty in and out o f circulation. There is always a considerable quantity of property not in circulation, that is to say, not offered for sale, that some large price would tempt the owner to part with, and there is about the same proportion of money in idleness that may be tempted into ac tion by offering for it a sufficient quantity o f property. These two oppo site exchangeable values neutralize each other. W e have, then, a controlling measure of price in the volume of cur rency, the public instrument o f exchange. As that volume increases in relation to the circulating property, the value of money falls in a general or average rise of prices; and as it decreases in relation to the circulat ing property, the value o f money rises in a general or average fall of prices. So far as price is concerned, of course the effect is the same if the circulating property increases or diminishes in relation to the vol ume o f currency; for as it increases in quantity its price falls, and as it diminishes in quantity its price rises; but it is not by any means the same in regard to value or wealth; for the variation in the volume of currency merely alters the value of money, it does not affect the absolute value of other property, and the nation is just as rich with little money and low prices, as with much money and high prices; but when the pro perty o f the country diminishes in quantity the public wealth declines, although prices rise ; and when the property increases in quantity the public wealth increases, although prices fall. This is more apparent in an isolated community or nation, such for example as Japan has been for two centuries past. Every nation is quite as well off with little money as with much ; but a commercial nation or community, such as Japan has now become, is vastly better off with the less money or more limited currency. Japan, with a limited currency, having a plenty of eireulat- Currency o f the United Slates. 575 ing property, lias now the most valuable money in the w orld; it is valuable because of the quantity o f property it will exchange for, and nothing but war or non-intercourse can prevent her from becoming an immense exporting nation. I think Europe and America will be as tounded at the extent of production, activity of business, and increase of wealth, in Japan in a very few years, if the empire escapes internal dissention and external war. It is the quantity and quality o f cultivated land, dwellings, warehouses, ships, steamers, factories, schools, utilities o f all kinds, and everything that contributes to human enjoyment, which constitute wealth; this wealth is the same in value at any price; it is not, therefore, o f the least importance what volume o f currency we possess, so that the coins are not too diminutive or too large for convenient use, excepting the less cur rency the better for the convenience of handling, and because where there is the least currency relatively, money will buy the most, and where money will buy the most, business will go. As with individuals so with nations; where the best bargains are to be had customers are plentiest and make the largest purchases. What we want, then, is to increase our stock in trade and not our currency; for money itself will come fast enough by the increase of commodities; no earthly power and no con trivance can keep it out o f the country, excepting this that we employ, o f cheapening it with an admixture of fiction. The little child, soon as he learns the meaning of a cent, knows enough to go to the shop where he can get the most taffy for his money; and when he grows to manhood he pursues the same simple principle in buying goods ; but the sophistica tion of the currency system blinds him to the fact that the increase of currency and cheapening of money locally by his community, more than elsewhere, adds cost to his goods, enhances their price without increas ing their value, and drives bis customers into other shops, in other cities, or in other countries. The cheapening of money is a local loss of busi ness and wealth, infallibly. The effect of change in the volume of the currency follows an im mutable law, however delayed by longer or shorter maturing credits, or however obscured to the mind of the unpracticed observer. It is there fore a matter of the greatest importance to know what the currency is and where to look for it. W e must look for it precisely where it would rest if the whole were exclu sively metallic, to which volume it must ultimately return from every aberration ; the true money or specie measure being determined and marked by the par o f exchange on London of 91 per cent, or $4 86 65 to the pound sterling. It will be observed, that with a pure metallic currency, the banks could not be under demand liabilities, either to the public or to each other, without coin in hand dollar for dollar against them; each debtor bank must therefore hold the coin ; so that the balances due to banks, as well as to individuals, are currency occupying the place of coin, and the balances due from banks, as well as from in dividuals, are loans. Thus, taking the returns at Washington, with an approximate estimate o f the amount o f specie in circulation outside of the banks, I find the national currency, with a proper nomenclature, as follows, nearest to January 1, I860 :— 576 Currency o f the United States. Bank notes in circulation.............................................. Bank credits inscribed for discounts without money.. Bankers’ credits in California inscribed for discounts "without money, estimate........................................... Balances due to banks..................................................... 207,102,477 170,207,502 2,000,000 55.932,918 Total of debt currency, that is, currency exceeding the money in the nation.................................................................................................... Bank deposits absolute in specie.. ............................ 83,594,567 Government treasury, including balances at credit of disbursing officers, specie....................................... 10,160,000 In circulation among the people including bankers in 84,002,476 California, estimate.................................................... Total of money in the currency 435,242,957 177,757,043 Total currency of the nation............................................................... $613,000,000 IMMEDIATE LIABILITIES OF THE BANKS. Debt currency, as above.............................................................................. Absolute deposits, as above.......................................... $83,594,567 2,000,000 Absolute deposits with California bankers, say......... $435,242,957 Money in banks................................................................................. 85,594,567 Total of immediate liabilities. .............................................. $520,837,524 It follows that the ratio o f their money to their immediate liabilities is as 16.43 to 100. The ratio o f money, outside of the hoards, to the total currency of the nation, is as 29 to 100 ; and this indicates the method of doing business; the exchanges at wholesale and retail being effected approximately with money 29 percent, and debt 71 per cen t; besides some that are made by the direct barter o f commodity for commodity, without the intervention o f debt or money. Obviously debt must be created and discounted to bring the debt currency into existence, and it is kept alive by continued renewal or kiting of the notes and bills of cus tomers, against the notes and inscribed credits of the banks. The bank debt is, therefore, merely a portion of the circulating debt o f the com munity, which compels the exchanges to pass through a circuit of debt and credit, by removing so much money from the country, which circuit would otherwise be made with money. This circuit is made by the trans fers of raw material, and articles partially and wholly finished, through the hands of manufacturers and tradesmen to the consumers, and the re turn of the consumer’s commodity or produce to close the transaction, when the two producers and consumers are mutually paid. Approximately these transfers are five each w ay; so that we cannot be far wrong in estimating ten exchanges to the circuit. Consequently we maintain a com mercial debt upon the above figures o f $4,352,000,000, or ten-fold the sum of the debt-currency, that need not and could not exist with a currency exclusively of money. Every merchants’ stock o f goods greatly exceeds the sum o f currency he retains on hand; and this law of the exchanges in the circuit of money seems to determine the ratio of goods offered for sale, with other circulating property, to be approximately as 10 to 1 of the currency throughout the country. So completely has the idea o f money in the debt currency taken pos session of the public mind, that it is difficult for people to comprehend how the above incubus of debt is created, or why there is any more of Currency o f the United States. 577 it than would exist with a money currency. But money is a value pur chased with another value in goods, and comes in return for merchandise sold to California and to other countries; debt has no part in its creation. The debt currency is not a value; it is a fiction of money manufactured virtually out o f nothing, and is, when created, like every other debt, in excess of all the money and property in the world. An illustration will show how this worse than useless load of debt and embarrassment is en tailed upon us. You have 100 yards of cloth for sale at §5 per yard that I want; and 1 have 2,500 pounds o f wool for sale at 20 cents per pound that you want; either commodity amounting to §500. Simple barter would effect the exchange in the most economical manner, and satisfy us both, without debt or embarrassment; but we do not know each other’s wants, and do not meet in the market; a middle man or merchant is therefore necessary to us both. If he has §500 of money, as he would have under a money currency, to pay for your cloth that you can pay for my wool, the exchange may be effected without debt or delay of settlement. It is triangular barter; gold, a third commodity of value, being employed as a medium o f exchange; but, by the present system, we expel the gold, and thence comes the necessity o f debt to create the debt currency and maintain the banks. A merchant gives his note for your cloth, and the same or another gives his note for my w o o l; then, according to the present custom o f making the utmost possible use of banking, you give your note for the wool, and I give my note for the cloth ; and now the bank is ready to accommodate all parties in accomm'odating itself. You-and I get the merchant’s notes discounted; he gets our notes discounted, and the bank gives in exchange— what ? Cer tainly not money, for that yields no profit; it must lend what has no exis tence, and make a currency of its debt, over and above its money and capital, on which to charge interest as money, to make dividends; o f course, it lends its debt in the form o f notes or inscribed credit. You and I now owe §500 each ; the merchant owes §1,000, and the bank owes §2,000; and here, on §1,000 of value, by reason of the absence of §500 o f money in the currency, is §4,000 of debt created, more useless and unnecessary than a fifth wheel to a coach ; §2,000 of it is debt currency which infal libly drives from the country §2,000 o f gold, and compels the next traders to go through the same operation o f running in debt to effect their ex changes. And what capital is employed in these transactions ? Clearly not a dime but yours and m ine; your cloth and my w o o l: our capital maintains the merchant and the bank, and all their clerks and rent and charges; we are entangled in a useless debt, with the fluctuating values of a currency continually expanding and contracting to accommodate the cupidity or necessities of the bank, and we run the risk o f bankruptcy, out of the proceeds o f our own labor, which, under a money currency, would have been exchanged without any risk whatever. Every time the cloth or the wool is exchanged in its progress to the consumer, more debt and more currency o f the same sort are created, and an oppressive mass of debt is thus built up and maintained to expel money, postpone payments, and embarrass everybody. There is no objection to the merchant in this business; he is a neces sary and economical agent in finding and opening markets and effecting exchanges, securing to the producer uninterrupted employment at home ; and, in transferring a commodity from where it is of less, to where it is V O L . x l i i i . — n o , v. 37 578 Currency o f the United States. o f greater, value, he performs a service equivalent to the production of so much value; employing labor and tools of wood, iron, wind, steam, &c., differing in form but not in principle from those employed by the producer himself. Indeed, it is to the merchant we owe the variety and increase of employments that maintain labor and produce wealth ; but to the bank o f the debt system we owe nothing but obstruction to labor, loss of national capital, bankruptcy, and distress. It is the system, and not the banks, that I condemn, and it is the people, not especially the bankers, who are responsible for it ; but it is most especially the duty of the economist and the legislator to speak plainly, and put public opinion right upon this momentous subject. I have taken occasion to say in these pages repeatedly that commerce consists of an exchange of material and immaterial products upon the simple principle of barter; commodity pays for commodity, and service for service, and the nearer we come to a direct exchange the less is the tax upon both producer and consumer, and the better it is for the com munity. Merchants and money are necessary to an economical accom plishment o f exchanges, but not mere speculators nor a currency of debt. If the natural law o f value be not interfered with, business will provide the true and necessary volume o f currency for itself in real m oney; less we cannot have permanently, and more we cannot permanently retain ; the debt currency does nothing but sink the value o f money, and drive so much money away ; it is a.false intruder of the most damaging char acter. The population o f the United States has been estimated of late at 32,000,000 ; on this estimate the currency as above would be $19 10 per capita ; but the progress of the census o f 1860 thus far seems to indi cate that this is an overestimate o f the population ; probably the cur rency at the beginning o f the year was $20 for each inhabitant, approx imately. The estimate of $84,000,000 of specie outside of the banks is, I am aware, very much below that o f other writers, but I feel very confident there is not over $200,000,000 o f money in the whole nation, including the California currency and the hoards. Estimates in round numbers very generally exceed the truth, and are often wild. In the inveterate paper-currency States, like those o f Sew England, where one dollar notes are in circulation, it is rather difficult to find change for a dollar in the hands of any family; the omnipotent bank note of one to five dollars is everywhere, and is counted upon to buy the smallest commodity ; there is a constant running about for change from house to house, and the till o f the retailer is poorly supplied. There seems to be a penchant for shin plasters in New England, and money flees from them as from a pes tilence. I doubt if there is an average of three dollars o f real money to a family in the State of Massachusetts outside o f the banks, including the money-drawers o f the shops, sums in the hands o f money' dealers, and all reserves outside of the hoards ; of hoards, there are a few among the foreign population. In the South, and of course in those States where the circulation o f bank bills below the denomination o f five dol lars is prohibited, there is some money to be found; but I defer consid erably to official estimates in placing the average so high as fifteen dol lars to each family in the nation, deducting the slaves, and make no doubt it is an overestimate sufficient to counterbalance any amount the slaves may have in possession. Currency o f the United States. 579 Supposing we have a free population o f 28,000,000— an extravagant estimate, I think— and allowing five members to each family, there are 5,' 00,000 families, to whom I assign §15 each, making §84,000,000. There must be large reserves— not hoards— somewhere, and large sums in the hands of money dealers, travelers, and immigrants, to make up so large an amount as this, outside of the banks; for there is a bank wher ever a bank can be planted throughout the country, to gather all the money in its neighborhood. The New York Journal o f Commerce cyphers up §283,000,000 in the whole country. I cannot conceive where they find it; but I believe Mr. Snowden of the Mint thinks with me, that §200,000,000 is a large estimate. A t any rate, I do not think the money in the currency can exceed the sum I have named. W ith such a leak as there is in the course o f exchange, that we keep almost constantly ad verse to ourselves, which is neither more nor less than keeping money cheaper here than elsewhere, specie must run out in ways that cannot be discovered, or brought within the range of statistical investigation. Some writers have placed promissory notes and bills o f exchange in the category of currency, but it is altogether a mistake; their affinity is with circulating property, not with money. They may be exchanged for property, and so might the property upon which they are drawn ; and if offered for sale for money they are still more like property; they are ex changed against money, and are more likely to have the effect o f increas ing the exchange value o f money than o f reducing it, as they would if they were of the nature o f currency. They are, however, neither money, nor currency, nor property, but mere records of an unfinished bargain ; the purchase money is not paid, and these are memoranda or written evidences of what the debtor is to do to complete the contract. One species of property exchanges for another; this is barter, the fundamen tal principle o f trade; and when promissory notes and bills of exchange are exchanged for money, they take the position of property as essentially different from money as the goods that were delivered for them, or for the fund upon which they are drawn. W e must clearly understand, and I therefore repeat, that the currency is that, and only that, which ought to be money, and would be if not in terfered with by an abnormal legislation that authorizes debt to take its place. The public mind should be disabused as to the existence o f capi tal or value in promissory notes and bills of exchange; then people would comprehend that there is neither money, capital, nor value in the debt currency erected upon them, or into which they are converted, nor in the so-called “ bank capital,” which stands upon no other foundation. He who buys 1,000 barrels o f flour for §5,000, holds the capital in the flour; and if he pays for it in gold, it is an exchange of capital; he has so much more o f one commodity, and so much less of another— more flour and less gold— while the flour seller has so much less flour and more gold. If, instead of paying money, the buyer gives his note for the flour, it is preposterous to say or suppose that he creates a value of §5,000, and that the community are in possession o f §10,000 o f capital because he has run in debt §5,000, and made his note for the same. And now, if the note be exchangd for gold, or hemp, or cloth, or any other property, there is only a legitimate use o f credit in the transaction ; it may be exchanged fifty times for value received in each transfer without affecting the value of money, or doing any harm ; the payee or original holder of the note 580 Currency o f the United States. simply receives gold, or hemp, or cloth, or some other property in ex change for his flour; the note is all the while nothing but a written evi dence of the debtor’s verbal promise; adding nothing to the volume of gold, or of currency equivalent in use to gold, or to property of any hind. In effect, the whole is legitimate barter; flour being exchanged for gold, and gold for hemp, and hemp for cloth, <fcc., through the entire circuit of exchanges. I wish to direct attention particularly to this point, and ask for it the most careful consideration, that there is not in this note an increase of anything but debt; there is nothing in it of the na ture of an increase of money, currency, or property, and the transfers effected, as I have described, are merely transfers of pre-existing money or property. But now let us suppose that the note is discounted in bank, and the bank, instead o f delivering the material equivalent, money, that is, gold or silver, for the proceeds o f the discount, issues its notes, or inscribes a credit to be checked upon as money in excess of the money in its coffers; it is then a very different thing; the act is the creation of debt currency, for which there is no material equivalent; there is no such money or value in existence as the bank promises to p a y ; and, therefore, although it receives an obligation to return something for nothing, at the ultimate settling day the thing cannot be d on e; if the bank gets the material equivalent, it belongs to some other obligation that it is required to meet, and somebody must break for it when the bank can no longer maintain the fiction in circulation. The continued existence of this fiction in the currency is absolutely necessary to maintain the price it created in the circulating property, and support the obligations of debt in the circuit of exchanges made by and resting upon it. Its withdrawal by a set-off be tween the two debtors, the bank and its customer, in the contraction of loans, is inevitable bankruptcy to all these obligations that must fall somewhere upon wholesale or retail dealers within the circuit o f its ope ration, for it is the annihilation o f so much currency. But when it is created, being accepted without bargain or question as money', it degrades the value of all the capital of the community invested in money, precisely as much as it adds to the volume of the currency; this is the sure effect o f an increase of bank loans. Obviously, if the bank loan is not increased by the discount; if it be merely relending a fund previously in the currency and just paid in, there is neither an in crease of currency nor degradation of the value o f money in the discount transaction; but I am treating of the principle of the thing, the con struction of the debt currency, and I aver that we might as well make a free gift of so much gold to some other portion of the world, as to or ganize this note into a currency equivalent in use to money, without a special reserve of coin in the bank, dollar for dollar, against the sum placed at the disposal o f the party obtaining the discount; it is convert ing fiction into a currency of price that is not value, and is a dead loss of capital to the nation, excepting so far as it adds to the price of our products in foreign countries, which is inappreciable, as the expelled coin flows into the great ocean o f the currency o f the world. Its effect is en tirely adverse to ourselves, because, by raising general local prices, it checks our production and exports, and brings returns in foreign goods with precisely the whole amount of the fiction o f money added to their price, which we must pay in the solid value o f gold and silver. Your Currency o f the United States. 581 constant readers will excuse tire repetition of this truth, which I have presented in previous numbers o f this Magazine; it must be repeated, “ line upon line and precept upon precept,” until our people are fully awakened to its vast importance. It is the absence o f money and value in the currency, and of capital thus expelled from the country, that is the cause of'th e cruel bankruptcy that cankers the life of our business men. With 613 millions o f currency at the beginning o f the year, sterling exchange was at par, or somewhat in our favor; we were shipping pro ducts but no money. Now, late in August, sterling exchange rules against us, and we are shipping monev, twice as much as we receive. Are we short of exportable produce? Certainly n ot; there is an abundance o f it that we want to sell; but we have expanded the currency and cheapened money; 613 millions is no longer the volume of the currency. The city banks o f New York and Boston alone have since increased their loans $11,000,000, and the Northwestern States are breeding red dogs and wild cats as fast as possible; new banks are going into operation in all directions, and there is a general expansion o f the debt currency, with the single exception o f New Orleans, while the increase of gold would expand the currency more than fast enough. There is now currency enough to maintain the prices of many exportable products above the exporters’ limits, and to turn the export demand to that extent upon gold and silver—just enough of currencv to sink the value o f money for the amount of the export of specie. The volume o f currency is now above the specie measure, and no human statute, unless by destroying a portion of the debt currency in the contraction of loans, can prevent the excess from being exported in solid money. W ho does not see, if we exported merchandise to the amount o f $50,000,000 instead of gold, that we should have room for the reproduction of 50 millions more o f merchandise; and that we should reproduce it, leaving the money in the currency and so much more capital in the nation, than we shall have by the present destructive policy at the close of the year? W e want the business of exporting this 50 millions and of producing 50 millions more of mer chandise, and the relief from debt that would come with the accession of so much capital. But the so-called balance o f trade is now against us. The “ balance of trade” is a chimera; money is cheapened by an increased supply like beef, and is exported like beef when it is cheaper here than in the foreign market. It is perfectly in the power of a few gentlemen who control the New York city banks, to turn the so-called balance of trade in favor of the United States in six weeks, and, if judiciously managed, without any considerable disturbance of prices; excepting perhaps among the fancy stocks in Wall-street. The clear reduction of six or seven millions o f bank loans would reduce the volume of currency one per cent, and general or average prices one per cent, but for the continued supply of California g o ld ; and even with that, a reduction of seven millions in six weeks, would so enhance the exchange value of money as to reduce ster ling exchange below the par rate of 94 per cent. This is not a mere con jecture, but a matter in which the country has bad practical and ample experience, and which intelligent bank directors understand perfectly w'ell; then the “ balance of trade ” would be in our favor, and we must export merchandise instead of money. 582 Currency o f the United States. The vast power of regulating the value o f money, and thence the com merce of the United States, is very properly delegated by the States to Congress in the constitution ; it is the chief function of sovereignty, without which, the stipulation for regulating commerce, as well as that for maintaining the inviolability o f contracts, is an utter nullity.* But, by reason of the neglect o f Congress, this great function is given over to the cupidity of the banks; and to suit first their profits and then their necessities, the value of money is first degraded, then enhanced ; the im port of foreign goods is, by the same process, first stimulated, then checked; the production, as well as the export, o f our domestic merchan dise, is first diminished, then increased, inversely as the increase and di minution of the currency ; the government revenue is first over supplied to a surfeit, then depleted to starvation ; the people are first thrown into debt for a huge sum in price, and then compelled, by the inevitable fall in the money value o f their assets, to settle the whole sum of price in their obligations, above value, in bankruptcy. Indeed, the chief object of the business of the nation, or of its conduct, seems to be first to make dividends for the banks, and then save them from the consequences of their cupidity in the suspension of specie payment; while the prosperity and happiness of the people are of secondary consideration, or of none at all. This mighty power over the public welfare is now practically exercised by a few gentlemen who control the discounts of the leading banks of the city o f New York, the creditor city and center of the ex changes of the nation. It would be no hardship to the banks of issue to be converted into ‘‘ savings banks,” and compelled to borrow all they lend in excess of their capital, paying interest on deposits, and making their support and profit out of the difference between the interest they pay and the ex change and interest they receive; because there would then be no limit to. the loans in excess o f their capital; then they would get money with out creating a fictitious currency. I presented a statement o f this prin ciple of hanking in your issue of May7 last, showing its practicability and profit. The public would be protected in this principle by the hank capital, of which there is none in the present savings banks; and the capital would be real, which, to a very great extent, it is not in the pre sent banks of issue. It is in effect bullion banking, although the circula tion may be in checks and certificates, the deposits being borrowed on stipulated time, and the loans being carefully averaged to be returned before the deposits fall due. There could be no contraction of the cur rency in this principle o f hanking; on the contrary, there would he a con tinual and normal increase of the currency by and with the increase of cir culating property ; the only way in which it can be steadily or profitably in creased. The banks would be under no immediate liabilities without coin in reserve, dollar for dollar, to meet them ; for the undrawn loans would be retained on special deposit, with the fund belonging to the circulat ing certificates, in coin not to be loaned again, while its ownership exists in the loans and certificates. It puts an end to the present unjust and ruinous principle of lending the same dollar several times over, upon which * Strictly speaking,«no human government can regulate the value of money, excepting by re straint upon any interference with it. Money may be diverted from its true course, or obstructed in its natural flow, like the current of a rivet ; and it is vitally important in the matter of money that government shall prevent such diversion and obstruction. It can have no other power to regulate the value of money. Coinage is simply inspection. 583 Journal o f Mercantile Law . the banks now make their support and profit, and which is absolutely necessary to their existence under the present system. Finally, it would soon add $450,000,000 o f real money to our working capital; make the United States, in excess o f imports, the greatest export ing nation on the globe : put an end to our “ panics ” and commercial re vulsions, and New Y ork would infallibly become the center o f the exchanges and the leading city o f the commercial world. Such is the vast importance o f this currency question. If Congress should think that existing charters, which complete!}' override the con stitutional power of regulating commerce and the value of money, are still too sacred to be annulled, they can at least put a stop to their further extension, and to the creation of any more debt currency, by pre scribing a limit to the bank loans.of each State, and prohibiting the es tablishment of any more banks to create a fiction of money and lend what has no existence. I trust the government will never again attempt to be concerned in the business o f banking; but, in the exercise o f their constitutional con trol over commerce and the currency, Congress can further the business of bullion banking, which is the only means o f regulating, and the only security for both, by establishing a safe depository for coin in the hands of commissioners, independent of the treasury, and beyond the control of the treasury officers, with authority to issue certificates therefor of con venient denominations to furnish a portable, secure, and convenient national currency, to save the loss by abrasion and other cost of handling and of transporting gold. The government must be responsible for the safe keeping of the coin, dollar for dollar, against all outstanding certifi cates, with a positive restriction of its power to remove the deposits from the custody of the commissioners. The certificates should be payable only where the deposit for the same is made, leaving to bankers and mer chants the business o f removing the coin on presentation o f the certifi cates, when the same shall be required. But the bullion or coin must be kept, at any cost of vaults and bolts and responsible custodians, while its ownership circulates ; otherwise it is utterly lost to the nation. This important subject needs a leading mind in Congress. Is there not some member who will make it his specialty and attend to it? In no other way can he do his country such essential service. c. h . c. JOURNAL OF MERCANTILE LAW. THE BOMBARDMENT OF GREYTOWN. In the United States Circuit Court.— September 14. Calvin Durand vs. George N. Ilollins. Before Justice N elson. N e l s o n , C. J.— This is an action of trespass brought by the plaintiff to re cover damages for the destruction of property by the defendant at San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua, otherwise called Greytown, on the 13th July, 1854. The defendant, among other defenses, has pleaded that he was a commander in the navy of the United States, and as such commanded a vessel-of-war called the Oyane, and was bound to obey the orders of the President of the United States, and of the Secretary of the Navy ; and that by virtue of lawful and public orders of the President and Secretary, he did cause the place called Grey- 584 Journal o f Mercantile Law. town by the naval force of the United States to be bombarded and set fire to, and which are the same alleged trespasses set forth in the declaration. There is also a plea setting forth in addition to the facts above stated, that the community at Greytowu had forcibly usurped the possession of the place, and erected an independent government, not recognized by the United States, and had perpetrated acts of violence against the citizens of the United States and their property; and having on demand for redress, refused it, the defendant, under public orders from the President and Secretary, as a commander in the navy, and then in command of the Cyane, did cause the place to be bombarded and set on fire, as he lawfully might for the cause aforesaid. To these pleas the plaintiff demurred, and the defendant joined in demurrer. The principal ground of objection to the pleas, as a defense to the action, is that neither the President nor Secretary had authority to give the orders there relied on to the defendant, and hence that they afforded no ground of justifica tion. The executive power, under the constitution, is vested in the President of the United States, (Art. 11, Sec. 1.) He is Commander-in-Chief of the Army and Navy, (Sec. 2.) and has imposed upon him the duty to “ take care that the laws be faithfully executed,” (Sec. 3.) In organizing a government under the con stitution, an executive department, called the Department of Foreign Affairs, was established, and a secretary placed at its head, to execute such duties as shall from time to time be enjoined on or intrusted to him by the President, agreeable to the constitution, relative to correspondences, commissions, or in structions to or with public ministers or consuls from the United States, or to negotiate with public ministers from foreign States or princes, or to memorials or other applications from foreign public ministers or other foreigners, or to such other matters respecting foreign affairs as the President shall assign to said de partment ; and furthermore, that the said secretary shall conduct the business of the said department in such manner as the President shall from time to time order or instruct. (Act of Congress, July 27, 1789, Sec. 1.) By a subsequent act, this department has been denominated the Department of State, and the head of it Secretary of State. There was also established another executive department, denominated the Department of the Navy, the chief officer of which is called the Secretary of the Navy, whose duty it shall be to execute such orders as he shall receive from the President relative to the procurement of naval stores and materials, and the construction, armament, equipment, and employment o f vessels of war, as well as all other matters connected with the naval establishment of the United States. (Act of Congress, April 30, 1798, Sec. 1.) As the executive head of the nation, the President is made the only legitimate organ of the general government to open and carry on correspondence or negotia tions with foreign nations in matters concerning the interest of the country or its citizens. It is to him, also, the citizens abroad must look for protection of person and of property, and for the faithful execution of the laws existing and intended for their protection. For this purpose, the whole executive power of the country is placed in his hands, under the constitution, and laws passed in pursuance thereof; and different departments of government have been organized, through which this power may be most conveniently executed, whether by negotiation or by force—a Department of State and of the Navy. Now, as it respects the interposition of the executive abroad, for the protec tion of the lives or property of the citizen, the duty must, of necessity, rest in the discretion of the President. Acts of lawless violence, or of threatened violence to the citizen or his property, cannot be anticipated, and provided for; and the protection, to be effectual or of any avail may, not unfrequently, require the most prompt and decided action. Under our system of government the citizen abroad is as much entitled to protection as the citizen at home. The great object and duty of government are the protection of the lives, liberty, and property of the people composing it, whether abroad or at home ; and any 585 Journal o f M ercantile Law. government failing in the accomplishment of the object, or performance of the duty, is not worth preserving. We have said that the interposition of the President abroad for the protec tion of the citizen must necessarily rest in his discretion ; and it is quite clear that, in all cases, where a public act or order rests in executive discretion, neither he nor his authorized agent is personally civilly responsible for the consequences. As observed by M a r s h a l l , Ch. J., in Marbury vs. Madison, (1 Orancb, 165.) “ By the constituton of the United States, the President is invested with cer tain important political powers, in the exercise of which he is to use his own discretion, and is accountable’ only to his country in his political character, and to his own conscience. To aid him in the performance of these duties, he is authorized to appoint certain officers, who act by his authority and in conformity with his orders. In such cases, their acts are his acts ; and, whatever opinion may be entertained of the manner in which executive discretion may be used, still there exists, and can exist, no power to control that discretion. The sub jects are political; they respect the nation, not individual rights, and being in trusted to the executive, the decision of the executive is conclusive.” This is a sound principle, and governs the present case. The question whether it was the duty of the President to interpose for the protection of the citizens at Greytown against an irresponsible and marauding community that had estab lished itself there, was a public political question, in which the government, as well as the citizens whose interests were involved, was concerned, and which belonged to the executive to determine; and his decision is final and conclusive, and justified the defendant in the execution of his orders through the Secretary of the Navy. Judgment for the defendant. ALLEGED FRAUD ON THE REVENUE. In the United States District Court. ted States vs. 126 bales of padding. Before Hon. Judge B etts. The Uni The libel in this case alleged that Collector S c h e l l , in September last, at the city of New York, seized, as forfeited to the United States, the 126 bales of padding imported into the port of New York subject to duties and entered ; that an invoice was produced and left with the Collector. That upon an examina tion and appraisement the packages and invoice were found to have been made up with intent, by false valuation, extension, and otherwise, to evade and defraud the revenue of the United States in this, that the goods contained in the packages were valued in the said invoice at a less price than the actual market value or wholesale price abroad of the goods at the period of exportation to the United States, thereby intending to defraud the United States by paying less duty on said goods than the amount which the same were required by law to pay on the importation thereof into the United States. Also that the goods were invoiced at a much less price than the actual costs thereof, with intent to evade and de fraud the revenue ; and that the goods, by reason aforesaid, became forfeited to the government. The libel prayed for a decree of the court condemning the goods. G e o r g e B r o w n , of the firm of S m i e t o n & B r o w n , intervening for J a m e s S m ie t o n and others, of Dundee, in Scotland, appeared and claimed the merchandise, averring that his said firm were in the possession thereof, at the time of the seizure by the Marshal, as agents of J a m e s S m ie t o n and others, the owners. The claimant, G e o r g e B r o w n , also put in an answer by J a m e s B . C r a i g , Esq., his procter, claiming that the merchandise did not become forfeited, as alleged. A consent was given by the proctor for the claimant that a decree of condemnation and forfeiture be entered, and the merchandise be delivered to the claimants, upon payment by them of $18,300 25—the appraised value—into the registry of the court. The United States District Attorney consented that the merchandise be discharged from custody, upon the claimants filing sworn 586 Journal o f Mercantile Law. claim, paying into the registry of the court §18,300 25—being the appraised value of the same— and consenting to a decree of condemnation and forfeiture. The court entered a decree, which, after reciting that the goods having been attached by the Marshal, and no defence to the libel of information having been interposed, and the claimants having paid into the registry of the court $18,300 25, as the appraised value of the goods, on filing consents of United States Dis trict Attorney and proctor for claimants, ordered that the goods be condemned as forfeited to the United States, and that out of the proceeds paid by the claimants into court the clerk pay the taxed costs, and pay the balance of the money to the Collector, to be by him distributed according to law. Amount paid to Collector §17,962 75. THE SCHUYLER FRAUDS AND THE NEW HAVEN RAILROAD STOCK. In the United States Circuit Court.— September 14. Before Justice N Charles Illius is the New York and New Haven Railroad Company. elson. N e l s o n , C. J.—The question in this case is, whether the defendants are re sponsible for the spurious certificates of stock issued by S c h u y l e r , the president of the company, and transfer agent of the stock, which certificates have passed into the hands of a bona fide holder for value. The question has been twice before the Court of Appeals of this State, and after a very full and able examination, has been determined in the negative. (3 Kern. 599, Mech. Bank vs. New York and New Haven Railroad Co., and 17 N. Y . R „ p. 592, New York and New Haven Railroad Co. vs. Schuyler, Cross, &c.) The action in the first case was founded on one of these certificates, and presented the question directly, raised in the present case upon the demurrers. It was also necessarily involved in the second case, and the principle of the first again affirmed. According to our view of the practice of the federal courts in similar and analogous cases, these courts follow the decisions of the highest State judicial tribunal, the question involved being one essentially of local law ; and without, therefore, expressing any opinion upon the law of the case, we shall, in pursuance of the decision in the cases above referred to, direct judgment to be entered upon the demurrers in favor of the defendant. ADVANCES ON COTTON. The following cases before the United States Circuit Court of Rhode Island are interesting to the cotton trade:— The Bank of the State of South Carolina vs. Bicknall & Skinner. This was a suit in equity brought to compel the defendants to deliver up a quantity o f cotton shipped to them for sale by M i c h a e l L a g a r u s , of Charleston, under whom the bank claimed, the complainants offering to deliver up to the defendants the bills accepted by them which had been drawn against the ship ment. The bill sustained as to a portion of the specific cotton admitted to have been in the hands of the defendants at the date of the commencement of the suit, and decree for the plaintiffs accordingly. The Bank of the State of South Carolina vs. Bicknall & Skinner and the Commercial Mutual Insurance Company. The facts in this case were similar to those in the last-named suit, except that the cotton had been lost by the perils of the sea on the voyage from Charleston to New York. It had been insured by the consignees under an open policy, and the complainants claimed that they were entitled to the insurance money upon returning the bills accepted against the shipment. This claim was not sustained by the court, and the bill was dismissed. 587 Commercial Chronicle and Review. COMMERCIAL CHRONICLE AND REVIEW. PROGRESS OF BUSI NE SS — IM P O R T S — E X P O R T S — D OM E STIC T O I M P O R T S — E F F E C T ON E X C H A N G E S — L A R G E R GRAIN AT THE PR OD UC E — A P PR O X IM A TIO N PO RTION OF E X P O R T S OF B R E A D S T U F F 8 — T A B L E OF E X t O R T S — W E S T — M I L W A U K E E — C H IC A GO— R A IL R O A D S — RIS E IN V A L U E S — AB SO R PT IO N OF F U N D S — C A P I T A L A T C A L L — G R A I N F O R F R E I G H T S — NO S P E C U L A T I O N A T T H E W E S T — M O N E Y IN T U B STOCK M A R K E T — BANK LO ANS— C O N T R A C T I O N MONEY— R E M ITTA NC E S — STERLING S H I P M E N T S — S P E C I E IN T H E C O M P A R A T I V E — L O A N S ON T H E B IL LS — R A T E S OF M A R K E T — R A T E S OF EXCHANGE— CURRENT OF SPECIE— GO LD C IT Y — ASS AY -O FFIC E — MINT. T he progress of business has been satisfactory since the commencement of the crop year. The cotton movement has been such as not to attract much money, and the grain export has been affected by the fluctuating news from Europe in regard to the extent of the damage done to the harvests. The gen eral course of events has been to keep prices at rates which have allowed the produce to flow freely out, and, by so doing, to carry the exports of the port of New York to an extraordinary high figure. The summary of September trade, the details of which will be found in the usual tables annexed, has been as follows. - 1854 ....................................... 1855 ................................ 1856 ....................................... 1857 ....................................... 1 8 5 8 ..,............................................ 1859 ....................................... 1860 ....................................... Domestic exports. $3,772,124 5,228,637 7,045,202 4,218,254 3,521,992 4,946,612 9,232,931 Total exports. $10,864,731 7,436,586 11,860,800 6,193,100 7,135,800 14,037,500 13,658,700 Imports. $14,266,888 14,021,725 15,309,400 16,847.400 15,473,300 16,643,600 16,260,500 The exports of domestic produce are nearly double those of the last year, and also of the average for September of the previous seven years. This large ex port has been composed of breadstutfs to a very considerable extent; but it is to be observed that the exports of specie are nearly as large as in former years except the last, notwithstanding the large exports of produce. It results from this that the exports of this port are gradually assimilating to its imports. Thus, in 1858 the exports for the month were forty per cent of the imports. In 1859 they were one-half the imports nearly, and this year they are ninety-five per cent of the imports. Such a state of the exchanges of this city cannot but lead to abundance of money, since the equalization of the local trade of the city, by larger exports of domestic produce, throws a larger surplus of bills, based upon the Southern exports, upon the market. This feature has been ap parent during the nine months, and the following are some of the leading arti cles that make up the increase:— EXPORT FROM NEW YORK OF SEVERAL ARTICLES OF DOMESTIC PRODUCE FOR NINE MONTHS- Articles. Flour................................. .....................bbls. W heat....................... . Corn.................................. Beef.................................... Pork........ ......................... Bacon ............................... .............100 lbs. Lard.................................. Cheese............................... Tobacco............................. “ manufactured. . . Tallow............................... Domestics......................... 1858. 1849. 1,012,666 3,025,332 1,578,898 48,604 57,025 175,434 95,280 28,110 50,965 32,293 17,055 45,319 663,223 33,386 168,790 65,074 103,652 55,833 63,623 50,000 54,304 42,183 17,701 69,626 1800. 1,269,687 6,669,566 1,889,821 79,911 91,570 143,536 130,845 187,609 65,457 52,771 94,915 75,904 588 Commercial Chronicle and Remew. The forward movement of grain continues without much affecting the price, since the supply is held to be very large, and so manifests itself in the extended movement at the West. The receipts of grain at Chicago, Milwaukee, and Buffalo have been as follows, to October 1 :— i--------- Milwaukee.--------- v 1859. Wheat in flour..bush. Wheat.......................... Corn.............................. Oats............................. Barley......................... Rye............................... Total................... 651,110 3,263,619 131,366 296,002 70,347 15,630 6,332,065 ,------------- Chicago.-------------v Buffalo. 1860. 1859. 1860. 1860. 856,100 4,377.249 90,124 136,887 75,626 23,004 3,631,515 8,060,766 5,401,870 1,757,696 652,696 233,514 1,842,820 9,115,433 14,101,415 1,181,409 321,205 193,690 3,926,195 9,850,469 9,850,905 899,106 99,958 35,065 26,755,972 24,461,698 6,458,988 19,738,051 The supplies this year are for nine months, against those of the whole of last year. The result is a larger increase, and it has come forward to those primary grain ports, over the various railroads, at falling prices, since the quantities to be carried on the lakes have sent up rates of freight, while there has beeu no answering demand at the place of destination to sustain the prices to a rate corresponding with the enhanced rate of transportation. There has, therefore, not remained much over to the growers; but the grain sent forward has been applied to debts in a satisfying manner, if it has left little surplus towards new business. The abundance at the West is at all events satisfactory, since the wants of the South and East will be the more easily supplied. The moderate course of the crops coming forward in discharge of debts, without being accom panied by any speculative excitement that would attract much money, has had a tendency to keep money abundant on the seaboard, and the rates on short business paper are about the same as last year. A t call there has been more demand for money, sir.ce the ease of the market aided the hopes arisiug from ‘ large crops, to promote a good deal of stock speculation, which has absorbed much money. In June, money at call was 4| a 5, aDd is now 6f a 7, a rise of two per cent. The rise which has taken place ia railroad stocks is as follows :— ---------------June 15.------------------- s ,------October 10.— , Capital. Price. Value. Price. Value. New York Central............................. $24,182,400 81 $19,000,000 9u $21,780,000 Illinois “ .............................. 25,000,000 60 15,000,000 87 22,000,000 4,400,000 1,870,000 40 Erie......................................................... 11,000,000 17 3,770,926 46 2,360,000 Hudson River....................................... 1,734,200 64 843,400 4,217,100 12 530,000 20 Harlem.................................................. 750,000 1,500,000 37 655,000 50 Harlem, preferred................................ 5,882.n(>() 46 4,494,816 Reading.................................................. 11,737,041 40 4,200,01)0 6,057,840 46 2,760,000 78 Michigan Central.................................. 1,520,420 6,081,800 10 608,180 24 Michigan So. and No. Ind................... 1,440,800 “ “ “ Guar. Stock 2,893,600 23 667,000 50 4,620,000 6,026,400 61 Galena and Chicago............................ 3,750,000 77 1,551,000 3,343,712 30 Cleveland aud Toledo.......................... 1,010,000 47 4,366,000 5,603,000 67 3,752,000 78 Chicago and Rock Island.................... 625,000 175,000 15 3,696,693 5 Milwaukee and Mississippi................. Total............................................ $120,077,112 Average.................................................. $75,746,620 $55,906,196 45 62 Thus the speculation has produced a rise of ,f20,000,000 in the market valueof stocks, which, with the exception of the New York Central, pay no divi Commercial Chronicle and Review. 589 dends. These stocks had been all exceedingly depressed, and, to some extent, dead in the hands of the holders as a consequence of that depression. A sum of §20,000,000 has been added to their values, and, as a consequence, much of it has become active. This has, however, absorbed a great deal of money in the hands of the public, and gives employment to capital of banks and individuals at call. The basis on which this rise in value was brought about was the pre sumed improvement in general business that was to grow out of the large West ern crops. The railroads'were, it was hoped, to do a large carrying trade, as well of the crops to market as of return trade, as a consequence of the sales of that produce. That the railroads have earned more is true, and the Western roads show, some of them, a considerable increase in revenue. This increase, for a few months during which the bulk of the grain comes to market, is not an indication, however, of the earnings for the year. The large portion of the business of the roads in former years was derived from passengers who were en gaged in railroad building, land speculation, and other employments. This may not return immediately, but the steady prosperity of the West may result more from the realization of crops at fair prices. The railroads are undoubtedly an important item in her welfare; but the cost of these roads, many of them, was run up, by extravagance and worse conduct, to points too high for a regular and healthy business to pay. During the depression of the past four years a good show has been sought by keeping down even necessary expenses, and the first returns of prosperity are required to make good the neglected repairs of the past two years, hence the dividends that are looked for fade in the distance in many cases. The market received a strong hint of that nature in the unex pected passage of the dividends of the Rock Island Railroad, after hopes of its payment had been entertained up to the last hour. The absorption of money in the stock market, great as it is, has not materi ally affected the rate, although the bank loans have at the same time undergone a material decline. The highest point in New York city bank loans this year was August 25, and, as compared with the last year, the movement was as fol lows :— 1859. I860. August 21........... October 15........... $116,588,919 101,917,569 1857. $126,004,424 124,216,701 1858. $119,541,070 117,289,067 $130,578,997 122,807,138 Decrease......... $14,671,350 $1,787,723 $252,003 $8,271,758 This presents the curious fact that the bank curtailment this year has been half as much, in the business season, as that which accompanied the great panic of 1857, and which ended in suspension in the first week of October. The failure of the Artisans Bank accounts for §1,300,000 of the curtailment. There has been, undoubtedly, a considerable contraction of business attending the ex citement of the presidential canvass, and the diminished demand for money for general purposes has resulted, while the supply on call has been the greater. There have been two loans negotiated : one of §450,000, five per cent, payable in fifteen years, of the State of New York. It was taken at 1.82 per cent a 3. A Floating Debt Fund Stock of the city of New York, opened September 18, 1860, redeemable in eighteen years, was taken at a range of 101.07 to 103.00. The rates of money are quoted as follows :— 590 ComSnercial Chronicle and Review. Jan. 1st, 1859. Feb. 1st........... Mar. 1st........... Apr. 1st........... May le t........... Jun. 1st........... July 1st........... Aug. 1st........... Sept. 1st........... Oct. 1st............ Nov. 1st............ Dec. 1st............ Dec. 17 tb.......... Jan. 1st, I860.. Jan. 18 th.......... Feb. 1st............ Feb. 18 th ......... Mar. 1st........... Mar. 15 tb......... Apr 1st. . . . Apr. 15th......... May 1st........... May 15th . . . . June 1st........... June 15th . . . . July 1st........... July 15th......... Aug. 1st........... Au£j. 15th......... Sept. 1st.......... Sept. 15th........ Oct. 1st............ Oct. 15th......... <------ On call. ------- 1 Stocks. Other. 4 a 4^ 4 a 5 5 a6 6 a7 4 a5 44 a 6 4 a 5 6 a 6 5 a 6 6 a7 6 a7 7 a8 5 a6 6 a 7 6 a7 7 a8 a 6 7 a8 6 a7 5} a 7 5 a 5J 6 a 7 5 a 5| 6 a 7 5^ a 6 6 a7 6 a 64 a 7 7 a 74 7 a 74 6 a 6^ 7 a 74 5 a 6 6 a7 5| a 6 6 a7 5 a 5 | 64 a 6 6 a 64 5 a 5 a 54 6 a 64 6 a 54 6 a 64 5 a 6 6 a 6| 6 a 64 4£ a 5 5 a 6 44 a 5 5 a5| 5| a 6 5 a5| 54 a 6 6 a6 6 a 7 54 a 6 6 a 7 6 a7 7 a 9 6 a7 64 a 7 64 a 7 7 a 8 64 a 7 7 a8 /-------Indorsed------00 days. 4 a 6 mos. 4 a5 5 a 6 5 a 6 6 a7 a 5^ a ti-| 5 a 5^ 6 a 6| 6 a 6| 64 a 6 7 a 8 64 a 7 64 a 7 7 a 74 64 a 74 7 a 8 6 a7 7 a 74 64 a 7 7 a8 64 a 74 74 a 8 6 a7 7 a 84 7 a 74 74 a 84 7 a 74 74 a 84 8|a 9 9 a 94 84 a 9 9 a 94 7 a 74 74 a 8 7 a 74 74 a 8 6 a7 74 a 8 54 a 6 6 a 54 a 6 6 a 5 a6 6 a 5 a6 6 a 7 6 a 6 6 a7 44 a 5 5 a 54 .. a 5 5 a 6 .. a 5 5 a6 5 a6 6 a 64 6 a 64 6 a 7 7 a 9 64 a 7 7 a 74 74 a 8 64 a 7 64 a 74 64 a 7 64 a 74 Single names. 6 a7 7 a 74 6 a7 64 a 7 7 a 9 8 a9 8 a9 S a 9 8 a S4 8 a 9 a 9£ 8 a9 8 a9 7J a 8 9 a 10 9 a 10 84 a 94 84 a 94 8| a 94 54 a 74 64 a 74 64 a 74 64 a 74 64 a 74 5| a 6 a 6 54 a 6 6 -£ a 7 64 a 74 8 a 9 H a 74 8 a 84 8 a 84 Other good. 7 a 8 8a 9 7 a 8 8a 9 9 a 10 9 a 10 10 a 12 11 a 13 11 a 14 10 a 12 12 a 15 9 a 10 9 a 10 9 a 10 10 a 11 11 a 12 10 a 12 10 a 12 10 a 12 9 a 10 9 a 10 9 a 10 9 a 10 8a9 6 a 74 7 a 74 7 a 7& 74 a 84 8 a 9 9 a 12 9 a 94 9 a 10 9 a 10 Not well known. 8 a 10 9 a 10 9 a 10 9 a 10 10 a 12 10 a 12 12 a 15 12 a 15 12 a 16 12 a 18 12 a 18 12 a 18 12 a 18 12 a 18 15 a 20 15 a 20 15 a 18 15 a 18 15 a 18 11 a 13 11 a 13 11 a 12 10 a 12 9 a 10 8a 9 8 a 9 8 a 9 9 a 10 9 a 10 12 a 24 1 0 a l 04 12 a 20 12 a 20 These show a considerable and steady advance for long time paper not “ giltedge,” but for business paper there was latterly rather a scarcity. The ease of the market facilitated, to a considerable extent, the remittances on account of importations ; but the supply of bills was equal to the demand, and rates were rather on the decline than otherwise. The market for sterling has shown a re markable steadiness since May, the rate hardly varying from 94 a 94, against a range last year of 104 a 104- The rates have been as follows :— KATES OF BILLS IN NEW YOKE. Jan. 1 .. 1 5 .. Feb. 1 .. 1 5 .. Mar. 1 .. 1 5 .. Apr. 1 .. 1 5 .. May 1 .. 1 5 .. Jun. 1 .. 1 5 .. July 1 .. 1 5 .. Aug. 1.. 1 5 .. Sep. 1 .. 1 5 .. Oct. 1 .. 1 6 .. London. 9 a 94 84 a 9 9 H a 9 8f a 9 8 f a 84 84 a 84 84 a 84 94 a 94 9| a 94 94 a 94 94 a 94 94 a 94 94 a 94 94 a 94 94 a 10 94 a 10 9| a 94 94 a 94 84 a 9 Paris. 5.,184 a 5 ,.174 5,.214 a 5 ,. 1 8 4 5,.184 a 5 ,.174 5.,184 a 5 .,174 5.,174 a 5 . 15 5. 174 a 5 . 16f 5. 184 a 5 . 164 5. 164 a 5 . 174 5..13 4 a 6.,12 4 5.,134 a 5. 134 5,.184 a 5. 124 5..1 3 4 a 5 .1 2 4 5 .1 3 4 a 5 . 1 3 4 5.,134 a 6,.13 4 5.,134 a 5,.13 4 5.,13 4 a 5 .1 3 4 5..144 a 5 .1 3 4 5. 14| a 5,.184 5..1 5 4 a 5 . 1 4 4 5..174 a 5 .154 Amsterdam. 4 1 f a 414 414 a 414 414 a 414 41| a 414 414 a 414 4 1 f a 414 414 a 414 41| a 414 414 a 414 414 a 414 414 a 4l| 41| a 414 414 a 414 4 It a 414 414 a 414 41| a 414 414 a 41| 414 a 414 4 1 4 a 414 4 H a 414 Frankfort. 4 1 4 a 41| 414 a 414 414 a 414 414 a 414 4 1 4 a 414 4 1 4 a 414 414 a 414 414 a 414 414 a 42 4 1 4 a 42 4 1 4 a 42 414 a 42 414 a 42 4 1 4 a 414 414 a 42 4 1 4 a 42 414 a 42 41 4 a 42 41 4 a 414 4 14 a 414 Hamburg. 354 a S64 36| a 364 36§ a 364 364 a 364 364 a 364 36f a 864 364 a 864 36$ a 86 4 364 a 364 364 a 37 37 a 374 364 a 374 364 a 37 364 a 37 364 a 87 36| a 374 364 a 37 364 a 364 364 a 364 36i a 364 Berlin. 73 a 1 734 a 734 734 a 734 73| a 734 784 a 78| 734 a 734 734 a 734 734 a 78| 734 a 734 734 a 734 734 a 734 734 a 734 734 a 734 784 a 734 734 a 734 734 a 734 7 3 fa 734 734 a 734 734 a 734 734 a 734 Commercial Chronicle and Review. 591 The shipment from Boston during the month of September was only $61,841. These rates have had an influence upon the specie movement, which has, how ever, this year been moderate, as well in receipts as in export. The great source of gold supply, California, does not now demand so much merchandise or pro duce from this port as formerly, and, as a matter of course, the current of gold is less deep or rapid. In respeet of breadstuffs, the current is reversed, and wheat comes now in large quantities and of a character fitted for the foreign market. It is a white wheat and hard. In years like this, when food is in de mand abroad, and England must buy it and give gold for it, it answers all the purpose of gold to send it thither from the gold countries. The specie move ment has been as follows :— GOLD RECEIVED FROM CALIFORNIA AND EXPORTED FROM NEW YORK WEEKLY, WITH THE AMOUNT OF SPECIE IN SUB-TREASURY, AND THE TOTAL IN THE CITY. r Jan. 7.......... 14.......... •21.......... 28.......... Feb. 4.......... 11.......... 18.......... 26.......... Mar. 3.......... 10.......... 17.......... 24.......... 31.......... Apr. 7.......... 14.......... 21.......... 28.......... May 5.......... 12.......... 19.......... 26.......... June 2.......... 9.......... 15.......... 22.......... 29.......... July 9.......... 14.......... 21.......... 28.......... Aug 4.......... 11.......... 18.......... 25.......... Sept. 1.......... 8.......... 15.......... 22.......... 29.......... Oct. 7.......... 15.......... It 59.----------- v f Received. Exported. ............... $1,062,568 218,049 $1,376,300 ............... 567,398 1,210,713 467,694 ............... 606,969 361,550 1,319,923 1,013,780 ............... 358,364 1,287,967 ............... 1,427,556 938,130 307,106 ............... 870,578 ............... 208,955 1,032,314 1,343,059 576,107 ............... 1,637,104 1,404,210 1,496,889 1,680,743 1,723,352 2,169,197 ............... 1,926,491 1,480,115 2,228,578 ........ 1,938,669 5,126,643 ............. .. 2,325,972 1,877,294 1,513,978 ............... 1,669,263 1,620,731 ........ 2,041,237 1,861,163 1,398,885 1,736,861 2,495,127 ............... 2,030,220 2,145,000 2,344,040 ............... 1,284,856 1,860,274 1,505,889 ............... 1,594,983 2,126,332 1,584,879 *962,030 509,649 2,046,006 2,363,385 ............... 1,760,331 2,042,363 2,727,194 ............... 1,414,590 727,981 •(■2,350,670 1,883,670 1,480,833 ---------------1860. % Specie in Total Exported, sub-treasury. in the city. $85,080 $7,737,965 $26,600,699 1,788,666 88,482 7,729,646 26,470,512 259,400 8,352,485 27,585,970 81,800 8,957,123 29,020,862 1,760,582 94,569 427,457 9,010,569 28,934,870 1,476,621 92,350 9,676,732 29,464,299 592,997 10,012,572 30,603,762 202,000 8,955,203 29,729,199 1,393,179 382,503 667,282 8,734,028 31,820,840 1,198,711 115,473 8,237,909 30,139,089 152,000 429,260 8,099,409 31,271,247 895,336 465,115 8,122,672 31,408,876 706,006 8,026,492 31,447,251 155,110 310,088 7,562,885 30,162,017 1,146,211 630,010 7,714,000 31,640,982 241,503 7,531,483 30,764,897 1,455,337 1,774,767 7,668,723 30,848,632 2,355,117 7,041,143 30.856,889 533.881 6,539,414 29,319,801 1,382,763 1,251,177 6,864,148 30,599,341 1,519,703 1,317,773 6,982,660 30,414,433 ............... 1,719,138 6,621,100 31,196,557 1,542,466 6,620,622 30,406,208 1,385,852 2,526,478 6,426,755 80,537,000 1,417,757 6,326,894 29,677,815 1,541,580 1,962,776 6,253,357 28,717,607 1.166,773 5,187,468 27,939,162 1,514,884 1,283,135 5,404,367 28,156,061 673,290 1,624,280 5,432,789 28,876,433 1,880,497 5,112,942 28,212,668 988,676 1,739,259 5,559,922 27,688,011 1,006,283 1,85'',198 5,732,534 27,312,274 2,183,281 6,902,350 26,911,000 798,832 1,730,696 5,985,545 26,105,279 950.000 1,302 266 5,607,627 24,642,700 1,198,893 5,333,650 24,721,300 791,660 1,088,923 5,636,367 24,597,300 533,843 6,448,804 24,435,400 900,700 5,228,432 25,400,400 1,202,657 689,419 4,991,575 25,139,300 1,971,645 16,679 4,496,881 24,770,669 Received. T otal........ 34,315,004 60,156,641 27,606,761 39,668,991 * From New Orleans. t $300,000 silver from Mexico. 592 Commercial Chronicle and Review. This gives a decline of over 5519,000,000 in the shipment, as compared with last year, when, however, the export was unusually large. Notwithstanding this decline, the amount in the city does not vary materially from what it was at the same date last year. The operations of the assay-office for the month has not been important, as follows :— NEW YORK ASSAY-OFFICE. ,----------------- Foreign.-------------------» ,----------United States.----------* Payments Gold. Silver. Silver. in Gold. Coin. Bullion. Coin. Bullion. Coin. Bullion. Coin. Bars. 2,478,000 Jan. 14,000 18,000 11,200 14,000 1,800 20,000 647,000 1,910,000 6,500 24,000 951,000 Feb. 5,000 28,000 7,500 932,000 90,000 Mar. 8,000 15,000 23,400 5,500 267,000 1,100 2,500 180,000 142,500 Apr- 8,000 32,000 14,500 10,000 183,000 3,700 3,800 187,000 70,000 May 11,200 20,800 25,500 18,000 176,000 7,000 16,500 230,000 45,000 4,000 147,000 1,750 2,750 158,000 June 12,000 19,000 10,000 38,500 8,000 159,500 1,200' 3,000 140,000 •July 9,500 18,000 12,800 72,000 Aug. 12,000 14,000 16,000 14,100 208,000 1,000 3,900 190,000 79,000 Sept. 13,000 41,000 7,500 14,000 323,000 .... 8,500 350,000 57,000 .... Tot. 92,700 209,800 127,400 111,600 4,892,500 17,550 70,450 3,014,000 3,801,000 ’59 99,000 104,000 332,780 64,900 2,558,600 12,900 81,920 2,519,000 1,030,100 There has been a little more demand for bars, it appears, but there is not so much change as in the movement of the mint, which shows great activity after having been out of operation during August, as follows :— UNITED STATES MINT, PHILADELPHIA. ,---------Deposits.---------- , /------------------------- ------- Coinage.---------------------------------- , Gold. Silver. Gold. Silver. " Cents. Total January........... February......... M arch............. April................ M av................. June................. July ............... A u gu st........... S e p te m b e r ... Total, 1 8 6 0 ... Total, 1 8 5 9 ... $200,000 1,888,578 144,478 281,891 90,828 54,893 97,041 132,133 2,174,100 $41,000 35,573 82,256 49,764 72,468 64,676 14,181 22,741 29,537 $5,833,939 $412,175 1,080,730 729,160 $1,024,563 1,632,160 317,451 252,756 133,004 63,718 101,975 $41,000 $24,000 $1,090,568 21,600 24,000 1,677,760 132,989 29,000 479,440 38,431 30,000 321,188 81,100 35,000 249,104 97,160 24,000 184,878 87,000 16,660 205,635 No coinage. 2,181,460 36,000 4,000 2,221,460 $5,607,078 $535,186 $186,660 $7,042,033 959,280 765,996 260,000 3,795,166 The coinage of gold was large for the month. The imports at the port for the month of September have been less than for the corresponding month last year, but they slightly exceed those of the same month in 1858. The quantity entered for warehouse has also been larger than last year, but the withdrawals have been much larger, showing a diminution of $2,400,000 in bond:— FOREIGN IMPORTS AT NEW YORK IN SEPTEMBER. 1857. Entered for consumption............... Entered for warehousing............... Free goods....................................... Specie and bullion......................... 1858. 1859. I860. $8,841,367 $11,180,523 $12,470,440 $11,516,137 5,428,203 2,900,700 2,177,966 2,835,734 1,772,505 1,258,829 1,810,626 2,652,332 805,285 138,233 184,553 265,695 Total entered at the port.............. $16,847,860 $15,473,295 $16,643,585 $16,260,450 2,882,046 2,905,062 2,898,441 4,007,272 Withdrawn from warehouse......... The quantities entered for warehouse in September, 1857, marked the panic which then prevailed. In the subsequent year the amount entered for con- 593 Commercial Chronicle and Review. sumption marked that of the sales. Last year the withdrawals were more than the entries for warehouse, and this year the same feature is exaggerated. The imports of goods for quarter, and for the three quarters since January, are less than last year FOREIGN IM POETS AT NEW YORK FOR NINE MONTHS, FROM JANUARY 1ST. 1857. 1858. 1859. 1860. Entered for consumption.............. 114,522,999 $76,582,434 144,397,670 129,786,408 Entered for warehousing.............. 56,855,873 20,232,150 28,351,768 32,395,925 Free goods...................................... 15,504,705 16,552,095 23,160,678 21,469,003 Specie and b ullion ....................... 6,679,914 2,021,173 1,834,054 1,147,633 Total entered at the port............. 193,563,491 115,387,852 197,744,170 184,799,029 Withdrawn from warehouse......... 32,122,274 81,097,577 20,305,309 24,090,639 The quantity of goods in bond has been reduced during the month $1,500,000, notwithstanding the large imports:— QUARTERLY STATEMENT OF FOREIGN IMPORTS AT NEW YORK FROM JANUARY 1ST. 1857. 1858. 1859. I860. First quarter......................................$65,666,728 $29,044,464 $59,116,788 $64,702,778 Second quarter.............................. 55,262,699 32,740,170 70,048,086 53,025,238 Third quarter.................................. 72,634,064 53,603,218 68,579,296 67,081,000 Total, nine m onths............... 193,563,491 115,387,852 197,744,170 184,809,016 The imports of dry goods for consumption in September of the present year are somewhat larger than for the same month last year, and for any previous year, excepting 1856. The increase is mostly woolens and silk. The quantities put upon market, it will be seen, exceed by $350,000 the amount that entered the port:— IMPORTS OF FOREIGN DRY GOODS AT NEW YORK FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER. ENTERED FOR CONSUMPTION. 1857. Manufactures o f wool................ Manufactures o f cotton............. Manufactures of silk ................. Manufactures of flax................. Miscellaneous dry goods............ 1.348,572 Total..................................... 1858. 1859. 1860. $1,910,232 881,692 2,077,703 404,768 301,912 $2,005,381 862,065 1,998,329 614,930 518,268 $2,292,869 695,726 2,476,255 485,836 636,054 $5,576,307 $5,990,973 $6,486,740 WITHDRAWN FROM WAREHOUSE. 1858. 1859 I860 70,240 $484,900 128,765 178,456 121,410 107,745 1317,469 96,581 76,672 109,614 40,596 $444,921 171,237 131,433 56,494 59,742 $668,415 4,235,084 $1,021,276 5,576,307 $640,932 5,990,973 $863,828 6,486,740 $4,903,499 38 $6,597,583 $6,631,905 $7,350,567 1857. Manufactures of w o o l............... Manufactures of cotton............. Manufactures of s ilk ................. Manufactures of flax.................. Miscellaneous dry goods............ T o ta l.................................... Add entered for consumption... Total thrown upon market.. . VOL. XLIII.— NO. V. 87,362 107,333 594 Commercial Chronicle and Review. ENTERED FOR WAREHOUSING. Manufactures of w ool ................... Manufactures o f cotton.......... Manufactures o f silk............... Manufactures of flax............... Miscellaneous dry goods - . . . . Total................................... Add entered for consumption . Total entered at the port. . . . 1847. 1848. 1849. $ 9 2 0 ,8 2 5 $ 1 7 8 ,1 5 0 $ 1 8 5 ,8 1 2 $ 1 7 7 ,8 0 5 1860. 1 0 0 ,4 9 2 1 1 5 ,4 6 0 1 9 6 ,7 9 6 4 4 ,4 1 6 6 7 .4 4 6 4 4 ,3 9 7 4 2 0 ,9 0 9 7 9 ,0 4 3 1 3 0 ,0 8 8 66 777 1 9 3 ,1 4 6 4 6 ,6 0 7 3 8 ,2 8 7 3 5 ,1 9 6 $ 4 4 8 ,7 0 8 $ 5 3 7 ,0 9 3 4 ,2 3 5 . 0 8 4 5 ,5 7 6 ,3 0 7 5 ,9 9 0 ,9 7 3 $ 5 2 0 ,9 7 1 6 ,4 8 6 ,7 4 0 $ 6 ,6 6 5 ,2 8 2 $ 6 ,0 2 5 ,0 1 5 $ 6 ,5 2 8 ,0 6 6 $ 7 ,0 0 7 ,1 1 1 This leaves the total imports o f foreign dry goods at this port, since January 1st, $9,400,000 less than for the corresponding date o f last year, while the amount put on the market is only $6,800,000 less than last y e a r:— IMPORTS O F F O R E IG N D R Y GOODS AT THE TORT OF N E W Y O R K , FOR FROM JANUARY NINE MONTHS, 1 ST. EN TERED FOR CONSUM PTION. 1847. Manufactures o f w ool............. . . . Manufactures of cotton.......... ... . . Manufactures o f silk............... . . . Manufactures o f flax............... Miscellaneous dry goods......... Total.................................. ... $ 1 9 ,0 1 0 ,9 6 4 9 ,5 5 1 , 9 9 6 1 8 ,8 6 8 ,2 8 6 1 2 ,5 0 2 ,3 8 2 1 4 ,4 6 9 .5 6 2 2 7 ,4 7 6 ,4 0 6 2 8 ,9 6 7 ,6 5 9 3 ,3 5 9 , 9 6 3 8 ,0 8 9 , 8 4 0 5 ,3 7 0 , 1 3 1 2 ,6 9 8 , 1 7 0 4 ,6 9 5 , 3 0 4 4 ,9 3 8 , 4 1 8 $ 4 1 ,9 6 6 ,5 2 7 $ 8 7 ,5 0 3 ,1 9 3 $ 7 8 ,0 2 0 ,1 6 7 $ 6 5 ,0 9 5 ,3 9 0 1S47. .. I860. $ 2 6 ,2 4 1 ,5 7 2 1 3 ,7 4 8 ,0 8 1 Manufactures o f w ool............. Manufactures o f cotton........... Manufactures o f s i l k ............. Manufactures of f l a x ............ Miscellaneous dry g o o d s ___ Total thrown on m arket.. 1859. $ 2 8 ,3 1 5 ,3 5 7 2 1 ,9 1 1 ,7 1 1 W IT H D R A W N FROM Total...................................., . . Add entered for consumption.,. . . 1848. $ 1 8 ,8 9 0 ,8 3 6 WAREHOUSE. 1848. 1859. I860. $ 4 ,0 0 3 ,2 4 6 $ 2 ,5 7 8 ,3 9 0 $ 2 ,8 8 9 ,6 0 3 3 ,2 8 ( t ,6 6 3 1 ,4 0 4 , 9 0 2 2 ,2 5 8 , 7 7 5 3 ,0 6 5 , 4 6 5 7 9 6 ,0 0 3 1 ,4 3 0 , 6 0 9 1 ,8 6 8 ,0 2 6 8 8 0 ,3 1 3 7 0 8 ,8 6 5 1 ,1 3 6 , 3 7 9 3 5 4 ,4 6 6 4 9 9 ,5 2 4 $ 1 3 ,4 9 3 ,9 6 7 $ 1 3 ,3 5 3 ,7 7 9 $ 6 ,0 1 4 ,0 1 4 $ 7 ,7 8 7 ,3 7 6 6 5 ,0 9 5 ,3 9 0 4 1 ,9 6 6 ,5 2 7 8 7 ,5 0 3 ,1 9 3 7 8 ,0 2 0 ,1 5 7 $ 7 8 ,5 8 9 ,8 5 7 $ 5 5 ,3 2 0 ,3 0 6 $ 9 3 ,5 1 7 ,2 6 7 $ 8 5 ,7 0 7 ,5 3 3 EN TERED FOR W AR EH O U SIN G . 1847. Manufactures of w ool............... Manufactures o f co tto n ......... .. Manufactures o f s i l k ............... Manufactures o f f l a x ............... Miscellaneous dry g o o d s ........ Total.................................... Add entered for consumption . 1848. 1849. 1860. $ 1 ,9 0 9 ,6 4 2 $ 2 ,8 8 6 ,0 5 3 $ 2 ,9 3 9 ,8 6 5 3 ,0 7 8 , 6 4 0 1 ,6 4 8 , 0 3 0 1 ,2 6 4 , 0 0 9 2 ,1 5 9 , 4 0 4 4 ,6 4 7 ,8 9 6 1 ,0 3 2 , 5 5 7 7 3 4 ,4 9 3 1 ,3 1 0 , 5 1 3 7 2 8 ,2 7 3 6 8 9 ,3 3 0 4 2 8 ,8 3 0 4 8 3 ,8 8 4 3 8 0 ,8 7 9 5 0 0 ,7 7 0 $ 5 ,8 0 2 ,3 8 6 $ 5 ,9 5 4 ,7 6 4 $ 6 ,3 3 9 ,3 8 2 .. 6 5 ,0 9 5 ,3 9 0 4 1 ,9 6 6 ,5 2 7 8 7 ,5 0 3 ,1 9 3 7 8 ,7 0 7 ,5 3 3 Total entered at the port ., . . $ 8 2 ,8 4 7 ,3 0 0 $ 4 7 ,7 6 8 ,9 1 3 $ 9 3 ,4 5 7 ,9 5 7 $ 8 6 ,0 4 6 ,9 1 5 The total exports, exclusive of specie, shipped from New York to foreign ports in the month of September is $4,130,000 more than for the same period of last year, and more than for September in any previous year. This results as well from the large cotton exports, as from the considerable revival in grain exports that followed the news of bad crops in Europe. We annex a com parison for four years :— Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance. 595 EX PO RTS FROM N E W YO RK TO FOR EIGN PORTS F O R T H E MONTH OF SEPTEMBER. 1857. 1858. 1859. 1860. Domestic produce......................... Foreign merchandise (free)........... Foreign merchandise (dutiable).... Specie and bullion.......................... $4,218,954 417,570 566,106 990,476 $3,521,992 169,863 204,390 3,239,591 $4,946,612 188,072 635,172 8,267,681 $9,232,931 46,620 620,394 3,758,734 Total exports.......................... Total, exclusive of specie.... $6,193,106 5,202,630 $7,135,836 $14,037,497 $13,658,679 3,896,245 5,769,816 9,899,946 The shipments of specie for September have been larger than for the same month in any year except the last. The exports, exclusive of specie, from New York to foreign ports this year are larger than for any previous year, and §20,000,000 in excess over last year. The exports of specie show a large excess over any previous year except 1859 :— EXPORTS FROM N E W Y O RK TO FOREIGN PORTS FOR NINE MONTHS, FROM JANUARY 1 . 1857. 1858. 1859. I860. Domestic produce...........................$47,233,769 $41,534,618 $43,470,969 $63,527,320 Foreign merchandise (free)........... 3,127,326 1,125,561 2,327,879 1,983,127 Foreign merchandise (dutiable)... 4,104,150 2,986,672 3,447,668 4,136,725 Specie and bullion......................... 33,288,632 20,602,848 57,926,455 39,357,200 Total exports..........................$87,753,877 $66,249,699 107,172,971 109,004,300 Total, exclusive of specie___ 54,465,245 45,646,851 49,246,561 69,647,100 The cash duties received at New York show a diminution as compared with last year, following the lessened importation: — CASH DUTIES RECEIVED AT NEW 1858. First six m onths................... In Ju ly.................................... In A u gu st.............................. In September.......................... Total since Jan. 1st........ $11,089,112 3,387,305 3,545,119 2,672,935 YORK. 1859. I860. 57 33 01 63 $19,912,18199 4,851,246 89 4,243,010 43 2,908,509 95 $18,339,679 4,504,066 4,496,243 3,038,803 00 00 00 00 $20,694,472 54 $31,514,949 26 $30,378,781 00 JOURNAL OF BANKING, CURRENCY, AND FINANCE. BALTIMORE LIABILITIES. The total liabilities of the city of Baltimore, including indorsements, will be found comprised under the following heads:— Miscellaneous purposes.............................................................................. Internal improvements.................................................. Court-house.................................................................................................. Supply o f water, s a y ................................................................................ Cumberland Valley Railroad................................................................... New jail........................................................................... Pittsburg and Connelsville Railroad C o................................................ Northwestern Virginia Railroad Co........................................................ Baltimore and Ohio Railroad loan........................................................... Total September, 1860..................................................................... Against these there is an aggregate sinking fund of, say.................... Reducing liabilities of the city to a total of........................................... $400,919 4,963,215 160,754 8,000,000 500,000 250,000 1,000,000 1,500,000 5,000,060 $16,774,888 1,051,885 15,723,003 This should be further reduced by value of city property, estimated at not less than §800,000. 596 Journal o j BanJcing, Currency, and Finance. NEW ORLEANS UNITED STATES BRANCH AIINT. The following statement of the deposits and coinage at the branch mint, New Orleans, from the 1st of August, 1859, to the 31st of July, 1860, inclusive:— GOLD DEPOSITS. California gold bullion................................................. Other gold bullion........................................................ $89,394 26 71,434 57 $160,828 83 SILVER DEPOSSTS. Extracted from California g o l d ................................ Other silver b ullion ..................................................... $690 07 1,310,927 21 1,311,617 28 Total gold and silver deposits.......................................................... “ “ 1858-59.......................................... $1,472,446 11 3,145,880 10 Decrease.......................................................................................... $1,673,433 99 GOLD COINAGE. ValnA $72,000" 00 82,000 00 --------------- 154,000 00 Pieces. Value. Silver dollars...................................... 245,000 $245,000 00 H alf dollars.......................................... 2,012,000 1,006,000 00 Quarter dollars.................................... 388,000 97,000 00 Dimes..................................................... 370,000 37,000 00 1,060,000 53,000 00 H alf dimes .......................................... T o t a l............................................ 4,075,000 ------------In silver bars................................................................................................ 1,438,000 00 29,209 41 Double eagles...................................... Eagles.................................................... T o ta l............................................ Pionna 3,600 8,200 11,800 SILVER COINAGE. Total coinage, 4,086,800 pieces........................................................ “ “ in 1858-59................................................................. $1,621,209 41 3,578,996 47 Decrease.......................................................................................... $1,957,787 06 LEATHER FAILURES, The following is an interesting summary from the London Times of the re sults of the late failures in the leather trade in London :— IN BANKRUPTCY. Name. Streatfeild & Co............................. Smith, Patient & Sm ith.............. J. Herbert, Smith & Co................ W. G. Gibson.................................. Francis & Hooper......................... J. Clarke (firm R & J. Clarke).. J. G. Sullivan.................................. Hooper & Parkinson..................... J. Hooper........................................ Liabilities. £744,448 207,138 168,306 150,000 69,721 66,663 50,000 48,715 31,0C0 T otal....................................... £1,530,991 Lawrence, Mortimore & Co........... Benjamin Gibbs............................... ,-------- Assets.-------- , In the £ Amount. 6. d. £214,140 5 9 3 6 37,097 46,654 5 6 40,000 5 4 10,951 3 1 13,474 4 0 2,450 0 11 10,758 4 11 5,200 3 4 £380,724 38,072 5 0 0 6 Deficiency. £530,308 170,041 121,662 110,000 58,770 53,189 47,550 32,967 26,800 £1,150,267 £1,530,591 £342,652 4 6 £1,188,339 300,000 j ■Particulars not published. 14,000 j Journal o j Banking, Currency, and Finance. 597 WINDING UP OB COMPROMISED. Name. T . U. Mortimore......................... W. & C. M. Mundy.................... Edmund Buvelot....................... A. W arin g................................. Parker & C o............................... H. H a ck er................................. R. Mortimore............................. D. Carpenter............................... Ridley Son............................. John B a k e r............................... D. & J. Mackintosh.................... John Morris............................... D. Barclay & S o n s ................... W. J. Armstrong....................... W . A. P a g e ................................ ,-------Assets.------- x In the £. 8. d. 11 9 11 0 6 7 6 10 8 6 4 4 10 2 8 7 4 7 6 6 15 4 11 2 9 9 11 2 11 0 Liabilities. Amount. £56,356 32,988 16,209 19,366 19,733 9,696 17,500 10,948 5,366 4,406 8,204 4,655 3,878 3,661 3,580 69,948 67,790 46,616 25,371 7,957 £499,806 £216,556 8 8 Deficiency. £39,398 26,960 41,581 86,995 26,883 34,736 16,900 14,423 17,718 11,666 2,460 3,670 4,079 2,861 2,920 £283,250 D r a p e r & Oo., R id e r & Co., Paris, £15,000. Particulars not yet published. J onathan h o m a s B utcher , P oole & Co., M ulrdock Particulars not published. T T. P illino & Co., £60,000. P riestman , J ames M ulrhead , & Son, pay in fu ll with time. TOTALS. In bankruptcy......................... Winding up............................. Firms. Liabilities. 9 £1,530,991 16 499,806 Others not published............... 24 10 Firms......................................... 34 £2,030,797 *-------- Assets.-------- ■ In the £. Amounts. s. d. Deficiency. £342,652 4 6 £1,188,339 216,556 8 8 283,250 £559,208 5 6 £1,471,589 The losses falling upon the London joint-stock banks and discount companies are estimated a t:—London Joint-Stock B ank.. . . London and Westminster . . . . Bank of London....................... City Bank.................................. Unity B a n k ............................. Union Bank of London............ Commercial .............................. London and County................. London Discount Company . . National Discount Company... Mercantile Discount Company General Discount Company .. Paper held. £130,000 50,000 52,000 46,831 not published. not published. T o t a l............................. Estimated loss. £40,000 10,000 10,000 7,000 600 21,000 20,000 ........... £108,500 W EALTH OF MEW YORK STATE. The State Assessors, at a recent meeting, fixed and equalized the valuation of the real and personal property of the several counties of New York for 1860, and in a table below we present the number of acres of land in each county, with the valuation of the property as fixed by the local Assessors for 1859 ; also, the valuation of the State Assessors for the same year, with their revisions for the year 1860. The object of equalizing the valuation of property through out the State, is that each county may pay its proper proportion of the State tax :— 598 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. Counties. Albany ................... Alleghany.............. Broom e................... Cattaraugus............ Cayuga.................... Chatauqua............. Chemung................ Chenango ............... C lin ton ................ Columbia................ Cortland................. Delaware ............... Dutchess.................. Erie.......................... Essex....................... Franklin................. Fulton...................... Genesee............ Greene ................... Hamilton........ H erkim er......... Jefferson.............. K ings.............. Lewis..................... Livingston.............. Madison........ M onroe........... Montgomery........... New Y o rk .. Niagara................... Oneida........ Onondaga.... Ontario......... Orange v. . . Orleans.......... Oswego........ Otsego.......... Putnam............ Q ueens............. Rensselaer............. Richmond . . Rockland.............. Saratoga.................. Schenectady............ Schoharie............... Schuyler.................. Seneca. .. St. Law rence......... Steuben................... Suffolk..................... Sullivan.................. T ioga....................... Tompkins................ Ulster...................... Warren ................... Washington . . . . . . W a yn e................... Westchester........... W yom ing............... Tates....................... Total................ Valuation as Valuation as Local Assessors’ fixed by fixed by valuation of Board of Equal Acres of personal and real Board of Equal ization for ization lor land taxed In estate for 1SGO. 18 5 9 . 1859. 1859. $39,044,737 $39,241,648 $38,544,737 8,035,120 8,583,044 8,035,120 7,418,726 8,491,423 8,391,423 801,311 6,620,148 7,236,208 6,620,148 19.214,844 19,214,844 19,214,844 14,270,102 651,982 14,661,967 14,270,102 6,472,742 6,272,762 7,093,887 10,500,000 11,012,542 10,962,405 5,727,775 6,197,478 5,727,775 18,365,430 14,654,612 18,365,430 6,165,923 5,783,069 6,465,983 8,210,352 878,495 8,210,352 5,584,572 29,979,280 30,979,280 29,076,783 47,251,841 40,751,841 47,042,698 3,824,027 3,824,027 4,442,759 4,149,270 4,149,270 4,454,593 4,054,412 4,272,766 4,054,412 11,650,136 13,130,705 11,650,136 7,59U,084 7,208,239 8,650,084 470,333 472,592 470,333 10,144,567 9,992,617 10,144,567 15,935.769 15.786,901 15,935,769 106,295,591 104,295,59! 106,914,629 3,495,200 4,995,200 4,995,200 14,306,555 15,322,283 14,306,556 11,072,782 11,508,750 11,072,782 26,732,076 391,028 26,232,076 27,632,631 7,354,077 228,000 8,782,486 7,354,077 550,078,778 552,008,742 532,903,476 12,823,822 13,774,764 12,823,822 25,639,879 25,639.379 16,641,107 28,350,128 26,436,829 28,350,128 16,445,575 17,414,614 16,445,575 24,525,254 479,300 25,703,986 24,828,254 9,682,749 9,623,636 9.682,789 14,254,368 14,929,869 14,254,368 12,072,302 12,063,564 12,172,302 6,114,055 7,114,055 6,137,530 21,843.083 20,283,225 185,873 22,343,083 26,278,926 395,000 26,674,215 26,078,926 9,728,402 7,437,318 20,293 9,728,402 5,440,260 5,440,264 102,300 5,869,156 12,048,856 11,895,425 12,048,356 5,602,786 122,309 5,695,711 5,602,786 6.850,681 7,350,381 6,426,399 4,280,723 4,261,478 4,280,723 8,159,547 197,664 10,655,713 7,809,547 15,633,359 1,660,626 16,266,254 15,633,359 13,991,732 385,000 14,922,167 13,991,732 12.050,506 407,091 10,996,094 13,050,506 4,132,995 4,134,995 4,132,995 592,379 5,848,318 5,539,396 5,948,318 7,874,265 7,491,625 7,874,265 15,667,658 14,959,206 15,567,658 2,519,380 2,575,761 2,519,380 15,331,105 494,612 16,192,775 15,331,107 13,887.157 13,857,157 13,991,775 41,012,726 40,467,671 41,012,725 7,750,822 868,000 8,353,833 7,750,822 7,293,708 7,293,708 7,728,481 1,419,155,520 1,416,290,837 1,404,907,679 J ou rn a l o f B an kin g, Currency* and F inance. CITY WEEKLY BANK 599 RETURNS. NEW YO R K BAN K RETU RN S.— (C A PIT A L , JAN., 1 8 6 0 , $ 6 9 , 3 3 3 , 6 3 2 ; 1 8 5 9 , $ 6 8 , 0 5 0 , ’7 5 5 .) Loans. Specie. Jan. 7 124.597,663 17,863,734 14 123,582,414 18,740,866 21 123,845,931 19,233,494 28 123,088,626 20,063,739 Feb. 4 124,091,982 19,924,301 11 123,336,629 19,787,567 18 124,206,031 20,591,189 25 124,398,239 20,773,896 Mar. 3 125.012.700 23,086,812 10 127,302,778 21,861,180 17 127,562,848 23,171,833 24 127,613,507 23,286,204 31 128,388,223 23.420.759 Apr. 7 130,606,731 22,599,132 14 129,919,015 23,626,982 21 128,448,868 23,233,314 28 127,085,667 23,279,809 May 5 127,479,520 23,815,746 12 12 6,184,532 22,780,387 19 124,938,389 23,735,193 26 125,110,700 23,431,773 June 2 124,792,271 24,535,457 9 125,431,963 23,785,581 16 125,399,997 24,110,553 23 125,886,565 23,350,921 30 127,208,201 22,484,250 July 7 127,244,241 22,751,694 14 127,123,166 23,641,357 21 128,427,489 23,443,644 28 129,074,298 23,099,726 Aug. 4 130,118,247 22,128,189 11 129,855,179 21,579,740 18 129,950,346 21,008,701 25 130,578,997 20,119,779 Sept.l 129,029,175 19,035,029 8 127,999,839 19,187,713 15 127,002,728 18.960,749 22 125,802,644 18,988,603 29 124,849,426 20,177,986 Oct. 6 123.337,157 20,147,828 13 122,307,138 20,273,708 bosto n Jan. 2 16 23 so Feb. 6 13 20 27 March 5 12 19 26 Apr. 2 9 16 .., ... ... .. .., .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ., .., .. b a n k s .— Circulation. 8,539,063 8,090.648 7,880,865 7,760,761 8,174,450 8,185,109 8,050,001 7,928,595 8,165,026 8,419,633 8,380,999 8,335,266 8,444,327 8,929,228 8,775,297 8,790,459 8,749,048 9,391,861 9,153,811 9,035,522 8,826,473 8,774,063 8,999,948 8,828,786 8,779,115 8,745,182 9,343,727 8,075,528 8,833,619 8,760,252 9,176,386 9,129,835 9,088,648 9,142,006 9,253,682 9,538,824 9,494,332 9,4S0,871 9,487,637 9,570,507 9,337,283 ( c a p i t a l , j a n ., Deposits. 97,493,709 99,247,743 99,644,128 98,520,793 99,476,430 98,146,463 100,387,051 100,622,481 103,663,462 104,813,906 108,560,981 107,505,395 106,311,554 109,193,464 109,153.863 108,145,233 103,206,723 108,505,388 108,038,848 106,229,724 104,433,136 104,268,785 103,386,091 104,031,268 102,737,055 102,496,762 103,450,426 106,899,678 107,717,216 105,524,100 107,264,777 105,505,399 105,690,481 104,423,122 102,229,586 101,185,086 101,117,627 101,311,780 101,533,834 103,281,058 100,753,185 deposits. 74.808,855 75,883,763 76,830,581 76,879,826 77,577,694 76,471,055 78,325,240 78,470,977 80,876,172 81,021,948 82,998,123 82,107,419 83,422,031 83,536,885 84,897,593 82,386,498 81,815,433 81,959,325 80,236,674 80,890,280 80,123,640 81,380,678 80,609,983 81,538.654 80,620,813 81,187,709 81,331,320 82,943,231 84,259,435 84,284,650 83,846,988 82,879,107 82,756,116 81,989,173 79,663,998 77,112,681 76,859,756 75,754,931 76,383,393 75,176,736 74,822,601 1859. $85,125,433 ; 1860, $37,258,600.) Due Due Deposits. to banks. from banks. 18,449,305 7,545,222 6,848,374 17,753,002 7,867,400 6,735,283 17,378,070 7,784,169 6,616,632 17,483,054 7,383,370 6,517,541 17,900,002 7,259,703 6,656,460 17,271,596 7,426,539 6,593,702 17,597,881 7,430,060 6,549,382 18,020,239 7.700,530 7.480,954 18,645,621 7,736,290 7,768,074 18,393,293 7,715,663 7,390,935 18,660,205 18,742,817 8,351,016 7,804,222 19,262,894 8,473,775 8,080,218 20,469,893 9,206,161 9,788,121 20,291,620 9,160,868 8,314,312 Specie. Circulation. Loans. 59,807,566 4,674,271 6,479,483 60,068,941 4,478,841 6,770,624 59,917,170 4,182,114 6,486,139 59,491,387 4,172,325 6,199,485 50,705,422 4,249,594 6,307,922 59,993,784 4,462,698 6,364,320 60,113,836 4,577,334 6,305,537 59,927,917 4,714,034 6,411,573 59,993,784 5,034,787 6,396,656 59,885,196 5,328,610 6,430,643 60,258,208 5,446,840 6,405,084 60,180,209 5,627,961 6,328,273 60,050,953 6,045,703 6,340,288 60,668,559 6,320,551 7,753,491 61,189,629 6,289,719 7,267,165 clearings. 22,684,854 23,363,980 22,813,547 21,640,967 21,898,736 21,674,908 22,061,811 22,151,504 22,787,290 23,791,958 25,562,858 25,397,976 22,889,523 25,656,629 24,256,270 25,758,735 21,391,290 26,546,063 27,802,174 25,339,444 24,309,496 22,888,107 22,776,108 22,492,614 22,116,242 21,809,053 22,119,106 23,456,447 23,457,781 21,239,450 23,417,789 22,626,292 22,934,365 22,433,949 22,561,086 24,072,405 24,257,872 25,556,849 25,150,441 28,104,322 25,930,584 600 Journal o j Banking, Currency, and Finance. Loans. 23 . . 61,035,965 30 . . 61,259,552 May 7 . . 61,614,199 14 . . 61,744,290 21 . . 61,724.621 61,258,986 28 . . June 4 .. 61,585,669 11 . . 62,346,519 18 .. 63,086,953 25 . . 63,567,155 July 2 .. 64,172,028 9 . . 65,039,459 16 . . 65,153,413 23 . . 64,852,961 64,460,289 30 .. Aug. 6 . . 64,777,963 13 ... 64,840.527 20 .,. 64,650,278 27 . 64,216,345 Sept. 3 .., 64,054,818 10 ... 64,568,627 17 ... 64,739,371 24 ., 64,639,800 Oct. 1 .., 64,662,239 Specie. 6,315,952 6,317,999 6,311,714 6,263,535 6,268,919 6,201,113 6,192,455 6,800,700 6,322,698 6,262,930 6,059,370 6,087,718 5,685,920 5,336,523 5,212,470 5,164,006 5,128,628 5,063,925 4,966,105 5,051,016 5,330,357 5,881,366 5,376,494 5,377,112 Circulation. 7,152,766 6,992,903 7,322,813 7,076,071 7,081,306 6,660,595 6,800,711 7,090,282 7,165,453 7,188,326 6,925,022 7,932,653 7,560,636 7,523,745 6,848,834 7,127,254 7,075,440 7,107,097 6,790,847 6,759,683 7,241,099 7,078,175 7,151,186 7,188,844 Deposits. 20,266,917 20,195,951 20,810,086 20,758,862 20,726,996 20,320,518 20,656,295 20,228,677 20,677,536 20,750,673 20,828,714 21,133,175 20.312,421 19,751,313 19,296,454 19,610,274 19,157,661 18,700,624 18,965,057 19,235,834 19,297,692 19,032,822 19,458,033 19,900,786 PHILADELPHIA BANKS.----(CAPITAL, JAN., '■Date. Jan. 2 .. 9 .. 1 6 .. 2 3 .. 3 0 .. Feb. 6 . . 1 3 .. 20 2 7 .. Mar. 5 . . .. 12 .. 1 9 .. 2 6 .. April 2 . . 9 .. 1 6 .. 2 3 .. 3 0 .. May 7 . . 1 4 .. 2 1 .. 28. . June 4 . . 11 1 8 .. 2 5 .. J uly 2 . . 9 .. 1 6 .. 2 3 .. 3 0 .. Aug. 6 .. 1 3 .. 2 0 .. 2 7 .. .. Loans. 25,386,387 25,248,051 25,275,219 25,445,737 25,526,198 25.493.975 25.493.975 25,458,354 25,553,918 25.742.447 25.742.447 25,832,077 26,043,772 26,405,229 27,214,254 27,444,580 27,545,351 27.571.002 27,590,212 27,463,881 27,401,926 27,288,932 27.171.002 27,046,016 26,882,709 26,780,533 26.835.868 26.835.868 26,878,435 26,842,743 26,861,776 26,936,227 26,830,307 26,835,337 27,095,028 Specie. 4,450,261 4,453,252 4,561,998 4.514.579 4,535,321 4.669.929 4.669.929 4,581,356 4,706,108 4.816.052 4.816.052 4,873,419 4,992,642 5,060,274 5,209,576 5,415,711 5,464,280 5,453,470 5,477,019 5,537,360 5,367,416 4.886.579 4,582,610 4,183,667 4,222,644 4,329,638 4.305.866 4.305.866 4,403,157 4,653,641 4,249,304 4,800,443 4,768,405 4,771,772 4,757,917 Due to banks. 9,055,077 9,278,558 9,116,514 9,210,182 9,197,894 9,057,822 9,172,878 9,629,483 9,988,840 10,307,194 10,300,178 11,304,893 11,098,806 11,093,127 10,353,708 9,923,931 9,851,112 9,772,783 9,656,546 9,681,885 9,483.486 9,479,905 9,456,841 9,439,696 Due from banks. 8,138,121 7,948,086 8,824,391 8,209,699 8,241,899 8,272,557 8,366,511 7,857,439 7,991,098 8,188,802 7,527,888 9,105,876 7.995,222 8,158,425 6,961,414 7,378,456 6,816,650 6,761,286 6,956,287 7,364,997 7,238,107 6,755,991 7,218,410 7,625,447 1860, $11,788,190.) Circulation. 2,856,601 2,675,623 2,672,730 2.644.191 2,601,760 2.656.310 2.656.310 2,663,695 2.653.192 2.697.108 2.697.108 2,783,345 2,784,773 2,858,812 3,528,762 3,252,186 3,154,285 3,037,846 2,968,444 2,944,245 2,870,617 2,818,719 2,824,471 2,810,552 2,725,269 2,654,503 2.960.381 2.960.381 2,859,852 2,821,082 2,785,718 2,837,207 2,849,840 2,854,653 2,835,524 Deposits. 14,982.919 14,161,437 14,934,517 15.064.970 15,401,915 15.409.241 15.409.241 14,864,302 14,590,092 15.192.971 15.192.971 15.205.432 15,693,622 15,553,269 15,528,762 16,012,140 16,618,616 16,529.891 16,763,609 16,489,872 16,422,835 15,884,903 16,620,293 15,698,909 15,642,639 15.643.433 15.824.391 15.824.391 15,796,205 15,966,734 16,085,967 16,369,525 15,671,260 15,588,318 15,923,769 Due banka 2,619,192 2,596,212 2,563,449 2,601,271 2,619,573 2.574.015 2.574.015 2,782,306 3,115,010 3.133.312 3.133.312 3,209,553 3,198,530 3,652,757 4,085.695 4,164,678 3,985,110 3,902,514 8,731,987 4,209,845 4,085,882 3,974,369 3,744,431 3,128,287 3,109,639 3,060,615 3.159.819 3.159.819 3,313,195 3,099,567 3,211,855 3,097,889 3,261,584 3,275,683 3,186,826 Journal of Banking, Currency, and Finance. Loans. 27,095,028 27,224,180 27,492,859 27,760,486 27,933,753 Sept. 3 . . . . 10.... 17___ 24___ Oct. 1___ Specie. 4,257,917 4,753,709 4,741,624 4,632,878 4,676,099 Circulation. 2,835,524 2,891,376 2,909,887 2,887,640 2,832,280 NEW ORLEANS BANKS.— (CAPITAL, JAN., Jan. 7 . . 14 . . 21 . . 28 . . Feb. 4 . . 11 . . 18 . . 25 . . Mar. 3 . . 10 . . 17 . . 24 . . 31 . . Apr . 7 . . 14 . . 21 . . 28 . . May 5 .,. 12 ... 19 .., 26 .., June 2 .., 9 .. 16 . . 23 . . July 7 . . 14 . . 21 .., 28 .., Aug'. 4 . , 11 . . 18 . . 25 . . Sept. 1 . . 8 .., 15 . . <22 Short loans. 25,022,456 24,928,909 24,699,024 24,916,481 25,145,274 25,197,351 25,005,952 24,397,286 24,946,210 24,088,800 24,054,845 23,832,766 23,674,714 23,107,740 22,422,203 22,380,083 21,437,974 21,437,974 20,545,529 19,385,119 18,688,492 18,282,807 17,423,118 16,864,692 16,821,969 16,627,125 16,795,836 16,945,426 17,802,024 19,006,951 19,383,879 20,313,484 21,332,818 22,049,988 22,241,708 23,144,157 23,871,973 Circulation. Specie. 12,234.448 12,038,494 12,386,735 12,417,847 12,821,411 12,809,512 12,818,159 12,882,184 12,750,642 13,215,494 12,741,881 13,343,924 12,894,521 13,458,989 12,945,204 13,600,419 12,952,002 13,860,399 18,039,092 13,726,554 12,729,356 13,797,154 12,610,790 13,885,755 12,437,195 13,975,624 12,368,071 14,100.890 12,290,539 13,638,089 12,100,687 12,999,204 11,910,361 12,783,749 11,910,361 12,783,749 11,672,864 12,258,444 11,706,007 12,163,609 11,593,719 11,900,864 11,191,024 11,791,799 11,072,236 11,572,269 10,693,389 11,389,389 10,223,276 11,138,484 9,883,812 10,921,057 9,693,954 10,695.884 9,544,793 10,310,824 9,607,448 10,071,383 9,780,130 9,786,684 9,846,131 9,526,934 9,801,183 9,357,964 9,900,424 9,263,874 9,196,144 9,907,517 9,939,917 9,056,744 9,851,213 8,929,404 9,816,247 8,872,808 Jan. 16........... 23........... 30........... Feb. 6 ........... 13........... 20........... 27........... Mar. 5 ........... 12........... 19........... 26........... Apr. 2 ........... 9 ........... 16........... 6,984,209 6,939,052 6,957,621 7,022,280 7,101,459 7,035,624 7,066,774 7,038,891 7,166,377 7,206,737 7,159,568 Specie. 980,530 1,022,273 1,003,037 997,589 951,638 988,306 991,377 1,018,255 999,093 1,004,750 981,560 1,005,415 990,962 1,018,445 Due lank. 3,235,107 3.243,168 3,305,117 3,151,218 3,300,354 1860, $18,917,600.) Deposits. 18,563,804 18,678,233 18,664,355 19,677,121 19,565,805 19,244,847 19,903,519 19,218,590 20,116,272 19,711,423 19,304,618 19,102,068 18,681,020 18,070,209 17,849,018 18,380,033 17,699,588 17,699,538 17,442,974 17,260,226 17,938,774 16,985,565 16,989,587 16,105,586 15,319,947 14,671,491 14,557,417 14,326,547 14,358,384 14,264,107 14,368,664 14,107,235 13,614,301 13,803,771 18,655,731 13,546,294 13,403,925 PITTSBURG BANKS.----(CAPITAL, Loans. 7,202,367 7,060,471 Deposits. 15,923,769 16,103,815 16,313,516 16,453,442 16,852,538 601 Exchange. 7,823,530 7,410,360 7,423,629 8,144,681 8,003,380 7,349,365 7,886,609 8,083,929 8,027,049 8,582,012 8,498,790 8,842,599 8,149,061 8,560,117 8,179,441 7,649,069 7,686,634 7,686,684 7,213,833 6,909,386 6,599,676 6,173,783 5,958,996 5,538,880 5,067,682 4,548,395 4,123,242 3,706,020 3,219,947 2,900,039 2,565,150 2,119,789 1,756,034 1,431,300 1,808,873 1,344,890 1,463,612 Distant balances. 1,557,174 1,887,704 1,377,796 1,603,763 1,613,036 1,396,150 1,470,787 1,635,526 1,092,475 1,601,149 1,718,810 1,738,246 1,610,499 1,942,056 1,608,463 1,649,060 1,877,017 1,877,017 1,763,871 1,680,480 1,596,210 1,459,051 1,442,041 1,665,076 1,739,4 81 1,601,540 1,401,804 1,512,608 1,163,961 1,318,898 1,182,381 1,299,462 1,346,814 1,081,223 929,618 1,078,178 1,077,600 Deposits. 1,527,548 1,545,103 1,655,686 1,609,692 1,602,311 1,643,703 1,760,957 1,768,879 1,651,216 1,636,887 1,572,130 1,601,167 1,693,280 1,651,362 Due bants 304,562 255,076 265,804 230,426 191,222 175,061 224,434 273,343 197,007 198,556 192,411 191,101 171,100 187,255 $4,160,200.) Circulation. 2,080,548 2,012,478 1,896,363 1,907,32.3 1,883,093 1,868,598 1,821,283 1,871,873 1,901,543 1,945,328 1,980,732 2,085,583 2,072,373 2,071,878 ■ 602 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. Loans. 23........... 80 ........... May 5 ........... 14........... 19........... 27........... June 4 ........... 11........... 18........... 25........... J u lj 14........... 21........... 28........... Aug. 6 ........... 13........... 20........... 27........... Sept. 8 . . . . . . 10........... 17........... 24........... 7,284,761 7,234,761 7,263,197 7,196,493 7,190,192 7,310,663 7,294,391 7,047,761 7,145,776 7,139,564 7,121,227 7,107,947 Specie. 1,156,278 1,141,373 1,141,378 1,088.851 1,133,719 1,122,057 1,089,751 1,126,308 1,102,446 1,150,248 1,068,974 1,083,220 1,098,084 1,130,002 1,123,027 1,152,198 1,167,384 1,159,423 1,225,151 1,188,707 1,246,526 Circulation. 2,024,138 1,995,053 1,995,053 2,011,258 2,022,988 1,952,688 1,907,248 1,919,688 2,029,558 2,048,358 2,071,443 2,073,593 2,069,803 2,018,628 1,990,498 2,007,653 2,684,758 2,124,008 2,196,573 2,299,438 2,841,363 Deposits. 1,897,498 1,913,537 1,913,537 1,890,810 1,906,773 1,918,321 1,919,903 1,892,800 1,743,915 1,779,752 1,818,515 1,846,879 1,861,817 1,860,348 1,853,759 1,859,418 1,843,750 1,905,667 1,904,823 1,819,248 1,831,865 Due banks. 240,143 175,671 175,671 215,765 213,944 206,316 277,978 240,728 271,062 315,858 239,832 205,011 167,671 234,346 175,924 239,790 232,181 240,419 222,156 210,274 238,058 ST. LOUIS BANKS. Jan. 7 ........................... 14........................... . 21........................... ................. 28............................ Feb. 4 ............................. i i ............................. 18............................. 25............................. March 3 ............................. 10............................. 17........................... . 24............................. 31............................. April 7 ........................... .................. 14............................. ................. 21........................... . 28........................... . May 5 ........................... . 12............................ 19...... ..................... ................. 26............................ June 2 ............................ 9 ............................ 16............................ 23............................ 30............................ July 7 ........................ 14........................... 21........................... 28........................... Aug. 4 ............................ Exchange. 4,352,699 3,862,454 3,868,345 3,695,707 11........................ 18........................... 25........................... Sept. 1........................ ................. 8........................ 3,588,644 15........................... ................. 8,778,135 3,814,863 3,995,986 22........................ ................. 2 9 ............................ ............... Circulation. 538,555 520,805 502,175 495,380 457,095 424,605 391,605 399,085 895,905 377,935 377,355 356,245 340,095 844,630 325,950 314,360 306,750 301,300 294,115 285,140 273,540 255,210 253,780 244,850 235,935 206,749 199,385 152,025 191,375 177.620 173,310 176,115 188,375 220,605 222,600 233,190 240,560 253,605 240,300 Specie. 662,755 642,497 680,754 563,336 590,502 625,043 639,450 680,877 689,301 651,302 641,252 664,179 685,984 657,321 676,858 601,014 678,234 746,176 808,918 826,793 671,669 627,942 656,358 682,917 705,764 804,983 791,729 684,858 752,397 658,852 633,795 637,310 714,046 728,845 700,897 714,496 709,19S 679,617 722,368 Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance. PROVIDENCE BANKS.----(CAPITAL, Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. 2 ........... 6 .......... 3 .......... i .......... 7 ........... 4 ........... 2 ........... 6 ......... . . 3 ......... . . 1 ......... Loans. 19,144,354 19,144,846 19,009,255 18,686,210 18,898,658 18,891,907 19,243,061 19,530,296 19,566,718 19,834,317 Specie. 315,917 326,297 342,965 343,992 448,413 422,726 430,128 397,286 367,138 337,851 603 $14,903,000.) Circulation. 2,011,336 1,958,540 1,917,593 1,952,022 2,045,590 1.938,254 2,158,904 2,218,347 2,128,957 2,183,347 Deposits. 2,635,486 2,566,168 2,598,169 2,640,170 2,773,248 2,844,012 2,790,587 2,748,678 2,526,943 2,590,103 Due banks. 938,508 921,779 970.971 1,040,260 1,356,071 1,210,104 1,115,951 1,169,800 1,082,109 894,204 BOSTON BANK DIVIBENDS. COMPILED FOR THE MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE BY JOSEPH G. M ARTIN, STOCK BROKER, NO. 6 STATE-STREET, BOSTON, AND AUTHOR OF COMMISSION “ TWENTY ONE YEARS OF THE BOSTON STOCK M ARKET.” The following table presents the capital of each bank, together with the last two semi-annual dividends, and the amount paid October 1. Also, the market value of each stock, d i v i d e n d o f f , April and October, 1859, and April and Oc* tober, 1860. The only changes in the regular dividends since April are an increase of i per cent by the Market and Mechanics’, and a decrease of 1 per cent by the Eagle Bank. The Bank of Mutual Redemption, which commenced August 23, 1858 > pays its first dividend of 2 per cent. The Bank of the Republic commenced operations February 2, I860, and now pays its first dividend of 4 per cent for 8 months, on the old capital of §650.000, which has recently been increased to 81,000 000, as also the Eagle from §700,000 to §1,000,000. The Tremont increased, October 1, from §1,250,000 to §1,500,000, and the Columbian to §1,000,000. These changes were all authorized by the last Legislature. Under the General Banking Law we are shortly to have three new institutions—the “ Mount Vernon,” to be located in the new Parker Buildings, on Washingtonstreet, the “ Continental,” in the new block, Washington-street, corner of Cen tral-court, and another, the “ East India,” we believe, not definitely located. This will make seven banks under the new law, and a total of 46 banks in Boston, including the Pawners’. Of the 42 banks in the table the regular dividends average 3.6 per cent. One bank divides 5 per cent, six 4J, nine 4, fifteen 3), nine 3 percent,one 2 per cent, and the Massachusetts pays 10 per cent. The usual dividend of the Massachu setts is 3 1-5 per cent, or §8 per share, but the extra amount now is from part proceeds of sale of banking house a short time since. It was the first bank in this State, (and second in the United States,) commencing business July 5,1784, on which day the loans and discounts amounted to only §19,645. The bank was at first located opposite Park-street Church, near what is now called Hamilton-place. In April, 1792, the present site, then known as the “ American Coffee House,” was purchased for £1,450 (colonial currency,) or about §4,828, and the present edifice was erected in 1836. In January, 1795, an extra divi dend of §10,000 was made, “ from sale of old banking house.” The original capital was §300,000, in 600 shares of #500 each, of which but $253,500 ap pears to have been paid in, and the next year this was reduced to §100,000. 601 Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance. The capital remained at that figure for five years, when, in June, 1791, it was increased to $200,000 ; July, 1792, to $400,000 ; December, 1807, to $800,000, and in June, 1810, to $1,600,000. This remained the capital for eleven years, when, in April, 1821, it was reduced 50 per cent, (to $800,000, the present capital,) and the par value of the shares made $250. The present cashier, J a m e s D o d d , Esq., has held his position for a quarter of a century:— Banks. Atlantic............... Atlas.................... Blackstone......... Boston, (par $50) Boylston.............. Broadway............ City...................... Columbian.......... Commerce . . . . . . Eagle................... E lio t ................... Exchange ........... Faneuil H a ll . . . Freeman’s............ Globe................... Granite............... Hamilton............. Hide ifc Leather . Howard............... Market, (par $70) Massa’tts, ($250). Maverick............. Mechanics’ .......... Merchants’........... Metropolis.......... Mutual Kedemp’n National............. New England... . North.. .•............. North America.. Republic............. Revere................ Safety Fund........ Skawmut............. Shoe & Leather.. State, (par $60).. Suffolk................ Traders’ .............. Tremont . . . . U n ion ................. Washington........ W ebster............. Total, Oct., 1860. Total, Apr., 1860. Total, Oct., 1859. Total, Apr., 1859. «------Dividends.------ , Amount. /—1859.—, /—1860.—* Oct. 1, Capital stock. Apr. Oct. Apr. Oct. 1860. $500,000 si 1 ,000,000 4 750,000 900,000 400,000 150,000 1,000 ,00 0 750,000 2 ,000,000 700,000 600,000 1,000 ,00 0 500,000 400,000 1 ,000,000 900.000 500,000 1 ,000.000 500,000 560,000 800,000 400,000 250,000 4,000,000 Si 200,000 561,700 750,000 1 ,000,000 860 000 750,000 650,000 1 ,000,000 1 ,000,000 750,000 1,000,000 1,800.000 1,000.000 600,000 1,250,000 1,000,000 750,000 1,500,000 86.981,700 85,770,000 34,360,000 33,160,000 4 a 3 34 34 34 4 »4 5 4 4 4 3 ' 4 3 3 34 $8 34 4 3 3 34 34 3 3 3 44 34 5 3 4 34 4 34 34 3| '$17,500 4 4 40,000 34 34 26,250 4 36,000 4 44 44 18,000 3 4,500 3 3 34 34 35,000 34 34 34 26,250 34 34 34 70,000 4 4 34 24,500 34 34 34 21,000 50,000 5 5 5 20,000 4 4 4 4 44 44 18,000 40,000 4 4 4 3 34 34 31,500 44 44 44 22,500 30,000 3 3 3 34 34 34 17,500 22,400 34 34 4 80,000 $ 8 * $ 8 $ 25 3 34 34 14,000 4 4 44 11,250 3 3 120,000 3 4 8,000 3 4 2 11,234 84 34 34 26,250 34 34 34 35,000 3 3 25,800 3 3 34 34 26,250 new 4 26,000 3 80,000 2 3 4 3 3 30,000 3 3 22,500 3 44 44 44 45,000 34 3J r 34 63,000 4 44 44 45,000 3 3 3 18,000 50,000 4 4 4 4 40,000 34 4 4 3 3 22,500 34 34 34 52,500 34 4 34 4 44 3 /—Value of stocks, divid. off.—> ,------IS60.------ x /------1859.------ > Oct April. April. Oct. 1034 106 1034 1064 120 1204 1184 1154 98 105 104 1044 1044 108 105 132 107 1184 120 110 1074 129 98 105 98 105 1054 102 111 1064 1014 1 064 1054 1084 1054 1074 ill 111 111 104 123 1064 107 131 111 112 115 116 113 116 1014 107 130 113 115 116 1054 1254 103 103 100 120 128 1214 104 105 101 102 112 114 108 100 105 99 114 111 102 1124 103 99 1144 117 120 1064 126 1074 1084 1114 110 103 113 1004 994 100 111 1004 101 95 1004 1104 100 110 90 103 97 101 974 104 new 994 97 1004 111 98 ... 1054 100 1014 1024 101 1134 99 106 100 100 1004 101 101 1014 1034 1034 1004 1004 121 115 1274 99 113 1101 108 1031 1244 113 127 984 1144 1244 1184 127 99 116 111 107 107 127 116 1284 1114 1064 106 1004 119 1134 107 1084 $1 ,373,184 1,281,000 1,211,950 1,185,950 * The dividend of the Massachusetts Bank was 3 1-5 per cent (par $250) equal to $8 per share, in April, and now 10 per cent, or $25 per share, is divided, the extra being part proceeds of real estate sold. t Journal o j Banking , Currency, and Finance. 605 MISCELLANEOUS D IV ID E N D S. The following dividends and interest are also payable at the dates given. In addition to these, early in October is the usual period for dividends by the Boylston, City, Manufacturers’, Merchants’, Neptune, Prescott, and Washington insurance companies, as also the Boston Exchange and Hamilton woolen com panies, quarterly, and Columbian Manufacturing—adding, in round numbers, over $250,000, and making the total to be paid out in October, fully $2,500,000. Pay able. Names of companies, &c., 2. Bangor city bonds, 1874................................ 1. Boston city bonds........................................... 1. Boston and Sandwich Glass C o .................. 1. Boston Manufacturing Co.............................. 1. Boston Steam Flour Mills bonds................. 1. Cambridge (horse) Railroad......................... 1. Chelsea (horse) Railroad............................... 1. Eliot Insurance Co......................................... 1. National Insurance Co................................... 1. Lowell and Lawrence Railroad................... 1. Manchester and Lawrence Railroad bonds. 1. Massachusetts State bonds........................... 1. Michigan Central Railroad bonds................ 1. Michigan Central Railroad bonds................ 1. New Bngland Glass Co................................. 1. Northampton Bridge C o............................... 1. Northern N. Hampshire Railr’d bonds, 1864 1. Northern N. Hampshire Railr’d bonds, 1874 1. Old Colony Railroad bonds......................... 1. Philadelphia, Wilmington, &. Balt. Railroad 1. Shoe & Leather Fire & Marine Insurance . Capital. $600,000 interest. 400,000 450,000 100,000 800,000 70,000 200,000 500,000 200,000 33,800 interest. interest. principal. 500,000 83,000 63,700 192,600 134,500 6,600,000 200,000 /-------- Dividends.-------- , April. October. Amount. 3 3 6 4 3 4} 4 5 10 3 3 6 3 4} 4 5 16 3 3 4 4 6 if 3 3 3 3 5 5 n 3 3 3 3} 5 Total...................................................................................................... $15,000 63,000 20,000 24,000 3,000 13,500 2,800 10,000 80,000 6,000 1.014 8,625 165,000 470,000 25,000 578 1,911 5,778 4,035 196,000 10,000 $1,125,241 The $470,000 of Michigan Central bonds is the balance of $535,000 due October 1. The company announced its readiness, a month ago, to pay these bonds ; but holders seem little disposed to avail themselves of the offer, while their money is drawing 8 per cent. THE REVEJVUE OF CUBA. An official statement has recently been made of all the money collected du ring 1859 by the government, which forms the regular revenues of the Island. The sum total is $19,202,087 96}, as follows :— Taxes and imposts. . . Custom-houses............ Interdicted incom e.. . Lottery......................... State property............ $3,789,878 11,550,043 1,068,789 2,167,579 181,486 65} Accidental in com e... 34} Sundries..................... 68 00 Total.................... 761- 419,743 96f 74,565 54| $19,202,087 96} The amounts collected in 1858 under the same heads were $18,293,364 68, thus making a difference of $908,822 28} in favor of 1859. The Havana treasury department collected in 1859 out of the gross amount $13,099,682 74J. The remaining $6,102,404 21f were collected in the other parts of the Island, thus showing that Havana and its jurisdiction alone yields nearly two-thirds of the whole amount of revenue. 606 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. STATISTICS OF TRADE AND COAIMERCE. w is e m oD U C T o r trance. The official reports of France show the production of wines to have been for several periods as follows, in hectoliters :— 1788................ hectoliter 1808................................. 1829................................. 1847................................. 1849................................. 1880................................. 1851................................. * 28,000,000 28,000,000 30,973,000 84,316,000 35,555,000 45,266,000 39,429,000 1852 ......hectoliter 1853................................. 1854 ...................... 1855................................. 1856................................. 1857................................. 1858 ...................... The most of this is used in the country. 1849........................................... hectoliter 1853............................................................ 1855............................................................ 28,636,000 22,662,000 10,824,000 15,175,000 21,294,000 35,410,000 45,805,000 The following shows the proportion : Toll free consumption, Used for brandy and vinegar, 20,847,000 16,673,000 10,342,000 11,100,000 3,960,000 1,725,000 Taxed consumption. 17,000,000 9,000,000 3,500,000 The exportation of wines does not vary so much as the production. For the ten years ending with 1836, the average was 1,175,000 hectoliters ; for the ten years to 1846, 1,362,000 hectoliters ; and in 1851 and 1852 it rose to 2,000,000, from which figures there was a subsequent decline, as seen in the following table of annual exports :— 1851................................... 1S52................................... 1853 ......................... 1854 ......................... 1855 ......................... 2,251,000 2.420,000 1,956,000 1,315,000 1,195,000 1856 1857 1858 1859 ......................... ......................... ......................... ......................... 1,250,000 1,098,000 1,580,000 1,546,000 In the last few years France has been an importer of wines as follows :— 1853 ........... hectoliter 1854 ...................................... 1 8 5 5 ..;................................ 4,500 121,400 417,000 1856 ...........hectoliter 1857...................................... 1858 ...................................... 341,000 626,000 113,000 The average value of wine, as given by the “ commission of values,” is for wine in bottles—a general average— while for casks the price varies according to the destination :— francs 1850, per hectoliter 1851, 1852, 1853, “ 1854, 1855, “ 1856, “ 1857, 1858, Ordinary wine W ine of the of the Gironde Gironde in in bottles, csks. to Engl’d. .......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ......... ......... ......... 120 - 200 120 144 216 320 310 450 350 360 200 240 360 400 400 420 420 420 In the general French trade reports the value of the wine export is as follows : Official value. Fr. 1851........ 1852........ 1353.. . . 1854........ . 32,006,000 31,375,000 29,784,000 23,511,000 Actual value. Official value. Fr. 25,541,000 39,682,000 51,141,000 65,433,000 Fr. 1855____ 1856........ 1857........ 1858........ 17,222,000 18,695,000 19,961,000 22,815,000 Fr. 4 2,624,000 63,863.000 47,452,000 55,241,000 607 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. The following table shows the production, consumption, and export of brandy : Made. 1841............................. 1846............................. 1851............................. 1852............................. 1853............................. 1854............................. 1855............................. 1856............................. 1857............................. Taxed for do Import. mestic consump. 610,486 600,458 622,805 648,610 13,000 12,800 644,352 61,000 601,702 202,888 714,815 177,899 768,395 376,549 825,589 Export. 214,536 113,502 385,245 337,884 268,127 155,111 153,116 192,179 179,616 The general average price of brandy for export, per hectoliter, was as follows: 1851........................... 1852............................. 1858............................................. 1854............................................. 249 1857............................................. 240 I 1858............................................. 230 280 360 240 NEW YORK CITY TRADE. The imports and exports of New York city, since the regular returns of the federal government were kept, have been as follows :— 1821........ 1822........ 1823........ 1824........ 1825........ 182 6........ 1827........ 1828.. . . 1829........ 1830........ 1831........ 1832........ 1833........ 1834........ 1835........ 1836........ 1837........ 1838........ 1839........ 1840........ Imports. $23,529,246 35,445,628 29,421,349 36,113,723 49,639,174 38,115,630 38,719,644 41,927,792 . 34,743,307 . 35^624^070 57,077,417 . 53,214,402 55,918,449 73,188,594 88,191,305 . . 118,253,416 79,301,722 . 68,453,206 99,882,438 . 60,440,750 Exports. $13,160,918 17,100,482 19,038,990 22,897,134 35,259,261 21,947,791 23,834,137 22,777,649 20,119,011 19,697,983 25,535,144 26,000,945 25,395,117 25,512,014 30,345,264 28,920,638 27,338,419 23,008,471 33,268,099 34,264,080 1841........ 1842........ 1843........ 1844........ 1845........ 1846........ 1847........ 1848........ 1849........ I860........ 1851........ 1852........ 1863........ 1854........ 1855........ 1856........ 1857........ 1858 ___ 1859........ 1860........ . . . . . . Imports. $76,713,426 57,875,604 31,356,540 65,079,516 90,909,085 74,254,283 84,167,352 94,525,141 92,567,369 111T23,524 141,546,638 132,329,306 178,270,999 195,427,933 164,776,511 210,162,454 226,184,167 171,473,336 220,247,307 233,718,718 Exports. $33,139,833 27,676,778 16,762,664 32,861,540 36,175,298 36,935,413 49,844,363 53,S51,157 45,963,100 52,712,789 86,007,019 87,484,456 78,206,290 122,534,646 113,731,238 119,111,500 126,606,683 100,667,890 106,443,541 138,036,550 TRADE OF CINCINNATI, The returns of the trade of Cincinnati for the present year contrast very favorably with those of the previous year. The aggregates for nine years are as follows:— Imports. 18512 ... $41,256,199 18523 ... 51,230,644 1853- 4 ... 65,730,029 18545 ... 67,501,341 1855- 6 ... 75,296,901 Imports. Exports. $33,234,896 18567 . . .$77,090,146 . 36,266,108 18578 .... 80,144,747 9 . . . . 96,213,274 45,432,780 1858107,647,216 38,777,394 1860.......... 50,744,786 Exports. $55,642,171 62,906,505 66,007,707 77,037,188 608 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. These aggregates for the exports are of the enumerated articles. To this is added from thirty to fifty millions for unenumerated articles. The details of the imports are as follows :— VALUE OF PRINCIPAL IMPORTS INTO 'rHK PORT OF CINCINNATI, FOR THE YEARS ENDING AUGUST 81, 1859 a n d 1860. Articles. Apples, green........... Ale, beer, and porter Buffalo robes.............. Beef............................ “ ............................. Bagging..................... Barley....................... Beans.......................... Butter....................... U Blooms...................... Boots and shoes.. . . , Bran, middlings, etc. Crockery ware, e t c .. Candles..................... C orn ......................... Corn meal................. Cider.................. ........ Cheese....................... “ .................... Cotton....................... . Coffee......................... Codfish....................... Cooperage................. Cattle.......................... Cement and plaster. Eggs........................... bxs. and bbls. F lou r......................... Feathers..................... Fish, sundries............ <• <« Fruits, dried............... Grease....................... ...............bbls. Glass....................... .. Glassware................... Hemp......................... .bdls. and bis. Hides......................... .................No. u Hardware..................., .bxs. and cks. H a y ........................... Herrings..................... Hogs............................ Hops.............. ............ ................. bis. Horses....................... . Iron and steel............ “ ll Iron, p ig ..................... Lead............................ Lard........................... “ ......... Leather...................... ............... bdls. Lemons....................... L im e.......................... Liquors................... hhds. and pipes Quantity. 95,811 6,933 5,427 1,893 633 1,789 352,828 20.352 15,209 34,468 1,364 58,209 161,638 3,845 3,227 1,346,208 4,203 1,841 110 227,095 78,013 129,930 3,728 216,361 43,182 24,053 22,670 517,229 5,655 20,428 12,561 64,186 5,273 57,675 89,455 5,876 169,203 91,417 25,342 56,547 10,152 522,838 5,314 14,592 397,466 95,448 8,378 37,550 62,039 47,499 11,319 19,626 10,141 107,640 1,535 Average price. $2 75 4 50 88 00 13 00 18 00 4 00 76 1 00 28 00 19 00 60 00 47 00 90 50 00 7 00 50 3 25 6 00 22 00 2 80 58 00 22 00 29 00 70 61 00 2 00 7 00 4 60 36 00 11 60 2 75 2 75 18 50 2 00 4 25 18 00 3 80 13 70 00 S 25 40 12 25 21 00 130 00 1 30 3 80 70 00 26 00 5 75 23 50 5 50 14 50 4 20 90 180 00 Total value. $263,480 31,198 206,226 17,809 11,394 7,156 268,149 20,352 425,852 344,680 81,340 2,770,368 145,474 192,250 22,589 673,104 18,660 11,046 2,420 635,865 4,524,754 2,858,460 108,112 151,452 2,634,702 48,166 158,690 2,379,263 203,580 243,922 84,542 176,512 97,550 115,350 167,684 105,768 642,970 11,884 1,773,940 183,778 4,060 6,404,765 111,594 1,896.960 516,705 314,978 586,460 976,300 356,896 1,116,226 62,254 257,577 43,112 96,876 • 276,300 Total last vear. $42,929 38,453 151,596 22,400 9.139 8,428 864,584 66,935 250,850 219,023 160,680 2,279,484 138,621 145,700 19,278 797,315 14,622 2,220 1,100 625,100 2,896,868 2,510,310 69,658 172,787 2,930,800 44,284 117,180 2,790,865 121,920 211,175 29,002 345,675 86,784 102,724 196,027 219,564 594,168 8,499 1,191,890 106,371 4,430 5,350,104 105,168 1,168,310 388,128 575,110 626,290 1,018,800 299,262 1,128,776 45,166 314,795 57,647 73,722 523,010 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. Articles. Merchandise and sundries . . .pkgs. u Molasses............. M att..................... Nails..................... Oils....................... Oranges............... Oakum................. Oats..................... Oil cake............... Onions................. Pork and bacon. U U “ ....................... bxs. M Potatoes.............. Pitch.................... Pimento, pepper, etc................ bags R ye..................... Rosiu................... Raisins and figs.. Rope, twine,etc. ..................... Ptg9. Rice..................... Sugar................... «( M Seed— flax.......... “ grass and clover................... “ b e m p .... Salt...................... n Shot..................... Starch................. Sheep................. Stearine.............. Tea..................... Tobacco............... “ ............... (( Tallow............... T a r ..................... Turpentine......... W ines................. .bbls. aud £ casks “ ................. W heat............... . W ool................... Whisky...........-. Yarns, cotton .. . » “ ... Lumber............. Coal................... Shingles*........... Coopers’ stuff, wood, and stone, es timated .......................................... Various articles, not specified above, estimated value............................. Quantity. 115,391 4,404 91,807 117,593 134,086 24,844 23,793 6,331 894,515 189 7,147 4,662 8,882 25,456 1,290 23,250,222 206,544 728 5,882 131,487 10,904 38,984 18,564 4,498 40,551 37,950 630 26,307 28,224 1,451 119,751 61,053 3,602 36,661 25,069 2,526 16,916 6,261 7,238 49,552 7,075 3,196 6,221 5,946 14,084 1,057,118 9,513 433,168 12,841 2,455 77,000,000 17,600,000 89,000,000 Average price. 35 00 620 00 17 00 90 4 00 28 00 4 50 14 50 43 24 00 1 75 80 00 25 00 16 00 32 00 * Per thousand. H 9 3 00 .... Totals.......... Y O L . X L I I I.-----N O . Y . n 1 75 3 75 10 00 90 2 75 3 00 6 00 34 00 89 00 20 00 65 00 4 00 14 00 3 50 1 75 1 10 20 00 2 75 2 00 25 00 45 00 100 00 9 50 18 00 25 00 3 00 16 00 60 00 8 00 1 15 20 00 9 00 1 50 20 39 609 Total value. 40,386,850 2,730,480 1,560,917 105,833 536,344 695,632 107,068 91,801 384,641 4,536 12,508 372,960 97,050 407,296 38,800 1,743,766 361.452 2,730 58,820 118.338 29,887 116,952 111,384 152,966 3,609,039 759,000 34,650 105,228 395,136 5,078 209,564 67,164 60,040 100,817 50,138 63,150 761,220 626,100 68,771 891,936 176,875 9,588 99,536 356,760 112,240 1,215,686 190,260 3,838,512 18,861 491 1,155,000 1,584,000 117,000 Total last year. 33,070,100 2,592,220 1,626,702 60,690 554,960 603,300 122,117 52,519 306,735 816 2,683 402,090 52,776 637,445 27,460 1,375,694 330,600 2,063 95,220 64,406 26,274 137,348 103,542 213,010 4,503,030 567,180 74,415 80,432 290,462 1,092 141,022 48,791 41,360 125,450 42,112 44,275 904,080 532,800 65,275 1,126,600 139,875 13,965 110,112 303,480 129,960 1,465,887 161,280 4,388,177 29,534 590,000 475,000 4,300,000 4,000,000 $107,647,216 $96,213,374 2,031,250 929,452 112,500 610 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. VALUE OF PRINCIPAL EXPORTS FROM THE PORT OF CINCINNATI FOR THE ING a u g u st 3 1 s t , 1 8 5 9 a n d 1 8 6 0 . Articles. Apples, green.......... ............... bbls. Alcohol..................... Ale, beer, and porter Buffalo robes... __ Beef............................ B e e f........................... B aggin g................... Bailey......................... Beaos......................... Brooms...................... Butter....................... Butter....................... .firkins <fc kegs Bran, shorts, A c___ Boots and shoes.. . . Crockery ware, A c .. Chairs........................ Candles..................... Corn.......................... . Corn meal............... ............... bbls. Cheese...................... . Cheese..................... Cotton....................... Coffee......................... Cooperage............... Cattle....................... Cement and plaster. E ggs.......................... ,bxs. and bbls. Flour......................... ............... bbls. Feathers..................... Fish, sundry.............. Fish, sundry.............. .kegs and kits Fruit, dried................ Furniture................. Grease....................... Glass......................... Glassware..................................pbgs. Hemp ..................... .bund. & bales Hides......................... ................. No. Hides.......................... .................lbs. H ardw are................. boxes & casks H a y ........................... H o g s .......................... Hops.......................... Horses....................... Iron and steel.......... Iron............................. Iron............................. Iron, p ig ..................... Lard........................... ............... bbls. Lard............................ Leather.............. ....... Lime........................... Molasses ................... M alt............................ Nails........................... Oil.............................. Oats............................. Oil cake..................... Onions...................... bbls. and sacks Quantity. 25,092 21,302 22.581 5,362 18,888 3,866 752 47,580 3,445 24,641 4,050 48,268 43,186 36,281 1,588 6,586 176,718 48,867 182 34 172,753 71,344 90,165 119,572 20,593 6,201 8,528 478,308 6,824 10,792 11,188 15,498 119,014 1,865 14,309 7,690 2,039 146,166 38,653 7,947 3,449 13,492 1,794 9,217 575,268 129,030 6,934 4,667 60.658 65,704 24,018 6,192 51,814 209,487 73,528 50,846 111,820 1,018 4,317 Average price. *3 00 18 00 4 50 38 00 13 00 18 00 4 00 2 00 3 50 2 00 26 00 8 00 1 80 47 00 50 00 16 00 6 30 1 10 3 00 22 00 3 15 62 00 21 00 1 00 61 00 2 00 11 50 4 60 42 00 12 00 3 00 2 80 29 00 20 00 2 15 4 40 25 00 4 25 13 70 00 3 25 12 00 20 00 130 00 1 40 3 40 72 00 26 00 26 00 6 00 17 00 1 10 17 00 1 00 4 50 38 00 43 25 00 2 00 Total value. $75,276 491,436 101,614 203,756 245,544 69,588 3,008 95,160 12,057 49,282 105,456 386,144 77,734 1,705,207 79,400 105,376 1,113,223 53,753 2,316 748 544,171 4,423,328 1,89.3,465 131,529 1,256,173 12,402 98,072 2,200,216 286,608 129,504 33,414 43,394 3,451,406 37,300 30,764 33,440 50,975 621,205 5,024 556,290 11,209 161,904 35,880 1,198,210 805,375 438,702 499,248 121,342 1,577,108 334,206 408,406 6,811 880,838 209,487 330,876 1,932,148 48,033 55,990 8,634 YEARS END Total last year. $3,860 539,741 98,334 63,152 97,603 44,403 16,685 19,214 49,068 33,625 48,210 286,503 20,211 2,257,220 79,400 163,488 1,386,473 42,755 1,485 506 460,517 2,692,235 1,199,109 146,018 1,605,820 10,955 50,750 2,866,909 226,133 88.956 10,455 138,631 3,937,715 89,800 28,197 51,972 67,440 587,771 26,938 618,910 9,753 143,072 30,640 75S.680 746,193 385,375 569,376 123,597 1,115,850 287,264 361,800 5,885 679,9S6 142,359 265,959 1,357,818 16,449 39,975 6,410 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. Average Articles. Quantity. price. Pork and bacon................. 86 00 52,582 26 00 Pork and b a co n ................. 39,833 Pork and b acon ................. 104,374 17 00 Pork and bacon.................. 19,104 S3 00 Pork and bacon, in bulk .. . . . .lbs 8 345,932 Potatoes............................. . . .bbls. 97,899 2 00 Rye...................................... 95 59,177 18,890 6 25 Rope, twine, & c ............... Sugar................................... 91 00 32,433 Seed, flax............................. . . .bbls. 4 60 1,144 Seed, grass and c lo v e r__ 15 00 16,642 4 00 Soap..................................... 68,497 S a lt...................................... 2 25 59,046 1 20 S a lt .................................... 12,502 Starch................................. 43,054 3 00 Sheep................................... 6,724 2 00 Stearine............................... 3,383 25 00 Sundry merchandise........ ...pkgs. 1,702,220 9 30 Sundry merchandise........ 630 00 17,957 Sundry liquors.................... ...b b ls. 35 00 13,110 Sundry manufactures........ 4 00 27,008 Spice3................................... 5,010 2 00 Tobacco ............................. 105 00 6,124 10 50 T o b a cco................... bbls. and bdls. 4,074 T obacco................... boxes and kegs 49,882 20 00 Tallow ................................. 26 00 927 Vinegar............................... 4 00 10,947 Wines................. baskets and boxes 14,406 9 00 W h ea t............................... 321,495 1 17 W ool....................... sacks and bales 24 00 10,239 Whisky................................ 9 00 389,310 W hite.lead......................... 65,166 2 00 Castings............................... 4 50 78,285 Castings............................. . 6,134 80 00 Various articles of merchandise and manufactures not specified above, estimated value....................................... Total 611 Total value. 4,517,752 1,035,658 1,774,358 650,432 27,674 195,798 56,218 118,062 2,951,403 5,148 249,630 273,988 132,853 15,002 129,162 13,448 84,575 16,171,090 11,312,910 458,S50 108,032 10,020 642,920 42,777 997,640 20,102 43,788 129,654 376,149 245,736 3,503,790 130,332 342,282 410,720 Total last year. 3,371,304 814,360 1,906,325 262,720 40,656 112,980 24,493 126,918 2,624,006 4,005 175,032 . 251,160 99,916 23,050 117,771 10,050 37,650 12,770,216 7,365,330 974,610 108,920 9,340 471,765 58,779 990,660 15,679 41,056 128,745 731,818 220,056 8,510,064 155,466 330,849 341,760 42,600,000 41,000,000 f 119,637,188 $107,007,770 BRITISH MERCHANT SHIPPING, la the year 1859, 939 vessels, of 185,970 tons, were built and registered in the United Kingdom- This is above the average of the years 1845-54, but less than in any other year since 1854; less than in 1858 by 61 vessels, and the ton nage by 22,110 tons ; but the fact is that in 1855 a very great increase of ship building began, and that extraordinary increase is not now maintained. Of the baild of 1859, 789 (of 147,967 tons ) were sailing vessels, and 150 (of 38,003 tons) steam vessels; and again classifying them, 34 of the 789 sailing vessels, but 106 of the 150 steamers, were o f iron. In addition to these home built ves sels there were also registered here, in 1859, 18 colonial built vessels (British North American) of 8,292 tons. On the other hand, 671 vessels belonging to the United Kingdom, of 170,487 tons, were wrecked, and 23 more,of 8,775 tons, broken up, so that the bulk of the new build is absorbed in replacing wrecks. At the close of the year there stood registered in the United Kingdom, includ ing the Isle of Man and Channel Islands, 27,602 vessels, of 4,693,181 tons. The 612 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. following table will show at a glance how this aggregate of our mercantile marine is made up, and we add a like account of vessels registered in the colo nies also at the end of the year 1859:— United Kingdom. Not over 60 to n s............... ............... Above 50 tons........................................ Colonies. Not over 60 to n s .................................. Above 50 to n s...................................... Sailing vessels. Vessels. Tons. 9,690 297,197 16,004 3,829,148 Steam vessels. Vessels. Tons. 761 17,313 1,157 419,623 25,684 4,226,345 1,918 436,836 4,751 4,201 129,166 638,012 96 182 2,854 27,077 278 30,051 8,952 767,628 Comparing ports with reference to the vessels registered here, of sailing ves sels not above 50 tons 678 (23,216 tons) belong to the port of London, aud 276 (9,804 tons) to Liverpool; but of those above 50 tons only 1,825 (687,407 tons) belong to London, and 1,928 (950,531 tons) to Liverpool. Of the steamers 516 (188,220 tons) belong to London, and only 204 (58,786 tons) to Liverpool. London is ahead in number of vessels, Liverpool in amount of tonnage. M ILK TRADE, In addition to the supply from domestic swill fed manufacture, the city of New York receives, by railroad, 180,000 quarts of milk per day ; paying for the same, at seven cents per quart, a yearly aggregate of nearly $5,000,000. This supply is divided among the different roads as follows New Jersey Central carries, daily....................... .... .quarts New York and New Haven.................................................. Long Island... .......................................................................... Hudson River............................................................................ Erie......................................................... Harlem........................................................................................ 5,000 4,000 ■ 10,000 18,000 66,000 80,000 The.Harlem Railroad derives an annual revenue of $250,000 from this source. IM PO RTS OF HAMBURG. The following is the total value in mark banco of the trade of Hamburg for the undermentioned years :— 1845 .............mark banco 291,881,390 1847 .................................. .................................. ................... isact TRSO ......................... 1851 .................................. 301,740,770 245,141,950 293.826.640 353.136,070 373,277,940 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 .............mark banco .................................. .................................. . .............................. .................................. .................................. .................................. 392,028,820 443,879,530 530)668)030 528,558,190 654,772,080 68S)849)300 502,206)800 The decrease of 1858 shows the effect of the crisis of 1857. GUTTA PERCHA. Gutta percha differs from caoutchouc in its external characters, being very solid and unyielding at common temperatures, having something of the character of horn, but being quite plastic at two hundred and twelve degrees, at which temperature it can be pressed and moulded into any required form, from the sim plest form of a tumbler or plate to the richest carving of a picture frame, and the minute lines of a medal. 613 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. TRADE IN BREADSTUFFS OF THE CITY OF N EW YORK. MONTHLY TABLE OF EXPORTS TO ALL FOREIGN PORTS, FROM SEPT. I TO AUG. 31, FOR THE FOLLOWING YEARS. FLOUR— BARRELS. 1859-60. 1858-59. 1857-58. 1856-57. 1855-56. 1854-55. Septem ber.. October ____ Novem ber... December . . January........ February . . . March.......... April............. M a y ............. June.............. J u ly _______ August.......... 79,422 141,157 126,641 139,589 49,138 34,635 69,193 83,445 103,810 177,877 221,607 239,236 92,851 140,288 75,906 58,266 30,930 36,120 49,140 71,168 65,492 56,300 11,842 75,006 -80,776 169,506 171,376 104,584 125,720 108,982 73,553 124,790 111,604 162,877 173,308 140,708 103,202 193,896 244,639 205,808 110,546 94,305 119,655 80,128 78,685 53,188 59,919 58,869 111,471 193,961 221,373 207,052 180,839 126,048 89,411 74,375 124,952 329,348 293,185 217,754 24,802 34,687 19,757 56,188 72,794 30,244 22,474 40,930 37,608 20,834 33,087 36,240 Total......... 1,465,250 762,759 1,547,794 1,402,850 2,169,769 459,145 Export, from Sept. 1 to Aug. 81, in 1847 -48 .......... “ “ “ 1846-47.......... it “ “ 1845 -46.......... . .bbls. 515,222 2,154,161 888,350 WHEAT — BUSHELS. Septem ber.. O ctober__ _ November... December . . January........ February. . . March........... April . . . . . . M a y ............. June.............. July.............. August......... Total......... 79,839 144,408 117,112 50,196 59,299 25,842 175,878 356,010 972,926 1,401,791 1.743,045 132,890 174,670 124,815 9,787 10,759 6,990 600 1,567 3,000 ......... 9,026 14,184 629,622 694,241 910,269 468,325 180,631 17,358 33,257 127,743 405,680 1,171,513 672,939 385,298 1,090,029 1,829,131 2,057,913 1,464,201 239,994 177,179 270,061 133,708 75,092 130,698 182,980 112,509 277,583 947,569 1,214,102 1,011,626 360,531 209,384 143,374 79,159 248,523 910,765 1,291,599 1,214,167 4,946,346 487,288 5,696,876 7,772,495 7,908,382 Export, from Sept. 1 to Aug 31, in 1847 -4 8 ........... “ “ “ 1846-47............ “ “ 1845 -46............ 16,953 13,728 103,032 41,541 3,643 986 1,485 12,075 61,806 255,849 301,939 3,085,134 822,084 CORN--BUSHELS. Septem ber.. October . . . . November... December .. January. February... . March........... A p r il........... May.............. June............. J u ly ............. August......... 12,175 7,923 2,610 9,086 4,149 23,561 70,321 105,786 483,980 877,573 175,386 147,371 72,861 200,735 93,173 15,560 5,789 20,775 19,298 21,701 16,739 19,480 33,684 16,729 175,126 190,068 87,634 49,190 144,684 256.797 412,406 456,814 143,331 109,529 19,263 13,244 858,727 383,888 380,632 237,540 142,642 311,701 681,560 357,528 135,993 21,678 18,557 76,089 Total......... 1,919,871 536,524 2,057,086 3,606,535 Export, from Sept. 1 to Aug 31, in 1847- 4 8 ........... “ “ “ 1846 -47.......... “ 1845 -46............ “ 357,242 130,407 206,279 332,165 295.293 221,608 401,202 557,506 348,795 300,716 97,636 256,657 193,857 490,118 880,573 750,583 508,859 320,097 383,834 168,314 86,307 437,828 773,4S5 338,414 3,499,506 5,327,269 2,477,363 6,964,952 783,393 614 N autical Intelligence. NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. SALES OF SHIPS. The Ship Owners’ Circular gives the following sales of vessels in the past month. Speculative operations in ship property have been less than during the previous month, consequently the values have been more regular. A t the close, there is less disposition to pay the increased rates for tonnage :— An a 1 14 2 14 1 24 21 11 N. York built ship, 1,200 tons register; 10 years old, in order for sea $46,000 tt “ “ 1,100 38,500 Maine “ 7 it it “ 900 Maine “ 10 29,000 tt it “ 620 9 Massach’st “ 23,000 tt ti 1,050 N. York 9 23,000 ti tt “ 550 24 Massach’ts “ 9,000 tt U 440 Maine “ 12 9,000 it it Long Isl’d built bark, 406 4 17,000 i t “ 360 14,500 14 Massach’ts “ 6 ti ti it 2 Maine “ 440 4 10,000 it i t “ 840 2 Massach’ts “ 12 10,000 it it 338 2 Massach’ts “ 7 8,000 it it 270 12 4,500 24 Maine “ it it <( 330 24 Long Island “ 8,000 11 U it it 845 21 Massach’ts “ 3,750 80 ti it “ 210 l| N. York “ 10,000 4 it it 2 Ohio built brig 4,000 200 9 tt tt “ 200 4,000 2 Philadel. “ 12 tt it 2 Maine “ 200 4,000 10 It it ti 24 Nova Scotia “ 194 8 1,400 It ti it 120 2 Maryland “ 6 1,800 (( tt tt 8,000 24 Lake built schooner, 804 4 it it it 270 2 Long Island “ 6 7,750 it “ 5,000 2 Connecticut “ 190 8 it it “ 4,200 170 2 Maine “ 8 ii 200 4,000 “ 2 New York “ 15 NEW VESSELS. A first-class Connecticut built bark, 700 tons register, for §34,000. A first-class Massachusetts built schooner, 200 tons; §50 per ton complete. THE SHIPPING INTEREST, The shipping of the United States in 1840, according to official reports, amounted to 2,180,764; in 1845 it was only 2,417,002, an increase of only 236,238 tons, showing an average annual gain of only 47,247 tons. In 1850 the aggregate had increased to 3,535,454, showing a gain in five years of active employment of 1,118,452 ; an annual average of 133,690 tons. Here it will be seen that the annual gain during these five years was nearly equal to the total gain for the previous five years. This was owing to the increase of the carrying trade which had grown out of the war, the heavy exports to Great Britain du ring the season of crop failures, and the rush to the Pacific in consequence of the gold discovery. This was followed by the advantage given to our ships under the neutral flag during the Crimean war, which commenced actively in 1854, and terminated towards the close of 1856. A t the latter date the ton nage of the United States-stood at its highest point, the total being 5,212,001 tons, a gain for five years of 1,676,546, even on the large total of 1850, showing an annual average increase of 335,309 tons. In 1856 began the period of de 615 N autical Intelligence. pression, which has been one of the most disastrous the trade has ever known. The finest ships owned in the country were unprofitabiy employed at sea, or rotted idly at our wharves. Many shipowners, who had large investments in this floating property, were compelled to suspend, and some were involved in financial ruin. The ship-yards were deserted, and all along our seaboard, from the far Eastern line to the Gulf, ship-building was mostly suspended, and the grass grew rank and green over the mouldering chips. There was no remedy for this, in any description of legislation. The supply of ships, stimulated by the causes we have mentioned, had run ahead of the ordinary uses for this class of property, and the reaction was inevitable. The financial revulsion of 1857 was partly owing to this want of employment for our ships, and it also in turn contributed very much to complete the depression. The tonnage stricken off from the list the next year, part of it from previous losses not supplied by sub sequent production, left the official total at 4,871,652 ; and during the five years which have since elapsed, the building in all the United States, instead of show ing a gain of over one-and-a-kalf millions, as during the previous five years, had not, at latest official accounts, brought us up to the standard of 1855. The re vival of the carrying trade in breadstuffs to Great Britain finds the list of avail able ships greatly reduced—the losses of the sea and the natural decay having more than counterbalanced the supply; and now the tide of prosperity has once more set in toward the flood. How long the profitable employment will con tinue, it is, of course, impossible to determine; but the prospect is certainly en couraging, and we may hope that the years of plenty will at least be as many as the years of famine. MEW YORK SHIPPING. The arrivals and clearances at New York for the quarter ending September 30th have been as follows :— A m e r ic a n .......... F oreig n ................ T o ta l........... 1859 ................. 1858 ................. 1857 : ............... 1856 ................. 1855 ................. 1854 ................. 1853 ................. 1852 ................. 1 8 6 1 ................. No. 772 373 1,145 1,013 1,071 978 1,135 836 1,142 1,219 1,171 1,177 -------Arrivals.------ Tons. 417,824 164,689 12,122 Crews. 7,006 No. 609 386 582,513 602,3554 558,576f 515,4534 564,8404 394,300-| 532,9374 505,454^ 528,0661 489,8274 19,128 17,095 18,088 17.016 18,641 12,456 17,173 17,147 17,843 16,684 995 866 733 763 889 720 837 952 873 792 ----- Clearances.- Tons. 190,8884 Crews. 10,513 7,392 533,943 448,8444 384,4224 417,4474 466,2264 345,0064 387,3824 426,1274 395,2304 334,0854 17,905 15,644 13,448 14,631 15,743 11,625 13,592 14,990 14,479 12,487 343,0544 COASTWISE TRADE. --------- Arri vals.----- --- , No. 1860 1859 1858 1857 1856 1855 1854 1853 1852 ............... . ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. Tons. 116,848 125,229 110,388 118,796 112,073 143,342 147,545 112,053 105,841 r=-------Clearances.---------v No. Tons. 1,139 424,534 1,240 456,390 1,172 419,358 1,198 384,184 1,318 S70.321 1,182 365,901 1,171 358,723 1,285 338,810 1,167 313,591 616 Commercial Regulations. NAVAL CHANGE. Commodore P endergast relieved Flag-officer J a r v is , and assumed command of the Gulf squadron on the 20th October, at Aspinwall. As the organization of the fleet has been altogether changed within a few weeks, we subjoin a correct exhibit of its strength under the new arrangement:— Tons. Men.Guns. Flag-ship Cumberland. 3,726 300 24 Stm frigate Powhatan. 2,415 320 10 Stm corvette Brooklyn. 2,000 300 20 Stm gunboat Mohawk.. 4 450 100 400 100 5 Stm gunboat Crusader. 90 4 Stm gunb’t Pocahontas. 350 Stra gunboat Wyandot. Sailing frigate Sabine . Sail’g corvette St. Louis Corvette Germantown. Tons. Men.Guns. 420 100 4 1,726 500 50 700 240 20 930 300 22 Total.......................... 11,126 2,350 163 COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. R IV E R AND FREIGHTS. The Cincinnati P r ic e C urrent gives the rates of freights to New Orleans a3 follows:— TO NEW ORLEANS. W h isk y............................per bbl. Oil.................................................... Pork................................................ 80 50 $1 60 Flour....... 1 50 1 25 TO PITTSBURG. Whisky and oil................... per bbl. Flour................................................... Pork.................................................... 40 25 45 Molasses. Pound freights........ 100 lbs. 75 15 100 lbs. 25 TO ST. LOUIS. Whisky and oil................... per bbl. 65 Pound freights----- N o change in railroad freights. FROM CINCINNATI. , Cincinnati to New York, rail....................... “ “ rail and w ater... Boston, rail.................................................... “ rail and water.................................. Baltimore, rail................................................ “ rail and water............................ Philadelphia, rail............................................ “ rail and water....................... Buffalo, rail..................................................... “ rail and w a ter................................. Dunkirk, rail.................................................. “ rail and water................................. Albany, Troy, and Schenectady, rail.......... “ “ rail and water Detroit, rail...................................................... Cleveland, rail................................................ Toledo, rail...................................................... Sandusky, rail................................................ Chicago, rail.................................................... Milwaukee, ra il............................................. 1st Class. 35 1 27 $1 1 12 1 1 35 23 40 40 75 2d Class. $1 05 97 1 13 1 05 85 77 95 87 55 47 55 47 1 08 98 40 35 35 35 60 60 3d Class 85 80 90 85 76 65 80 75 55 40 45 40 88 78 30 25 25 25 50 50 4th Class. 55 50 60 65 45 40 50 45 40 35 40 35 60' 55 20 20 20 20 40 40 Flour. $1 10 1 00 1 20 1 10 90 80 1 00 90 55 45 55 45 1 00 90 40 40 40 40 .. .. 617 Commercial Regulations. FROM INDIANA POT.'8. 1st Class. B oston, rail.............................................................. “ ra il and w a t e r ..................................... N e w Y o r k , ra il.................................................... “ rail and w a t e r ............................. P h ila d e lp h ia .................................. ..................... B a ltim o r e ............................................................... B u ffa lo, rail............................................................ “ rail and w a t e r .................................... D u n kirk, ra il and w a te r.................................... P itts b u rg ................................................................ B e l i a i r ................................................................... B r id g e p o r t ................................................ ............ C le v e la n d ............................................................... S a n d u s k y ............................................................... C o lu m b u s ............................................................... 40 2d Class. $1 18 1 10 1 10 1 02 1 00 90 65 47 47 47 40 44 35 35 33 3d Class. 93 88 88 83 83 73 45 40 40 40 35 39 25 25 23 4th Class. Flour. 60 $1 20 55 1 10 55 1 10 50 1 00 50 1 00 45 90 60 30 50 25 50 25 60 25 23 46 53 27 40 20 40 20 30 15 3d Class. 95 90 1 00 95 90 80 4th Class. Flour. 60 $1 20 55 1 10 65 1 30 60 1 20 55 1 10 50 1 00 40 75 33 55 25 50 55 66 75 1 20 75 1 40 G r a in sam e as fo u r th c la s s . FREIGHT RATES FROM LOUISVILLE. N e w Y o r k , r a il................................................... “ rail and w a t e r ............................. B o ston , ra il............................................................ “ rail and w ater...................................... P h ila d elp h ia , r a i l .............................................. B a ltim ore, r a il..................................................... R u ffa lo, r a il.......................................................... “ rail and w a t e r .................................... D e tro it..................................................................... M ilw a u k e e ............................................................. P o r t la n d ................................................................. Quebec.......................................................... 1st Class. 2d Class. $1 15 1 10 1 25 1 20 1 05 75 65 60 50 75 1 25 1 35 95 95 55 50 40 65 1 07 1 10 IM ITATION MERINO SHIRTS, T r easury D e pa rt m e n t , September 4,1860. S i r : —I have examined the papers in the case presented in your report under date of the 13th ultimo, and the sample submitted, on the appeal of J ames M. B eebe & Co. from your decision assessing; a duty of 24 per cent on an article imported by them and described as “ unbleached cotton shirts, merino finish,” the importers claiming entry at a duty of 15 per cent. The article, it seems, is composed wholly of cotton, and by raising a nap and some further application or process, a fine wooly surface and a close imitation of merino are produced. The only question in contest between yourself and the importers, is one of fact — whether the fabric is bleached or unbleached. If the former, the collector’s deci sion was correct, and the article is dutiable at 24 per cent under the classifica tion in schedule C of “ all manufactures composed wholly of cotton, which are bleached, printed, painted, or dyed.” The merchandise in question having been pronounced after a careful examination by official experts at several of our principal ports as “ bleached,” the Department assumes the article to be of that character, and is of the opinion that the duty was properly assessed by you at the rate of 24 per cent under the classification in schedule 0, to which you have re ferred it. I am, very respectfully, J ames S. W h itn ey , IIOWELL COBB, Secretary of the Treasury. Esq., Collector, &c., Boston, Mass. 618 Commercial Regulations. WOOLEN HATS. T rea su ry D epartm ent , September 1, 1860. S ir :— I acknowledge the receipt of your report on the appeal of Mr. A lfred P lunket from your decision assessing duty at the rate of 24 per cent under schedule C of the tariff of 1857, on certain “ woolen hats ” imported by him, as “ manufactures of wool not otherwise provided for.” The appellant claims entry of the articles in question at the rate of 15 per cent under the classification in schedule E of “ hats of wool.” The merchandise in this case is manufactured, substantially, of woolen cloth. The term “ hats of wool ” in the tariffs of 1846 and 1857 has been understood to apply only to hats, the bodies of which are composed of wool that has undergone no process of manufacture except felting or fulling, and such seems to have been the commercial designation at the date of the passage of the tariff act of 1846. In the manufacture of the article un der consideration, the wool undergoes two preliminary processes at least:—first, it is converted into yarn, and then into cloth, and in this latter form used in the manufacture of the hats. The Department perceives no reason for abandoning the practice heretofore pursued, and is of the opinion that the duty of 24 per cent is properly assessed, either under the classification in schedule C of “ hats and bonnets for men, women, and children, composed of straw, satin straw, chip, grass, paJmleaf, willow, or any other vegetable substance, or of hair, whalebone, or other material not otherwise provided for,” or under the classifications in the same schedule of “ articles worn by men, women, or children, of whatever material composed, made up, or made wholly or in part by hand,” or “ manu factures of wool or of which wool shall be the component material of chief value, not otherwise provided for.” Your decision assessing a duty of 24 per cent is affirmed. I am, very respectfully, A ugustus S chell , Esq., HOWELL COBB, Secretary of the Treasury. Collector, &e., Hew York. LANDSCAPE PLATES. T r e a su r y D epartm ent , August 20, 1860. S ir :—The Department approves of the assessment stated in your report of the 30th June last, of a duty of 24 per cent on certain articles described as “ landscape plates,” imported by Mr. J ohn B. B ehrmaxn , who has appealed from your decision to this Department. The merchandise in question is de scribed as glass upon which a picture of a landscape i3 painted, and, as such, it is clearly embraced in schedule C, to which you have referred it, either under the classification of “ paintings on glass ” or that of “ glass, colored, stained, or painted,” and liable to the duty of 24 per cent which you have exacted on the entry. I am, very respectfully, A ugustus S chell , HOWELL COBB, Secretary of the Treasury. Esq., Collector, &c., New York. NEW T A R IFF OF RATES B E TW E E N CHICAGO AND SOUTHERN CITIES. The following tariff between Chicago and Southern cities has already gone into effect:— Between Chicago and— Memphis, T en n.. . . Atlanta, G a............. Macon, G a............... Augusta, Ga............ Columbus, G a......... Montgomery, A la .. Savannah, Ga.......... Charleston, S. C . . . . 1st class. 35 1 30 2 08 2 15 2 16 2 20 2 50 2 50 2d class. 70 1 37 1 57 1 62 169 1 73 1 87 1 87 Flour per Pork and Whisky hbl. by beef per bbl. perbbl. 3d class. 4th class, carload, by car load, carload. 55 45 75 1 20 1 38 1 27 1 05 1 73 3 18 378 1 47 1 21 1 93 3 68 438 1 52 1 25 1 98 3 80 4 58 1 59 1 35 2 08 3 93 478 1 63 1 35 2 13 3 98 478 1 77 1 45 2 23 4 43 528 1 77 1 45 2 23 4 43 528 The tariff is to continue in force until changed, and is subject to rule3 and regulations of local tariff of Illinois Central Railroad. 619 Postal Department. POSTAL DEPARTMENT. POST-OFFICE OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. REPORT OP THE POSTMASTER GENERAL. P O S T -O F F IC K , n O N O L U L U , J April 10th, 1660. ) S ir :— -I h a v e th e h o n o r t o s u b m it t o y o u r H ig h n e s s th e f o llo w in g r e p o r t o f th e P o s t -o ffic e D e p a r t m e n t :— During the past two years the business of the office has very much increased, but as the labor is now thoroughly systematized, it is performed with more reg ularity, dispatch, and ease than formerly. The provisions of sections 409 and 410 o f Civil Code, relating to dead letters and the procuring an official stamp, have been complied with. The laws regulating postage have become very generally understood through out the islands, aud though a considerable number of unpaid letters have accu mulated in this office during the past seven months, a large 'portion of them have been written by foreigners. In order to insure the attention of postmasters to the selling of stamps, and to secure a proper attention to mails, I found it necessary to allow some remu* neration, and have therefore granted them the privilege of mailing their own letters free. There are now twenty-seven postmasters connected with the de partment. All our mail bags have been furnished with locks, and we have endeavored to secure not only safety, but promptness and dispatch, in the transmission of mails on all our mail routes. Within the past quarter I have concluded arrangements with D. C. W a t e r m a n , Esq., removing our mail agency from M o r g a n , S t o n e & Co., of San Fran cisco, to the firm of D. C. W a t e r m a n & Co. of this place, by which change the settlement of our quarterly accounts with the United States government is ren dered much more convenient, and a saviug is made in expense to the office. A small increase in the appropriation for mail carriers on the island of Ha waii is necessary, in order to render the service equal to the demands of the people. By comparing the accompanying table, showing the number of letters re ceived and forwarded through this office during the past three months, with the report of the office for 1858, it appears that the charge of two cents per half ounce on letters has not had the effect to check correspondence between the islands, and it will be noticed that the receipts from inter-island postage covers two-thirds the expense of mail carriage. My predecessor having furnished you with au account of the business of the office for the nine months previous to January 1st, 1859, my report of the finances of the office is confined to the fifteen months succeeding that date. As a record of the letters passing through this office had not been kept pre vious to January 1st of the present year, I am unable to make a correct state ment of the number; but during the past three months ending March 31st, 1860, a record has been kept, the result of which is as follows :— Postal Department. 620 Number of letters addressed to foreigners received.......................... “ “ “ “ forwarded....................... “ “ “ “ 7,608 7,105 -------- 14,718 2,593 1.635 -------- 4,228 natives received................................ “ forwarded............................ Total number for three months..................................................... Amount of cash on hand Jan. 1, 1859...................................... “ received from foreign mail from Jan. 1, 1859, to March 81, 1860.......................................................................... Amount received from inter-island postage from Aug. 1,1859 to March 31, 1860..................................................................... Amount drawn from Hawaiian Treasury from Jan. 1, 1859, to March 81,1860..................................................................... Amount paid mail carriers from Jan. 1, ’59, to March 31, ’ 60 Amount paid salary of postmaster general from Jan. 1, 1859, to March 31,1860...................................................................... Amount paid IT. S. government postage collected and mail agency, from Jan. 1, 1859, to March 31, 1860..................... Amount paid sundry expenses of office, clerk hire, office rent, etc., from Jan. 1, 1859, to March 81,1860............................ Amount cash paid into Hawaiian Treasury............................. 18,941 $1,287 97 9,859 90 665 75 5,605 51 ’ ------------- $17,399 i3 1,448 25 2,916 67 4,953 23 4,404 66 3,676 32 ------------- $17,399 13 I h a v e th e h o n o r t o b e , S ir , Y o u r m o s t o b e d ie n t s e r v a n t, A. K. CLABK. H. B. IT. Prince L. K a m e iia m e h a , Minister of the Interior, &c., Ac., &c. THE BRITISH POST-OFFICE, T h e fo llo w in g t a b le s h o w s th e n u m b e r o f le tte rs d e liv e re d in th e U n it e d K i n g d o n d u r in g th e la st y e a r, w ith th e ra te o f in cr e a s e , a n d th e p r o p o r t i o n o f le tte rs t o p o p u la t io n :— England...................................... Ireland,...................................... Scotland....................................... Number of letters in 1859. 446,000,000 47,000,000 Increase per cent on nuinber in 1858. H 7 2 United Kingdom............... A* Proportion of letters to population. 22 to each person, 7 16 18 ENGLISH POST-OFFICE PACKET SERVICE, 1 8 5 8 -5 9 . CLASSIFIED ABSTRACT OF PARLIAMENTARY VOTES AS FAR AS RELATES TO THE AMERICAS BRANCH OF THE SERVICE. Company. V . Cunard Halifax, Bermuda, and St. Thomas’, and and St. John’s, Newf. Southampton and Brazils and Buenos Ayres Cunard .Royal Mail .Royal mail .Pacific 1859. 1858. £176,340 £172,810 14,700 238.500 30,000 25,000 14,700 244,000 30,000 25,000 £484.540 £486,640 621 Journal o f Insurance. JOURNAL OF INSURANCE. ALABAMA INSURANCE LAW. AN ACT TO REGULATE THE AGENCIES OF INSURANCE COMPANIES NOT INCORPO RATED BY THE STATE OF ALABAM A. S ection 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Slate of Alabama in General Assembly convened, That it shall not be lawful for any agent or agents of' any fire, river, or marine insurance company, incorporated by any other State than the State of Alabama, directly or indirectly to take any risks or transact any business of insurance in this State without first pro curing a certificate of authority from the Controller of this State ; and before obtaining such certificate such agent or agents shall furnish the said Controller a statement under oath of the president or secretary of the company for which he or they may act, which statement shall show— 1st, the name and locality of the company ; 2d, the amount of the capital stock; 3d, the amount of its capital stock paid in ; 4th, the act of incorporation of the company ; which statement shall be filed in the office of the Controller, with a written instrument under the seal of the company authorizing such agent to acknowledge service of process for and in behalf of such company, consenting that service of process upon such agent shall be taken and held as if service upon the company, according to the laws of this State, or any other State, waiving all claims of error by reason of such service. And no insurance company or agent of any insurance company incorporated by any other State shall transact any business of insurance unless such company is possessed of at least one hundred thousand dollars of actual capital invested in stock of at least par value, or in bond or mortgage of real estate worth double the amount for which the same is mortgaged ; and upon the aforesaid statement and written instrument being deposited with the Controller, and furnishing satis:actory evidence as aforesaid, it shall be the duty of the Con troller to issue a certificate thereof with the authority to transact business of insurance to the agent or agents applying for the same. S ec . 2. And be it further enacted, That it shall be unlawful for any agent or agents of any fire, river, or marine insurance company incorporated by any foreign government other than a State of this Union, to transact any business of insur ance in this State without first procuring a certificate of authority from the Controller of this State, such agent or agents having first filed in the office of said Controller a statement setting forth the charter or act of incorporation of the company for which he or they may act, and the matters required by the first section of this act, and the written authority and consent therein mentioned for the acknowledgment by such agent or agents of service of process to be bind ing on such company, and the said agent or agents shall also deposit with the Controller the stock or certificate thereof of one or more of the States of the United States, the same to be satisfactory to the Controller, to the amount of one hundred thousand dollars, which shall be held by him and his succesors in office exclusively as security for the payment of any losses for which the com pany may become liable in the course of its business, the dividends or interest on said stock as they may become due to be received by the agent or agents of the company, and depositing said stock or certificate, and the said agent or agents of such company filing the statement and depositing the stock or certifi cate aforesaid shall be entitled to a certificate of authority in like manner as is provided for in the first section of this act. S ec . 3. And be it further enacted, That it shall be the duty of the agent or agents in either and both of the foregoing sections mentioned, before taking any risk or transacting any business of insurance in this State, to file in the office 622 Journal o f Insurance. of the Judge of Probate of the county iu which he or they desire to establish an agency for any insurance company as aforesaid, a copy of the statement and written instrument required to be filed with the Controller as aforesaid, together with the certificate ol said Controller, which shall be carefully preserved in said office for public inspection. S ec . 4. And be it further enacted, That the statement and evidence required by this act shall be rendered annually in the month of July of each year, the first statement to be made in the month of July next after the passage of this act, and the Controller on being satisfied that the capital of the company filing such statement remains secure as at first, shall furnish a renewal o f’ certificate, as aforesaid, and the agent or agents obtaining such renewal of certificate shall file the same, together with a copy of the statement on which it was obtained, or renewed, in the office of the Judge of Probate of the county in which such agency is established, to be carefully preserved in said office for public inspec tion. S ec. 5. And be it further enacted. That copies of all papers required by this act to be deposited in the office of the Controller, certified under the hand of such Controller to be true and correct copies of such papers, shall be received as evidence in all courts of this State in the same manner and have the same force and effect as the original would if produced. S ec. 6. And be it further enacted, That the agents of all insurance companies not incorporated by the State of Alabama, doing fire, river, or marine insurance in any county of this State, shall on or before the first day of August in each and every year deposit with the assessor of the county in which the agency of such company is established, a statement, verified by the oath of the agent of such company, specifying the gross amount (after deducting all return premiums) of premiums received for insurance by said company at the said agency during the preceding year, or such fractional part of the year, that such company may have been doing business in the city or county after the passage of this act. S ec . 7. And be it further enacted, That such gross amount of premiums so received as aforesaid shall be subject in every county in which such agency is established, to a tax of two per centum, one half of which shall be for the use o f the county and the other half for the State, which tax shall be paid by such agent or agents to the respective collectors of taxes within the time required by law for the payment of general taxes, and which tax shall be in lieu of the tax imposed by paragraph twenty-four o f section three hundred and ninety one of the code. S ec . 8. And be it further enacted, That it shall be the duty of such agent or agents as beforementioned, before taking any risk or transacting any business of insurance in the city or county of Mobile, to pay the treasurer of the “ Fire Department Association of Mobile’’ the sum of two hundred dollars, for the benefit of said association. To the trustees of the medical college at Mobile the sum of two hundred dollars, such payment to be made from year to year so long as such agency is continued in the city or county of Mobile, and any such agent or agents, taking any risk or transacting any business of insurance in any other incorporated city or town in this State where fire companies now are, or that may be hereafter organized, shall pay to the corporate authorities of such city or town, for the benefit of such fire companies, the sum of two hundred dollars, each payment to be made from year to year so long as such agency or agencies, is or are continued in such city or county. S f.c. 9. Aud be it further enacted, That for every such statement required to be filed by this act with the Controllor and Judge ot Probate, said Controller and Judge of Probate shall be entitled to a fee of five dollars to be paid by the agent, or agents, filing such statement. S ec . 10. And be it further enacted, That any person violating the provisions of this act shall be liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be fined not less than one hundred dollars nor more than five hundred dollars, and may be lm- 623 Journal o f Insurance. prisoned in the county jail not less than one month nor more than twelve months, one or both at the discretion of the jury trying the same. S ec . 11. And be it further enacted, That no such company as is named in the foregoing sections, shall in any manner, or on any pretext, deal in, pay out, directly or indirectly, the notes or bills of any bank not doing business under a charter from the State of Alabama, or under its free banking law, and any officer or agent of such company violating the provisions ot this act, is guilty of a mis demeanor, and on conviction shall be fined not less than five hundred dollars for each offence, and the judges ot the circuit courts must give this act specially in charge of the grand juries. S ec . 12. And be it further enacted, That this act shall also apply to life and trust insurance companies, not incorporated by the laws of this State, whether said companies are or are not organized upon the mutual plan. S ec . 13. And be it further enacted, That the provisions of this act shall apply in all cases where the risk is taken or any insurance business is transacted in this State by the agent or agents of any of the insurance companies mentioned in this act, whether the policies are signed by the officers o f said companies in or out of this State. S ec. 14. And be it further enacted, That all laws and parts of laws conflict ing with the provisions of this act be and the same are hereby repealed. Approved February 24, 1860. INSURANCE SCRIP DIVIDENDS. Dividends of scrip of the marine insurance companies of New York. Com: piled from official sources, by W i l l i a m C . G i l m a n & S o n , 1 8 Merchants’ Ex change, September, 1 8 6 0 :— Name of company. A tla n tic............................... C om m ercia l........................ G re a t W estern ................ M ercantile.......................... N e w Y o r k .......................... Orient................................... Rate per cent. Name of company. 1S§9. MO. 40 35 15 10 P a c i f i c .................................... U nion........................................ 11 12 T ota l scrip d ivid en d s. A v e r a g e .......................... 20 Rate per cent. M l). M l). 30 36 43 45 — — 264 33 169 21| 20 In 1859 the Columbian Company declared 12, and the Sun Company 30 per cent. Their statements for 1860 have not yet been made. The Neptune and the Washington, new companies, have not yet issued scrip. HUMORS OF HEALTH INSURANCE. A thin cadaverous looking German about fifty years of age entered the office of a health insurance company in Indiana a few days ago, says the Albany Daily Courier, and inquired:— “ Ish the man in vot insures the people’s helts ?” The agent politely answered; “ I attend to that business, sir.” “ Yell, I vants mine helts insured ; vot you charge?” “ Different prices,” answered the agent, “ from three to ten dollars a week in a case of sickness.” 624 Journal o f Insurance. “ Yell,” says Mynheer, “ I vants ten dollars vort.” The agent then inquired the state of his health. “ Yell I ish sick all te time. I ’se shust out te ped two or tree hours a tay, and te doetor says he can’t do nothing more dat ish goot for me.” “ If that is the state of your health,” returned the agent, “ we can’t insure it. We only insure persons in good health.” A t this Mynheer bristled up in great aDger. “ You must tink I'm a fool. Y ot you tink I come pay you ten dollars for in sure my belt, ven I vas veil.” M ARINE INSURANCE SCRIP, The following are the market values of insurance scrip, all bearing 6 per cent interest:— G rea t W estern C olu m bian . . . M erca n tile. . . . it it O rient M utual Neptune............ Atlantic Mutual Sun M u t u a l.. . . U n ion M u tu al. P a cific M u tu a l. C om m ercia l M utual., N e w Y o r k M u tu al. 1857 3858 1859 1860 1858 1869 1858 1859 I860 1858 1859 1860 $325,000 235,000 320,000 190,000 65,000 65,000 90,000 126,000 80,000 1859 1860 1855 1856 1857 1S58 1859 1852 1853 1854 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1858 1859 1860 1856 1857 1858 1859 1858 1859 1860 1,200,000 1,400,000 100,000 265,000 152,000 225,000 270,000 50,000 126,690 160,000 107,650 92,270 86,580 204,880 180,000 150,000 225,000 220,000 59,000 65,000 110,000 225,000 250,000 250,000 80,000 OlTrd. Ask’d. 75 79 70 73 62 68* 68 62 60 68 62 57* 50 60 46 52 44 47 46* 50 44 47 41 45 100* 91* 102 96* 90 85 78 100 964 90 87 84 81 78 14* 100 90 80 90 80 70 60 77 67 54 103 93 For Great Western shares the quotations are 135 a 137* ; Columbian, 120 a 122 ; Mercantile, 110 a 112 ; Orient, 85 a 90. Journal o f M ining, M anufactures, and A rt. 625 JOURNAL OF MINING, MANUFACTURES, AND ART. THE PENNSYLVANIA ROCK OIL. A letter to the Evening Post contains the following interesting facts in rela tion to rock o il:— Knowing that some of yonr readers have been interested in the brief com munications that have been furnished in relation to the oil discoveries in Pennsylvania, I venture again to send you some of the latest reports from the oil districts. Messrs. A. & S. A . B e n n e t t , the oil forwarding agents at Union Mills, furnish the following statement of the amount of oil shipped by them in the months of July and August:— July, 1860............ ............................................................barrels August, 1860............................................................................... 1,834 2,152 T o t a l................................................................................ 3,986 Nearly all of which was received from Titusville and forwarded to New York, while nearly as much more found its way, via Oil Creek and the Alleghany, to Pittsburg. By private letter received last week I learn that the monster well at Tidioute, on the Alleghany, did not continue long to flow over the top. but that, after throwing over some two hundred barrels, the gas was sufficiently exhausted to allow the oil to rest in the pipe. A pump has since been inserted, and so far discharges but about thirty barrels per day— much less than was anticipated from its antecedents. The same letter says that the. Williams well, at Titusville, is so far the banner well, constantly yielding a daily average of about one hundred barrels of nearly pure oil. The famous (Jrossley well—one of the first opened, and which last March yielded from sixty to seventy barrels per day—has now dwindled down to six or seven ; but, as before stated, the owner is confident that this apparent failure is in consequence of the filling in of his pump, and that as soon as he removes it and rims out the well, as is customary and necessary in salt wells, he will again obtain an abundant flow of oil. Out of a hundred and sixty-seven wells on the creek above Titusville, only thirty four are yet pumping oil, and many of the oil-seekers are just now in a state of very anxious suspense. Many of them, encouraged by the fact that some of the earliest diggers found oil at depths varying from seventy-five to one hun dred and fifty feet, went to work with very limited means, and having gone as deep as their funds will allow, with neither oil nor money to grease their wheels, are now obliged to suspend operations, and with heavy hearts cast about again for the wherewithal to go a little deeper. The fact stares them in the face that some individuals have found good veins of oil over five hundred feet deep, and, of course, they must find it too if they but perserve. Some have found the smell of gas, which surely indicates that there is oil not far away, while others have seen a few drops of the real article floating upon the water which they are sure to find in abundance. But the drill must stop for the want of money, and many a poor driller will probably soon sink his hopes with his spirits in the bot tom of his well, and turn away with the disappointment that gold or fortunehunters often feel to some employment which, if not so promising to the imagina tion, is more sure of yielding a livelihood. There is a great disposition among the oil-seekers to crowd their wells together, and the most extravagant prices are often paid for leases in the neighborhood of other promising or producing wells. One sanguine individual offered for a lot of seventy-five feet front three-fourths of the oil he might obtain, in barrels, for the privilege of sinking and working a well. People are just beginning to find out that there may be disappointment V O L . L X III.-----N O . V . 40 626 Journal o f M ining , M anufactures, and A rt. here as well as in every otter worldly enterprise, and that “ they who make haste to be rich fall into many a snare.” Should any of your readers desire to enter upon this search for oil, let me advise that they take with them plenty of money, and, if gifted with ordinary prudence, they can make as wise and paying invest ments now as at any time since the excitement commenced. And if any one wishes to escape from the noise of politics, and to retire for a while where the people have oil for breakfast, dinner, and supper, where they talk of oil by day and dream of it by night, let him go to Oil Creek and spend a week, and he will be surprised that one can get so far out of the world in so short a time. GALVANIZING IKON. For the preservation of iron, various methods have been devised, namely, those which protect iron mechanically, by covering it with a coating not acted od by, and impervious to, the deteriorating principle, and those which protect iron chemically, by producing a change in its electric or electropolar condition with respect to the corroding agents. Any metal electro-positive to iron will answer for such a protector, but zinc is the only one known that can be practically used in the electro-chemical preservation of iron. The process through which it passes is known by the name of “ galvanizingand the modus operandi, as shown at one of the largest establishments in the United States, is as follows : — Two kinds of iron are used, viz.:— Pig iron, which is puddled and then rolled into bars and sheets for the use of stove-making, &c., and blooms, (technically called,) for galvanizing These blooms come in square blocks about 4 inches wide by 12 inches loDg, of solid charcoal iron. These blocks are heated and rolled into bars (by a steam engine of 125 horse power) of about 2£ inches wide. They are then cut into lengths by a powerful cutting machine, each length being the width of the sheet intended to be rolled, the ordinary thickness being about five-eighths of an inch ; this, however, varies. These blocks are then" passed over to the other side of the mill, and are then ready for rolling into sheets. The first process is placing them iu an oven, heating them almost to a white heat. Two, three, or lour blocks, according to the thickness required, are then taken to the first rolling machine, operated on by two men ; the first passing the iron.through the rollers, which is caught by means of tongs by the other, and so on through the whole. The first man then, by mean3 of two levers, screws the rollers a little tighter, and the iron passes out as before ; and so it is passed backwards and forwards until from 2£ inches wide it becomes nearly 2£ feet. By this time it is getting cool, and is again sent to the oven. When it is sufficiently hot, it is handed over (as before) to another set of rollers. The same process is gone through, with this difference, that instead of passing each sepa rately, the two, three, or four plates are placed one over the other and rolled together. Sometimes one rolling is sufficient, but at others they have to be again heated and rolled. After this process they are ready for the cutting machine to take off the jagged edges, and make them of equal lengths; from thence the sheets are taken to the galvanizing works. When they arrive, they are first treated to a bath of sulphuric acid ; after that they are thoroughly washed in clean water, rubbed dry, and examined. They are then immersed in a bath of nitric acid, from which they pass, by means of a car and rails, into the oven, where they are dried perfectly, and taken to the zinc bath. Here they get a coating ot zinc a trifle thicker than the tin on tin plates, the zinc being heated to a state of solution. After being taken out of this bath and cooled,’ they are rubbed with cloths, for the purpose of removing the dirt, and again thoroughly examined, to see that the zinc coating is perfect. The iron is then packed in bundles and marked, St for use, and will stand salt water or any kind of weather without rust. The establishment where the above operations are carried on, have also ma chinery for galvanizing telegraph wire, of which they can turn out twenty miles Journal o j M ining , Manufactures, and A rt. 627 a day ; and we believe they are the only firm in this country who have the facilities of doing this kind of work to any extent. The iron wire having been subject to the previous processes, is passed through the zinc bath as it comes from the reel, and ascends to the upper part of the building, where it is wound on another reel moved by steam power. COTTON MANUFACTURE IN SCOTLAND. The cotton manufacture in Scotland is only of comparatively recent introduc tion, the first steam engine for a cotton factory having been constructed so late as 1792. Its principal seats are in the countries of Lanark and Renfrew. Some of the fabrics made at Glasgow and Paisley are of almost unrivaled beauty and fineness The number of cotton mills in 1837, was 177 ; all those of consider able size, with only a few exceptions, being situated in Glasgow, or within 20 or 30 miles of it, and all of them without exception being connected with Glasgow houses, or the Glasgow trade, at least so far as the raw material was concerned. In 1850 the number of cotton factories was 168, with 1,683,093 spindles and 23,564 power looms, employing 36,325 hands. In 1857 there were 152 cotton factories, with 2,041,129 spindles and 21,624 power-looms, driven by 9,971 horse power, of which 7,641 was steam, and employing 34,698 hands, of whom 7,609 were males and 27,089 females. The entire cotton manufacture of Scotland may be said to center in, or be dependent on, Glasgow. The above progress, when explained in the language of practical life, repre sents an increase of consumption in the above period at the rate of 70,000 bales a year, or 1,350 bales per week. In the next place, let us have our attention directed to the amount of increase which has been going on in our spindles. In the year 1850, according to a Par liamentary return, there were iu Great Britain (exclusive of Ireland) 20,858,662 spindles employed upon cotton ; and having reference to the annual consump tion at that period, of 629,798,400 pounds, it amounts to 30 pounds per spindle. Therefore if we apply this fact to the cotton consumption of last year. viz.:— 937,800,800 pounds, we shall find that the manufacturing power we now possess is that of 32,460,026 spindles, showing an increase in the ten years of 11.601,964, or an average rate of progress of 20,718 spindles per week, and requiring a weekly supply of 1,350 bales of cotton. Meanwhile, that is to say, during the ten years in question, the principal increase in growth has been in the United States ; and, large as it may appear, it has barely kept pace with the increase of demand, and the supplies held in the market have been gradually diminishing, and often reduced to a very scanty amount. The machinists of this country have, perhaps, never before found themselves so fully employed ; and, according to information derived from them, there is now going on a greatly accelerated increase in the erection of mills and in the extent of spinning machinery in course of preparation, not only in Great Britain, but also in all parts of Europe, as well as in the United States. The new machinery now constructing for British account has been put down at 45,000 spindles per week, which is more than a two-fold rate of increase as compared with the period before referred to. These will require to be sup plied with their 30 pounds of cotton per annum for each spindle ; and at no dis tant day the increase of consumption for the new spindles alone will amount to not less than 160,000 bales a year, as against a rate of 70,000 bales in the last 628 Journal o f M ining , M anufactures, and A rt. ten years; or a future supply of 3,000 bales per week, as against the former rate of 1,350 bales. Let it also be borne in mind that the cotton manufacture of Great Britain constitutes only one-half of the consumption under our immediate notice, while the other half is carried on in the various manufacturing districts of Europe and in the United States. Now, should the like rapidity of progress in manufacture be going on in these other countries, it must be obvious that an extension of growth will very soon be required of more than 300,000 bales a year. FLAX COTTON. It has long been known that the stalk of the flax plant is capable of conver sion into cotton, and that when thus prepared it possesses many important ad vantages over the staple now so extensively cultivated in this country, and so universally used by the population of the world. Flax may be spun, woven, and manufactured into every variety of goods that are made of common cotton. It may be used in many kinds of cloth, combined with wool, where cotton is ex cluded, and in all cases forms a superior substitute; it also holds color better than cotton or even wool. Flax is very easily cultivated, growing with vigor wherever corn and wheat flourish ; and nothing can be plainer than the fact that, if there were any economical process whereby the flax stalks could be easily changed into cotton, its cultivation would be rendered universal—it would become one of the great staples of the world. C l a u s s e n ’ s process, to this end, at one time attracted great attention ; he could not, however, produce the pre pared flax so cheaply, Dor of so good a quality, as the ordinary cotton of com merce, and hence his discovery was of little avail, and has about passed into ob livion. The K n o w l e s process, lately so prominent, consists in cutting the flax stalks, whether rotted or not, into proper lengths for staple, boiling it in a weak alkaline solution of soda or potash, until the shives separate on rubbing. It is then bleached by chlorine, adding at the same time borax, salt, saltpeter, Glau ber salts, Epsom salts, sal ammoniac, or other similar salts. It is then washed with water and dried. RHODE ISLAND COAL, A paper was read on this subject by C h a r l e s II. H i t c h c o c k , of Amherst, Massachusetts. He attempted to show that the coal basin of Rhode Island be longed to the oldest of the coal periods. Professor A g a s s i z said that when we saw the deposits of peat in Massachusetts, and of wood in the swamps of the South, and how different they were, and that they might both one day be turned into coal, we should not conclude that two basins of coal in different latitudes were of different ages because they differed in lithological character or in fossils; we saw how different the animals growing in these swamps and bogs were now. He was prepared to show that deposits formed in or near periods might not con tain a single identical fossil, and that, therefore, our present criterion of syn chronism from identical fossils, lack one element of certainty. Nor was it ne cessary that deposits should be very thick to represent a long period. Since the creation of man, there had been but sixty or seventy feet of coal reef formed in the Floridas, and the carboniferous period might contain innumerable epochs. He thought that as yet our facts were not sufficiently numerous to authorize us to draw any very definite conclusions. * Journal o f M ining, Manufactures, and A rt. 629 MANCHESTER OPERATIVES. And to tell you the truth, says a writer in Blackwood, I like the working classes of Manchester, as far as they came under my notice. They are not cour teous, but they are obliging. They will not touch their hats or “ Sir ” you ; but if you want a direction, they will instruct you definitely. They appear to me very honest. I know the cab fares, and no cabman tried to overcharge me. Per haps we are apt to lay too much stress on mere civility. It certainly greases the wheels of life, and prevents their creaking, but they can go without it. And there appears to me a deep quiet well of humor in the Lancastrian or Mancu nian nature which is infinitely amusing. One day, as I heard on good authority, a worthy incumbent in the country was roused from his sleep at five in the morning by loud talking at the side of a fish-pond in his grounds. His rever ence put his night-capped head out of window, and saw three men standing by the side of his pond. “ What are you doing there?” said he. “ Fishing,” said the}'. “ But you are trespassing on my land; you must go away.” “ Go to bed again,” was the rejoinder; “ your Master was not in the habit of sending away poor fishermen.” The good clergyman could, of course, only laugh and turn in again. The Exhibition, too, has exhibited some specimens of this hu mor. Two women from the mills stopped before the picture of the death of King Lear. “ What is that, Mary?” said one. “ There’s life in the old dog yet,” said the other. The people of Manchester itself looked, generally speak ing, rather jolly and well-fed than otherwise, and I heard that the recruiting ser geant was able to pick up there some uncommonly fine lads willing to serve her Majesty. ___________________ THE NEEDLE. Professor A l e x a n d e r D. B a o h e , at the recent scientific meeting at Newport, read a most interesting paper upon magnetic phenomena, from which we take the following :— The regular daily movement of a magnetic needle is very small. The north end of a needle fourteen inches in length moves, in summer, about the one-hun dredth of an inch eastward in the morning, and about the same distance west ward in the afternoon, making the whole movement about the fiftieth of an inch. In winter the movement is only half as great. To trace the laws of motions so very small is evidently a delicate task, and it is made more difficult from the fact that these laws are complicated, and frequently marked by disturbances. A t a previous meeting he had shown how the auroral disturbances were eliminated, and how the examination confirmed R. W o l f f ’ s curious discovery of a ten or eleven year’s period corresponding with the solar spots. He would now remark that here was a new point in his discussion, compared with the European phys icists, namely, the use of P i e r c e ’ s criterion, or mathematical rule for determin ing when the observation is to be considered as that of a disturbance, and when that of a regular or normal position. Without this criterion, the observations from 1840 to 1845 were insufficient to rest upon for accurate results, but with it they were sufficient. He showed by diagrams how the amount of daily move meat varied from month to month, and how the law of this variation obtained from Philadelphia observations compared with that obtained at Toronto, at St. Helena, and at Hobart Town. The greatest movement is about ten days after the solstice, and the least about ten days after the winter solstice— the passage through the average movement is about ten days after the equinoxes. The needle is, unless disturbed, in its mean position about lOh. 26m. in the morning, and at its furthest westerly deelinatiou at lh. 16m. P. M. These times vary but little in the course of the year, and would be the best times to take observations. The daily changes for every day in the year were illustrated by a diagram repre senting a curved surface, the breadth of the sheet representing the hours of the day, the length of it the days in the year, and the height or depression the de clination of the needle. The secular changes, or change from year to year, is very difficult to eliminate, from certain physical reasons ; but after eliminating it as well as it could be done, the resulting annual change agrees well with that 630 Journal o f M ining, M anufactures, and A rt. • obtained by Prof. L l o y d from the Dublin observations, and also with the To ronto observations. From June to October the north end of the needle is east of its mean position, and from October to June west. The amount of this range is thought to increase or diminish with the amount of secular change. THE “ LAST” MANUFACTORY AT RICHMOND, The manufactory of lasts and boot-trees has lately been put in operation in Richmond, Virginia, being the first of the kind ever established there. The pro prietors, W o r t h a m & Co., get their persimmon logs from the Chielsahominy Swamp, and some of them are of such a size as to yield 500 pairs of lasts. The Richmond Enquirer thus describes the manufactory :—“ Outside the door of a frame building you will find two men with a cross-cut saw cutting great persim mon logs into lengths of from 12 to 16 inches; these lengths are transferred to the frame building, where they are split into chunks, aDd these chunks being hewn with an ax into a very rough outline of a last, are put into a drying kiln, out of which they come in ten days, hardened and ready for the lathe. The lathe is worked by steam, and consists of a frame about three feet high, two feet wide, and five or six feet long, and so constructed that one of the dried chunks, being put near one end of a horizontal axle, is shaped by a knife into a form exactly corresponding with a pattern last placed on the other end of the same axle. The chunk, thus shaped, is removed from the lathe; and the heel and the toe being trimmed, it is then filed, polished off, and the last is complete.” SMOKE FROM GAS-LIGHTS, It is pretty generally imagined that the smoking of ceilings is occasioned by impurity in the gas, whereas, iu this case, there is no connection between the deposition of soot and the quality of the gas. The evil arises either from the flame being raised so high that some of its forked points give out smoke, or more frequently from a careless mode of lighting. If, when lighting the lamps, the stop-cock be opened suddenly, and a burst of gas be permitted to escape before the match be applied to light it, then a strong puff follows the lighting of each burner, and a cloud of black smoke rises to the ceiling. This, in many houses and shops, is repeated daily, and the inevitable consequence is a blackened ceil ing. In some well-regulated houses, the glasses are taken off and wiped every day, and before they are put on again, the match is applied to the lip of the burner, and the stop-cock cautiously opened, so that no more gas escapes than is sufficient to make a ring of blue flame ; the glasses being then put on quite straight, the stop-cocks are gently turned, until the flames stand at three inches high. When this is done, few chimney-glasses will be broken, and the ceilings will not be blackened for years. LEVELS OF THE ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC OCEANS. The popular notion which had so long prevailed that the Atlantic Ocean was many feet higher than the Pacific at the Isthmus of Panama, has been formally exploded. Colonel T o t t e n has decided, after a series of careful tidal observa tions, taken at Panama and Aspinwall Bay, and connected by accurate levels alone the line of railroad, that the mean height of the two oceans is exactly the same; although, owiug to the difference in the rise of tide of both places, there are, of course, times when one of the oceans is higher or lower than the other ; but their mean level, that is to say, their height at half tide, is now proved to be precisely the same. Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. (531 RAILROAD, CANAL, AND STEAMBOAT STATISTICS. MANUFACTURE OF RAILAVAY IRON, One of the very best practical reforms, says the Railway Times, in the rail way management of this country, is now taking place in the rail department, by the substitution of iron of less weight but of better character. Most of the heavy rail used for the past six or eight years contained a large portion of re fuse and weak material. The strength and wearing qualities of this bore, gen erally, no proportion to its bulk. The fallacy of, “ the heavier the rail the longer it will wear,” has been most effectually proved by the most convincing kind of evidence : disarranged finances and lack of dividends. The policy in this mat ter that we have continually supported for quite a number of years past— the use of medium sized rails but of the first character, to be proved by competent inspection, and a guaranty of wear for a certain period of time—will now, we trust, be generally adopted by the railway companies. There is not a company in the country, no matter how large or valuable its traffic, that can afford to use cheap iron in its track. It leads to insolvency with just as much certainty as the unattended-to leak finally sinks the finest ship that floats. A great number of our railway companies have been for years buying iron, manufactured with out definite specifications, without competent inspection, and therefore almost necessarily of the weakest material. The long train of evils consequent upon the use of such trash cannot easily be described in a short article, but every practical railway man knows them definitely enough. The evils are well enough known, and the demand for a reform imperative. Below we copy some portion of a specification for the manufacture of iron for some four of our best managed New England railways. The rails were made in Great Britain under the in spections of a competent person sent out from this country, and thus far the iron as delivered has every appearance of being a very superior article. The cost, delivered in Boston, has been about $60 per ton. Cheap enough 1 every one will say, if the useful qualities of this rail bears any proportion to those of that originally laid down upon the Lowell and Providence Roads. The specifications were furnished by Mr. S ta rk , the general manager of the Boston and Lowell and Nashua and Lowell Roads, who has devoted more than ordinary attention to the subject, and whose success in the management of the interests entrusted to his care ha3 won golden opinions from the shareholders. We copy such por tion of the specifications as will show their general character and scope. 1. To be manufactured from hot blast pig iron, made from such ores (being all mine, without cinder) as will produce the toughest and most compact wrought iron, refiued, and run into metal. The metal to be puddled with coke, and each ball to be hammered under a three ton hammer, (which shall be so arranged that its force cannot be regulated by the workmen,) into a slab, 10 inches by 2 inches. Three or four of such slabs to be piled together, heated to a soft welding heat, hammered so as to extend the pile at least 50 per cent of its length, and then rolled out into a bar 8£ by 1J or 1£ inches. Six or seven, as may be necessary, of these bars to be piled together, heated, and reduced partly by hammering and partly by rolling, to a bloom 6 by 6 inches ; then reheated, and rolled into 632 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. a rail. All of the heats to be made soft and uniform throughout the piles, so as to insure a good working of the iron, without crushing the fiber, and no cold hammering shall be permitted. 2. The rails to be made to conform exactly to the forms of templates fur nished by second parties hereto, and not to vary more than two pounds per yard, either way, from the weights marked on such templates. Lengths to be, in each lot 35 per cent 21 feet long, and 15 per cent 18 feet long; and no variatipn ex ceeding 3-16th of an inch to be allowed. To be notched and punched as may be ordered for each lot. For the purpose of insuring sound ends, the piles shall contain sufficient iron to allow at least one foot in length to be cut from each end of the finished rail; and any rail from which such extra length has not been cut, shall be rejected. The whole of each lot of rails must be of uniform section throughout, per fectly true and straight, and any that are bent or warped in the manufacture, must be straightened by pressure, and not by hammering. They shall also be perfectly sound, free from splits, cracks, flaws, scoria, imperfect welds, or de fects of any kind, and shall have their ends cut accurately true and square. Each rail to be marked on the side in raised letters, at least half an inch in length, with the name of the railway company for whom made, the initials of the works where manufactured, and the year of manufacture. 3. The manufacturer shall allow an inspector in the employ of and selected by the second parties hereto, to inspect and supervise the entire process of manu facture ; which shall be conducted to his satisfaction, and be subject to his ap proval and acceptance, both as to mode of working and materials used, under the limitations of these specifications. And if, in the judgment of said inspec tor, any portion of the process of manufacture, or any of the materials used, is not in conformity with these specifications, he shall have the right to reject any such imperfect work. COTTON ON RAILROADS. The-following, showing the receipts of cotton at Mobile, per Mobile and Ohio Bailroad, with earniDgs of the road for the year ending 31st July, 1860, com pared with previous years, indicates the progressive influence of railroads upon the crop movement:— ,-----Receipts of cotton.-----^ —§9. ’ 39-1)0. ’ 37-1)8. 580 67 580 A u g u st.. .bales September........ 5,266 11,613 21,408 October............. 17,866 32,219 41,829 November......... 20,114 36,335 50,286 December......... 28,195 80,899 39,582 8,644 13,185 33,682 January............ 6,643 14,754 Febru ary......... 12,980 2,380 9,262 March................ 9,747 4,675 2,395 5,934 April................. 3,796 855 4,141 M a y ................. 146 618 1,542 June................... 482 180 595 July................... $23,206 59 43,211 76 74,410 64 76,615 05 84,979 64 49,651 89 63,898 15 59,754 53 45,169 81 38,621 05 27,073 89 30,909 87 Total............. 107,450 137,430 223,890 $617,501 87 -----Earnings.— 1857-58. 1858-39. $29,783 57,387 105,416 126,452 117,762 84,219 64,467 43,164 41,688 36,141 §1,510 35,284 87 49 19 49 74 48 89 53 10 28 48 64 -, 1859-60. $42,732 85 106,573 96 154,15S 45 182,029 64 152,094 69 136,700 06 101,534 73 88,914 13 68,627 98 63,349 28 55,033 65 48,358 20 $773,179 18 1,200,108 61 Amount of cotton received for the commercial year, 227,706 bales; during August, 1860, 4,396. Railroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 633 RAILWAYS UV TEXAS, The Houston Telegraph for September 4th devotes considerable space to the above subject. Besides other information, it gives the following:— The increase of taxable property in Brazoria County, since the railroad reached there, has been astonishing. In 1858, before the grading had more than com menced in the county, the total value on the tax rolls was $4,705,340. The taxable property this year is §6,240,296, the increase in two years being over two-and-a-half millions of dollars. A year or two ago the county of Brazoria voted to take 55100,000 stock in railroads, issuing county bonds for that amount in payment therefor. In order to pay the interest on these bonds, and the principal as fast as it should become due, a tax of 25 cents on the $100 was levied on all the taxable property in the county. The interest has been paid promptly, and the County Treasurer is now authorized to redeem all bonds maturing on the 1st day of March next. Add to this, the county tax has been reduced to cents on the $100, and the special tax for the redemption of the bonds to 12| cents on the $100, making the whole reduction nearly 5511,000. Ten years ago, say September 1st, 1850, except with a few visionary persons in Galveston and Houston, the idea that any person then living in Texas would ever live to see a railroad in the State was simply regarded as absurd ; for fifteen or twenty years old Texans had got along without them. They had taken their long and tiresome horseback journeys through the country, painfully traversing from twenty to thirty miles a day when roads were good, and less than that dis tance at other times. They had sent their produce to market and received their supplies by the slow and laggard ox team, scarcely calculating on more than ten miles a day. Planters living in the far interior thought they were doing re markably well if they got the returns of their September pickings by Christmas. Merchants bought goods in the spring for the fall trade, and only received them after six tveeks’ or two mouths’ exposure to the vicissitudes of the voyage of a so-called prairie ship. In the height of the season, our market towns, especially Houston, were one large cattle pen, and.the streets exhibited, from morning till night, only a sea of horns, intermixed with the white covers of the wagons. Long trains of cattle— fourteen, sixteen, and sometimes twenty oxen to each wagon— were constantly arriving and departing with a snail-like pace, wearily dragging their loads through the mud. And this continued until within the past four years. In 1854, we believe, the Buffalo Bayou, Brazos, and Colorado road was first opened for business to the Brazos timber, but did not reach Richmond till the latter part of 1855. In 1853 work was begun on the Central road, and in June of that year there were fifty hands at work on it. Both these were, however, generally regarded as schemes for which the State was not ready. Still the pro jectors struggled on, and in September, 1857, the Central, having been completed to Cypress City, was opened for business. Its influence, small as it was in com parison to the position it has since attained, was at once felt. Business took a new start in Houston. Other railroad enterprises felt that the success of this was au assurance of success to them, and the spirit of railroad building became, from that day, a dominant spirit in all this section of country. Four years ago there were in all Texas but two actual railroads, viz., the Central, open twenty-five miles, and the Buffalo Bayou, Brazos, and Colorado, open thirty miles, in all fifty-five miles. On the Central there were two locomo tives, and two on the Buffalo Bayou, Brazos, and Colorado. Besides these, one had just been received for the Tap road, then in progress of construction. To day we have over three hundred and twenty miles of finished railroad centering in Houston, and some thirty-five finished in other parts of the State. On these roads there are now thirty locomotives, daily awakening the echoes with their whistles, and rumbling over the earth with their heavy trains. Every morning the traveler sets out from Houston, and by eleven o’clock he is three good days of horseback traveling in the interior, reaching, in fact, a fair fourth day’s jour ney before night. Persons daily leave town, and having transacted business fifty 634 Railroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. or seventy miles away, arrive at home to a three o’clock dinner. Freights for all parts of the interior are in one day put as far forward as formerly in a week. In a word, people now live as much and do as much in one year as they used to do in two. SOUTHW ESTERN RAILROAD COMPANY OF GEORGIA, The reports of the chief engineer and superintendent of this road show very clearly the operations of the road for the year ending 31st of July last, its con dition, and the condition of the motive power :— T h e net sum earned for th e y e a r, a fter p a y in g all o rd in a ry and extra ordinary expenses, is................................................................................ To which may be added the amount of premium and discount shown on treasurer’s statement.......................................................................... Total........................................................................ $385,012 29 3,841 53 $388,853 82 The following amounts have been paid, viz.:— February dividend, 4 per cent.......................................... Interest on bonds............................................................... Annuity to city of M acon ................................................. $93,424 00 27,632 50 1,250 00 122,306 50 Balance................................................................................................ $266,547 32 And the Board has this day declared— A semi-annual dividend of 4 per cent........................... An extra dividend of 5 per cent.................................... $116,876 00 146,095 00 ----------------- 262,971 00 Leaving a surplus of....................................................................... $3,576 32 N EW ORLEANS, JACKSON, AND GREAT NORTHERN RAILROAD. TOTAL EARNINGS PER MONTH FOR TWELVE MONTHS ENDING THE 3 1 S T OF AUGUST, 1 8 6 0 . 1859— Septem ber............... O ctober..................... November.................. December................ 1860— January..................... • February.................... $66,900 101,160 140,862 160,266 115,369 119,472 1860— March........................... A pril............................ M ay............................. J u n e ........................... J u ly ............................. A u gu st........................ $124,610 90,012 81,168 74,418 76,376 71,749 $518,333 $704,409 Total, 6 months... . Total, 6 months__ Total for twelve months ending 31st August, 1860 ..................................... $1,222,742 Total for twelve months ending 31st August, 1859 ...................................... 871,716 Increase..................................................................................................... $351,026 Increase for I860 over 1859 a fraction over 40 per cent. The earnings for the year ending the 31st of August, 1858, were $382,689. The number of bales of cotton brought over the road for the last twelve months was 191,572 against 145,373 bales the year previous. PROPHECY IN REGARD TO RAILROADS. The following is a curious instance of the effect of time and experience upon the well-considered judgment of men :—• “ We are not advocates for visionary projects that interfere with useful estab lishments. IFs scout the idea of a railroad as impracticable! What can be more palpably absurd aud ridiculous than the prospects held out of locomotives traveling twice as fast as stage coaches 1 We should as soon expect the people of Woolwich to suffer themselves to be fired off upon one of Congreve’s rico chet rockets, as to put themselves at the mercy of such a machine, going at such a rate.”— English Quarterly Renew, 1825. Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 635 AMERICAN RAILROAD E N TE R PR ISE IN BRAZIL— HISTO RY OF BRAZIL ROADS. The Don Pedro II. Railway is one of the main lines of railway connection now being developed in the finest empire of South America. It extends far into the interior from Rio, as a grand trunk, with many branches ramifying on either side, and is being pushed forward rapidly by the Philadelphia company to whom the contract was awarded in the latter part of 1857. The first section, forty miles, was completed earlier in the year. The Emperor himself, on the 2d of June, started over the American portion of the road, to inspect it. The railroad is to extend 300 miles, into a coffee district. The second section traverses a mountain range, some 3,000 feet above the level of the sea. Some of the fill ings required are enormous, while the shafts for tunneling have to be sunk in some places upwards of 450 feet, through the most solid kind of trap rock. Under the skillful labor of the gentlemen who are now at work at it, it will be done properly, and as speedily as the character of the work will allow. Hitherto American enterprise in Brazil has been far below that of the lead ing nations of Europe. Remunerative contracts, requiring skill and energy, were constantly obtained by Englishmen, Germans, Frenchmen, and even Por tuguese ; but Americans had no fair play, until the railway system of Brazil was matured. Their experience with single lines, in a new country, was just what Brazil required. It was then that Col. C h a r l e s F. M. G a r n e t t , of Virginia, was employed as engineer-in-chief; and more of our countrymen have thus been led to Brazil than ever before. Col. G a r n e t t , we understand, has returned to the United States, but American skill and enterprise are now better known and appreciated in Brazil than formerly, and, if our countrymen are wide awake to their own interests, they will not neglect the opening there. The Don Pedro Road is the sixth railway begun in Brazil. The names of these enterprises are as follows :—Maua Railway, begun in 1852, finished in 1853 ; Pedro II. Railway, first section, begun in 1855, finished in 1857 ; Pernambuco and San Francisco Railway, begun in 1855, finished in 1858 ; Bahia Railway, begun 1857, finished in 1860 ; Canto Gallo Railway, begun 1860 ; San Paulo Railway, begun 1860. The Brazilian government guaranties a certain per cent to the stockholders of all, or nearly all, of these railroads. The enlightened policy of the intelligent head of the Empire, and the peace, which is the normal condition of Brazil, speak much for the advance of that country, and make it stand out in bold con trast with the ever-heaving, revolutionizing, Spanish-American Republics. The Journal of Commerce presents several interesting particulars of railway development in Brazil, based upon the volume entitled “ Brazil and the Brazil ians,” from which we quote :— As to the importance of Don Pedro, we can only say, that thousands aud tens of thousands of muleteers and mules are annually employed to bring down to the point of embarkation the rich products of Nova Friburgo, Canto Gallo, and vicinity. The coffee plantations in the elevated uplands surrounding these twonamed towns rank among the best in the province of Rio Janeiro. Many of these plantations are owned by Brazilians, but there are some very prosperous establishments whose proprietors are Swiss and Frenchmen. The baron of New Friburgo has immense coffee plantations in the mountains and near the village which bears his name. Between New Friburgo and Canto Gallo there is a fine 636 Railroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. region of country more thickly settled than the traveler is accustomed to find in Brazil. Such is the amount of cultivation that one is reminded by the scenery of the beautiful and richly-tilled valleys of Switzerland. Beyond Canto Gallo, to the River Parahiba do Sul, is a large tract of land under cultivation, and susceptible of still higher tillage, mostly suitable for coffee, sugar, cotton, Indian corn, and the mandioca plant, from which a coarse meal and tapioca are produced. The city of Campos is situated upon the River Parahiba, twenty miles from its mouth. It is surrounded by vast fertile plains, which give the name to the city. The commerce of this place is extensive, and a large number of coasting smacks are employed to transport thence to Rio Janeiro the sugar, coffee, rum, and rice, which are brought there from the neighboring plantations. When the new rail way is completed to Campos, a distance of nearly two hundred miles, an im mense traffic must flow over the line indicated. If an American colony.should be formed in Brazil, these salubrious uplands, where the fruit of the tropics and the cereals of the temperate zone may flourish together, would be the proper and profitable spot for such an undertaking. v The Maua Railroad runs over the plains which extend from the bay to the base of the Oregon Mountains, and'is on the highway between Rio and the mountain city of Petropoiis, which is a great summer retreat, aDd where the Emperor has a couutry-palaco. The tunnel of Mendez is a stupendous undertaking. Those who, from the city of Rio de Janeiro, have gazed upon the Alpine peaks which surround that city, will have some idea of the difficulties in the way. But, once over this mountain range, we find a country resembling the more level plains of Pennsylvania. The transportation from these uplands has hitherto been by the slow, expensive, and painful means of mules, down steep narrow paths which cannot be found out of South America, and Spain and Thibet. The tunnel of Mendez pierces this mountain range, and will be, when finished, 7,200 Portuguese feet, which are equivalent to one mile and a half English. Up to the 1st of April, this year, 180 feet had been excavated at the southern entrance, and 170 feet at the north ern, (in all 370 feet,) and besides this, three immense shafts have been sunk at different places from the summit of the mountain, so that a steam-engine is en abled to pump off thousands of gallons of water, which, otherwise, would greatly impede the laborers in the horizontal works. The tunnel is wholly made through a rock which the Italians call granililho. which differs from primitive granite in being more friable, and more easily affected by powder. The contractor says that he will soon be in condition to have his force disembowel the mountain at the rate of 45 or 50 feet per month, which Would insure the completion of the tunnel in less than two years. Turning to the north we find, 800 and 1,200 miles away from Rio de Janerio, the Pernambuco and San Francisco, and the Bahia and San Francisco Railroads. They have the same end in view, i. e., to tap the present and future commerce of the rich valley of the San Francisco and the intermediate region. If any one will examine a map of Brazil, he will see the very great importance of these two railroads. The river San Francisco, which is as large as the Volga, falls into the ocean near ten degrees of south latitude, but for nearly three hundred miles from its mouth is interrupted by a series of rapids, ending with the falls of Paulo Alfonso, an immense cataract over which the river madly plunges. This inter ruption to navigation ceases near a point called Joazeiras, which will be found clearly indicated in the map already referred to. Now, above Joazeira3 to the month of Rio das Valhas, in the Province of Minas Geraes, there are, on the San Francisco alone, seven hundred miles of direct steamboat navigation, and when we consider the various affluents, there must be more than as many more miles. In fact, the San Francisco is the largest river emptying into the Atlantic between the La Plata and the Amazon. It rises in the rich province of Minas Geraes, and waters the fertile soil of the important provincial divisions of Bahai, Pernambuco, Sergipe, and Alagoas—the very garden of the Brazilau Empire. The cities of Bahia, San Salvador, (130,000 inhabitants,) and Pernambuco, (80,000,) are contending for the trade of this basin. Both have planned railways Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 637 to Joazeiras, and both have some miles in running order, but great energy will be required to push these roads through the distance of more than three hun dred miles. Such, however, is the necessity of these'iron ways, through a most fertile tract of country, (where, as on the Pernambuco road, one may count in 70 miles 300 sugar plantations within easy distance,) that their completion is only a question of time. * The San Paulo Railway, all of whose stock has been taken, and the money obtained in London, will lead from Santos, a hundred miles or more south of Rio, to the city of San Paulo, the capital of the flourishing province of the same name. Its ultimate terminus will be further inland. Santos is the port of. the great coffee region of Southern Brazil, and there is no doubt, from the prosperity of the province of San Paulo, and the great demand for her production, that the railway will be a profitable one. San Paulo would be au excellent portion of the Empire for Americans to establish themselves for the cultivation of In dian corn, etc. Of other railways in South America, there is a short one in operation in the province of Buenos Ayres, and another of a few miles is projected from the city of the same name to a navigable point for large vessels on the La Plata. In Chili, through the lar-seeing policy of W m. W h e e l w r i g h t , Esq., an American, originally from Jsewburyport, the first railroad of any length in South America was opened. This is the important Copiapo Railroad, which is situated in one of the richest mining districts in the world. The second railroad, (of which now many miles are opened,) is to connect Valparaiso and Santiago, the capital of Chili. This road will do much to develop and enlighten the best of the Spanish republics. In Peru there is but one little railway, leading from Callao to Lima, a distance of seven miles. We believe that these comprise, with the Panama Railroad, the iron-ways of South America, although we have a faint im pression that one has been projected in English Guiana. Railroads on the Pa cific coast will always be difficult of construction, but in the Argentine Confed eration and the Empire of Brazil, the natural difficulties are no greater than in our own land. RAILROAD RECEIPTS FOR SEPTEM BER, 1860. B altim ore and Ohio, m ain line........................ W ashington B ranch ........................................ N orth w estern V irgin ia B ranch.................... T o ta l............ ............................................... B uffalo, N e w Y o r k , and E r ie ........................... C hicago, B urlington, and Q u in c y .................... C h ica go and N orthw estern ................................ C levelan d and T o le d o ......................................... G a lena and C h ic a g o ............................................ H ou sa ton ic............................................................... H ud son R iv er......................................................... Illin ois C entral....................................................... M acon and W e s t e r n ............................................ M ichigan C entral........................................ ........ M ichigan S outhern and N orthern In d ia n a . M ilw a u k ee and M ississip p i............................. N e w Y o r k C e n tra l.............................................. N e w Y o r k and H a rlem ...................................... N e w Y o r k and N e w H a v en ............................ P ittsb u rg , F o rt W a y n e , an d C h ic a g o .......... St. Louis, A lto n , and C hicago.......................... T o le d o and W ab a sh ............................................. $391,882 42,801 29,700 464,383 67,628 225,896 81,200 84,075 221,617 33,124 180,000 257,633 31,959 251,423 236,000 140,013 851,795 106,473 92,051 246,708 94,713 106,100 1819. $333,250 increase $58,632 «< 40,426 2,375 « 19,527 10,173 < « 393,203 71,ISO M 51,546 16,082 « 181,061 44,835 it 51,319 29,881 il 73,000 11,075 (« 208,803 12,814 (( 29,281 3 843 (( 156,973 23,027 ti 246,655 10,978 37,523 decrease 5,564 210,837 increase 40,586 181,000 55,000 « 104,878 35,165 743,598 108,197 97,218 8,255 « 90,554 1,497 « 233,312 13,396 a 82,884 11,829 a 74,689 31,410 638 St itislics o f A griculture, etc. STATISTICS OF AGRICULTURE, &c. . GRAPE CULTURE OS KELLEY’ S ISLAM), OHIO, Among the group of islands which are clustered in the southwestern waters of Lake Erie, there are four— Kelley’s, South Bass, Middle Bass, and North Bass. They together contain between 4,500 and 5,000 acres of land, which is being rapidly brought into a state of high and productive cultivation. They were first visited for the wood and timber which they furnished ; of the latter, cedar posts formed quite an article of export at one time, but this timber has become nearly exhausted. They still furnish considerable quantities of wood of a very superior quality. We have seen on the wharf at North Bass, a nicer article of wood than we ever saw in any other market. k e l le y ’ s island . This island contains about 2,800 acres, and has a population of 476, as is shown by the present census. The island is based upon a fossil bearing lime stone, which contains an almost endless variety of casts of shells, corals, &c., which are found abundantly everywhere on the island and along the shores. It is divided into two rocky spines, which are elevated several feet above the level of the lake, forming gentle slopes and giving a good surface drainage. The elevated points are stony, with thin, though rich soil. The intervals and slopes have a deep, rich soil, resting upon a thick, compact stratum of clay. GRAPE CULTURE AND WISE-MAKING. It is now well settled, in the minds of such as have watched the progress of the matter, that Kelley’s Island is destined to become one of the most important vine-growing sections of our country. The first cultivated vines were set on the island in 1843, and for fifteen years have never failed to produce fruit. The old vines are yet healthy and are in vigorous bearing. Although grapes were thus early cultivated upon the island, it was not until quite recently that vinyards were set for the purpose of making grape-growing and wine-making a business. Prom statistics furnished us we learn Jhat up to 1858 there were but 16 acres in bearing; in 1859, 20 acres, while for the pre sent year the whole amount of bearing vines reaches 62 acres. The following table which has been furnished us, was made out with care and gives a correct and full statement of the grape cultivation at this time. The number of acres by actual measurement would be more than the table shows, as the estimate was made from the cuttings, and no allowance made for the alleys whicli are left through all of the larger vinyards GRAPE STATISTICS OF KELLEY’S ISLAND, OHIO, A c r e s ............. .................................................. In bearing. 62 1860. Set in 1839. 69£ Set in 1860. 99£ Total. 2301 This table shows how rapidiy this new branch of industry has sprung up on the island. From 16 acres in bearings in 1858, they now have 62 acres in bear ing, with a total of 2301 in cultivation— 99i of which are of this year’s setting. Statistics o f Agriculture, etc. 639 The Catawba is the principal grape cultivated. This ripens perfectly and seems better adapted to the climate of the islands and the shore immediately along the lake, than it is to the interior, where fogs retard the ripening, and early frosts cut it off before it is matured. MANNER OP CULTIVATION. The ground is first prepared by being thoroughly underdrained and by deep plowing. The roots are then placed six feet apart in rows of eight feet. The growing plants are trellised on iron wire stretched between cedar posts. The best cultivators have abandoned the old mode of close pruning, so much in vogue in European countries, and followed in many places in the United States. They say that a larger growth of wood is needed here. The old method of trenching the ground has been abandoned as it seems to injure the vines. We are informed that the whole cost of fitting the ground, setting the plants, trellising and cultivating until the vines are in bearing, is $300 per acre. The trellising costs about $130 per acre. There was consumed on the island this season 15 tons of No. 9 telegraph wire, and it is estimated that twice that quantity will be needed next year. It is estimated that one man will cultivate three acres, calculating his labor for the entire year.' The maximum returns per acre is given us as $1,100. Mr. C arpenter for one year realized that amount from an acre, but the vines have never fruited well since. The average yield is $600. The price of grapes and of the fresh juice is growing less each year, principally because many wish to realize their money, so as to enable them to plant a larger breadth of vines. Grapes sold last year in the vinyards for 7 cents per pound, and the juice for from 90 cents to $1 per gallon. Land on the island is valued at from $100 to $200 per acre. What they will soon need on the island is a well constructed wine cellar, where their wines can be properly kept until they are well matured. Butin this particular they are soon to be well provided for. Mr. C arpenter has a cellar now in process of construction, which, when completed, will not be excelled, in some particulars, by anything in this country, and so far as we know, in the world. By excavating the southern slope of the island several extensive quarries of stone have -been opened, and among the number Mr. C arpenter has one of the largest. The rock is seamed back into the hill and transversely, cutting the whole stratum into huge blocks of various sizes. Mr. C arpenter found in his quarry two of these seams 35 feet apart, running back in perpendicular lines, with faces exactly parallel and as even as a wall of cut stone. Mr. C arpenter conceived the idea of removing the block of stone found between these seams for the purpose of constructing a wine cellar. After removing this huge block of stone to a perpendicular depth of 16 feet, and back into the hill a distance of 110 feet, he came to a seam, cutting the others at right angles. This gave him the side and back walls and the floor of a cellar, all of solid rock, and left him nothing to do to complete it but to provide for the roof and the front wall. The floor is on a level with the rock in the quarry in front of the cellar, and as these seams extend down to depths unknown, they will drain it most perfectly. The front is to be a wall of mason work, and the roof an arch of stone. A t a height of seven feet from the floor, upward, there is found a stratum of 640 Statistics o f Agriculture, etc. shale-like rock, about four feet thick, which is so broken as to enable the work men to displace it with picks and heavy hammers, and along this, the masons, at the time of onr visit, were cutting a broad, substantial shoulder, for the base of the roof arch to rest upon. The roof will thus commence seven feet from the floor along the sides, and, resting upon this shoulder cut in rock as solid as the eternal hills, will be carried up to a point in the center, 16 feet above the floor, and will thus have a curve rising nine feet from the base, and this will bring the top of the arch on a level with the surrounding surface. Over this cellar, built like the houses of Edom, or the ancient tombs of Asia, Mr. C a r p e n t e r will erect his wine house, and so arrange it that the juice will be conducted from the press vats to any part of the cellar below. The capacity of the cellar will be ample for 300,000 gallons of wine. It is broad enough for three rows of casks, placed so as to leave the requisite room to pass along and examine both ends of the casks—a thing which has to be done daily in wine cellars. COTTON, The third annual report of the British Cotton Supply Association contains many curious facts, illustrating the energy and research of the association, act ing under the imperative necessity of finding some source to supply, if not pres ent requirements, at least the future increase of demand. In examining this report, we are rather surprised at the extent of the ground covered by the enterprise of the association. There is not an inhabited cotton country in the world to which their attention has not been directed. Through the influence of her Britannic Majesty’s consuls, the cultivation of cotton has been commenced in Turkey. The Home Minister of Greece has in troduced it into some dozen departments of that classic land, and in the island of Cyprus an estate of eighty thousand acres has been devoted to it. A few months ago, Sir M a c d o n a l d S t e p h e n s o n , who is engaged with a railway con necting Smyrna with the fertile valley of the Meander, in Asia Minor, has dis tributed seed and directions for planting and gathering the crop among the farm ers of that celebrated region. Of Egypt, the committee say that they are about publishing a report, show ing the origin, progress, and extent of the cotton culture in the land of Pharaohs. That report, they add, will contain suggestion for increasing the growth from one hundred thousand bales per annum to the large figure of one million. In Tunis, the Bey, stimulated by the representations of the committee, is using ex ertions to induce his subjects to raise cotton. In Western Africa, at Sierra Leone and Sherbro, cotton gins have been introduced, and a trade commenced in the native cotton raised in the neighborhood. In Liberia, the President is making great exertions to establish the cotton culture. An agent of the asso ciation has been traversing that country, and has awakened a strong interest in the subject. Along the Gold Coast, the governor of the English possessions is exerting himself to carry out the views of the association. A t Accra and Cape Coast Castle, are agricultural societies, which make the cotton cultivation their specialty. A great deal of cotton is raised in the countries adjacent. The Accra Agricultural Society has engaged with a Lancashire firm to purchase this cotton, which they buy in the seed for less than a cent a pound. This cot Statistics of Agriculture , etc. 641 ton, cleaned, is worth in Liverpool fourteen cents a pound. Not long since an agent of the association visited the iuterior. His report, it is said, leaves no doubt that soon a large export trade will grow up. In one district this agent found 70,000 people busy growing, spinning, and weaving cotton. The prospect is, that in the numerous towns which stud the coasts cotton marts will be established. A t Elmina, Benin, Old Calabar, and the Cameroone, a good beginning has been made by the distribution of seeds and cotton (hand) gins. At Lagos, already a hopeful trade has been opened. The exports from the western coast rose, from 1858 to 1859, from 1,800 bales to 3,447. At Abbeokuta, the native chiefs have contracted with the New York African Civili zation Company for the allotment of lands to a colony of free blacks from the United States. An English company is forming in aid of this enterprise, one gentleman offering to take shares to the amount of $10,000. Along the line of the river Niger it is proposed to establish trading stations. It is reported that immense quantities, worth, clean, in Liverpool, 16 cents, may be bought, cleaned, on the Niger, for 6 cents. In South Africa, the Government of Natal is stimulating the cotton culture by proposing to receive what is called the hut tax from the native subjects in cotton. Numerous farmers there are planting it. One of them reports that he has on hand 100,000 pounds. In Eastern Africa, the Oxford and Cambridge Mission is about to establish a European colony in the Valley of the Shire, one great object of which will be the raising of cotton. In the West Indies efforts are being made to revive and extend the cultiva tion. In Havana there has been established a company (the Anglo-Spanish Cotton Company) for this purpose, with a capital of four millions of dollars. In Jamaica the British Cotton Company report very encouraging progress. In South America some enterprising cultivators have taken cotton cultivation in hand with excellent prospects. It British Guiana an effort is being made to extend the cultivation there. In Batavia, East Indies, good progress has been made : and in Java seed has been furnished for planting on one of the estates in that island. In Ceylon the subjects of the crown are to be allowed to pay a portion of their tax in cotton. From the Feejee Islands the committee have received specimens of cotton growing wild there, and reproducing for from ten to fifteen years. The samples are so valuable as to range from 13 to 24 cents a pound. It is calculated that from one-half the area of these islands might be raised three or four millions of bales. But as the total population of the islands is only 200,000, it is clear that there must be a large increase to their working population before that pitch of excellence can be reached. The committee hope that the cession to Great Brit ain, proposed by the chiefs, will be accepted ; and add the expression of their high admiration of the quality of the cotton growing wild on the islands. They say that from no other quarter of the world “ has such a collection of graduated qualities been received.” Pegu is also receiving attention. Australia has entered into the cultivation, and is expected soon to export freely. Samples of “ sea island ” from Australia have sold at from Is. 8d. to 2s. per pound. But it is evidently to India that this spirited association looks most hopefully VOL. XLIII.---- NO. V. 41 642 Statistics o] A griculture, etc. for immediate relief. Their report adds to the evidences of the general and great solicitude which is felt in England, to make India a great cotton-exporting coun try. But it is only recently that the feeling has prevailed that she could become so. And even now the committee say, “ no greater want exists in England than a knowledge of the wondrous resources of India.” The association have been indefatigable in supplying that want. The fruits of the exertion made there are highly encouraging. It is supposed that the export this year will reach a million of bales. It is probable that the results of such exertions, co-operating with the grow ing demand, will continue to increase the supply. But it is not probable that the supply will be for many years much more evenly balanced with the demand than it is now. A relatively deficient production would so raise prices as to check consumption. After all, if we consider a statement in this report that the piesent consumption of Europe and the United States is at the rate of sixand-a-half pounds a head, it will be seen that the demand is not at this moment so far in advance of the supply, however much present production may be be hind the present or prospective capacities of the British cotton mills. With such a consumption per head, the population of Europe and America could be supplied by the yield of our own cotton fields alone. But the tendency undoubt edly is to an increase of that amount per head, so that the average shall be brought nearer the United States standard, which is fifteen pounds per head per annum. Supposing the average consumption per head throughout the civilized world to be the consumption of the United States, its inhabitants would require two countries with the present capacities of the United States to supply it. In the view we take of it, attempts to reduce the present price of cotton will be unavailing. A t present prices, the tendency of consumption is to outrun production. Increased production will only lead to increased consumption ; but not to any reduction of price. In consequence, our cotton planters have noth ing to fear from all the efforts made to augment the production. To what further extent the cotton cultivation may be pushed in the United States is a question which cannot be answered without a knowledge of the quan tity of labor available for that production. The cotton area in this country would probably produce one hundred millions of bales a year. But such a pro duction would pre-suppose an addition of some seventy or eighty millions to the number of our slaves, an addition which it would take the country 150 years to realize without importations from Africa. Confining our attention, therefore, to the more immediately interesting question of how much additional labor can be applied yearly, we may assume that the natural increase of the blacks will add 1,500,000 at the end of ten years to the existing number, or an average of 150,000 a year. As cotton will continue to pay better than any other branch of agricultural industry, it will be prosecuted somewhat at the expense of those other branches by withdrawing hands from the latter. There are no statistics to show the actual numerical amount of this withdrawal. We have heard it stated at 60,000 annually from all the non-cotton slaveholding States. This emigration would consist in a large measure of hands purchased expressly for use on the cotton plantations. If we suppose that from both sources, natural increase and emigration, an addition be made to the working force of an average of 70,000 hands yearly, we shall have as the result of their labor an increase in 648 Statistics o f A griculture, etc. ten years of 3,500,000 bales. This would be an average of 350,000 bales a year, and an increase of 80 per cent on the estimated crop (say 4,400,000 bales) of this year. The increase in the last ten years was from 2,600,000 to 4,400,000 bales, or 70 per cent; so that the result we have indicated varies only so far from the experience of the last ten years as may be supposed to be warranted by the increased stimulants to the cultivation of our great staple. But, as we have remarked, this enormous crop of near eight millions of bales will probably all be sold at present prices, paying our planters and merchants some sixty dollars a bale, and enriching the country by an annual flow of wealth into it of near four hundred millions of dollars. A CALIFORNIA FRUIT-ORCHARD, We call attention, says a California paper, to the famous Briggs’ Fruit-Or chard, advertised in our columns. This is undoubtedly one of the most prolific fruit-orchards in the United States, if not in the world. We give the following items from a letter which was addressed to us by the owner :— B riggs ’ B anch E ditor F armer :—Yours of the 16th inst. is before me. , July 19th, 1860. Our orchard has taken the first premium for the two past years. In 1858 we sold 480,000 pounds of fruit, mostly peaches and nectarines. Our net profits were about $50,000. In 1859 we .sold as follows :— Peaches.........lbs. 841,300 N ecta rin es ............ 121,000 A p p le s .........lbs. Pears.................... 35,000 Q uinces.............. 25,000 Plums................. Apricots.............. G rapes............... 15,000 Cherries..........lbs. 200 5,000 T ig s ..................... 475 2,500 1,000 T o t a l............... 1,046,475 The fruit neted about T cents per pound, $70,000 ; gross, $100,000. This year, 1860, we have sold about—Cherries___ lbs. Plums................. 2,000 at 60. cts per lb. I Apricots........ lbs. 40,000 at 20 cts. per lb. 2,000 at 60 “ | Apples................. 3,000 at 25 “ We have yet to pick Apricots . . . .lbs. Apples................. Plum s................. Peaches............. Nectarines. . . . 10,000 100,000 10,000 800,000 300,000 Grapes.. . . . lbs. Figs..................... Quinces................ P e a r s .................. | 30,000 To pick........Ib3. 8,000 Picked............... 3,000 6,000 Total.......... 1,057,000 47,000 1,104,000 Respectfully yours, G. G. BRIGGS. Here is a fruit orchard of 40,000 bearing trees, and an annual crop of one million pounds of fruit, and a probable net income of $80,000 or $100,000. This immense orchard is now for sale. THE CROPS IN CALIFORNIA, A merchant in San Francisco estimates that California will produce this year 7,500,000 bushels of wheat, which, after deducting for consumption and seed, will leave a surplus of 3,525,000 bushels for export. The barley crop of the State is said to be greater than the aggregate of the entire crop throughout the United States, and is estimated for the present year at 7,500,000 bushels, which will leave a surplus of 4,533,000 bushels. 644 Statistics o f Population, etc. STATISTICS OF POPULATION, & c . POPULATION AND GROWTH OF BOSTON, The Boston Journal gives full returns of the popnlation of Boston by the census which has just been taken by the United States Marshal. They are as follows, by wards : — Wards. i ........... 2 ........... 3 ........... 4 ........... 5 ........... "Wards. 8 ......... 9 ......... 1 0 ......... 1 1 ......... 1 2 ......... I860. 12,729 10,428 13,430 20,519 24,921 1855. Increase. Dec. 39 ___ 12,690 977 ___ 9,451 12,553 877 ___ ----13,264 7,255 17,931 6,990 ___ Total. 177,902 162,748 co 1855. Increase. Dec. ___ 2,076 19,264 ___ 15,963 3,393 13,175 1,726 ___ ___ 865 7,912 ___ 3 10,428 5 11,697 18,430 ___ 8,075 T— i 7 ........... I860. 17,189 19,356 14,901 7,047 10,425 11,602 15,355 The population of the city, according to the United States census of 1850, was 138,788. The gain in ten years has therefore been 39,114, which, consid ering the limited area of Boston, and the encroachments of business even upon those restricted limits, is a gratifying increase. The returns from the adjoining cities and towns, which should really form a component part of Boston in esti mating its population and commercial importance, will show even a greater rate of increase. Roxbury, lor instance, has gained from about 15,000, in 1850, (ex cluding West Boxbury, which has since been set off,) to 25,138, in 1860—an increase of over 66 per cent, the increase in Boston being a fraction over 28 per cent. It is interesting, in this connection, to note the movement of population re sulting from the steady growth of business in certain sections of the city. Thus wards one, four, and seven show a large decrease, and in wards five and six the population has been nearly stationary. These are the business wards of the city; ward seven, which show's the greatest decrease, being the center of the business portion of the city. The tendency of population has been to the south ern wards, which show a very large increase. There is no precise account of the population of Boston for nearly the whole of the first century of its existence. In 1638, eight years after its settlement, it was said to be “ rather a village than a town, consisting of no more than twenty or thirty houses.” In 1675, the inhabitants were estimated at 4,000 ; in 1698, at 7,000, (both estimates being probably too large;) in 1704, at 6,750 ; and in 1720, at 11,000. The first enumeration now known was made in 1722, during the prevalence of the small pox, when E neas S alter was employed by the selectmen to ascertain the number of the inhabitants, or, as D ouglas the historian says, to make *•a perlustration of the town.” He reported 10,567, “ besides those who had died or moved out of town,” the decrease from 1720 being attributable to these causes, the deaths from small pox alone having been 771. In 1735, the popula tion was estimated at 16,000. In 1742, a census showed a population of 16,382, and ten years later another census gave 15,731, the small pox having again re duced the population. In 1765, a census taken by order of the General Court showed a population of 15,520. The population of Boston during the Revolution was considerably reduced. In 1776 it was said to contain 2,719 white inhabitants only, many being dis persed in the country. In 1777, the whole number of males of 16 years and upwards was 2,863. In 1781, the popnlation was 15,520. It will thus be seen that the population of Boston remained nearly stationary for many years. It has been said that the new dwelling houses erected during this time scarcely averaged one a year. After the peace of 1783, the population of Boston began gradually to increase. . 645 Statistics o f Population, etc. The following table, showing the results of the census by decennial periods, will exhibit the increase during this century :— Years. 1800........ 1810........ 1820____ 1830........ Population. 24,937 33,787 43,298 61,392 Increase. P. ct. Years. .... .. 1840........ 8,850 35 1850........ 9,511 28 1860........ 18,094 41 Population. 85,000 138,788 177,902 Increase. 23,608 63,788 89,114 P. ct 38 63 28 The period from 1840 to 1850 shows the greatest increase in this century. It was then that the population of Boston showed the impetus which had been given to its business and prosperity by the construction of the network of rail roads which linked her to the other principal cities and towns in New England, and to the Great West. If the growth of Boston has, since that time, been more gradual, it is owing to causes which we have already indicated. When we obtain returns from the neighboring cities and towns within a radius of ten miles of State-street, embracing, outside of the city limits, a very large propor tion of the business men of Boston, it will be found that the march of popula tion has kept pace with the progress in other eastern cities whose limits are less circumscribed. The actual area of Boston proper, it should be remembered, is less than two miles square, and, except in East and South Boston, and at the extreme south part of the city proper, this area was densely populated in 1850. POPULATION OF SPAIN. The first census of Spain that has any pretensions to accuracy was taken in 1857. During the following year additional statistics were collected, r.ll of which have been combined in one volume, and lately published by order of her Catholic majesty’s government. From these statistics it appears that “ lovely Spain—renowned, romantic land ” of the poet, is not far behind neighboring nations in the great march of industrial improvement. Indeed, her progress within the last decade has been, perhaps, as great as any other European nation. The population of Spain, in 1857, was 15,464,340, the superficial extent in English square miles 195,782, making the average number of inhabitants to each square mile nearly 79. Of the whole population, 7,670,933 were males and 7,793,407 females; married males, 2,784,057 ; married females, 2,790,485 ; un married males, 4,521,453 ; unmarried females, 4,307,166. It may be said that, in round numbers, the number of males to females in the whole population— young and old, married, single, and widowed— was 100 males to 102 females. The proportion in England and Wales in 1851, the date of the last British cen sus, was 100 males to 104 females; in Scotland, 100 males to 110 females ; while in our own State of New York, in 1855, it was 100 white males to 100.5 white females. From these statistics we may draw the consoling conclusion to the fair sex of our State that, for every four old maids in Spain, eight in England and Wales, and twenty in Scotland, we have only one in New York. There are only four cities in the whole kingdom whose population exceeds 100,000. These are, Madrid, 281,170 ; Barcelona, 183,787 ; Seville, 112,529 ; Valencia, 106,435. There are five other cities having a population ranging from 40,000 to 70,000. POPULATION OF M ILW AUKEE. The population of Milwaukee has advanced steadily and rapidly during the last twenty years, as will be seen by the following table, showing the progress every five years :— 1835- 1S40. 1845. 1850. 1855. 1860. 500 1,700 8,000 20,061 30,448 45,825 Like other Western cities, it has had its trials, but it is now enjoying an un usual degree of prosperity, consequent, to a great extent, on its railroad advan tages. 646 Statistics o f Population, etc. P O P U L A T IO N 1850. Cincinnati............. 17,034 Cleveland............. . . . Toledo................... ... 7,100 ..........Springfield Portsmouth......... 4,000 Urbana.................. N ew a rk ............... Mansfield.............. OF SO M E O H IO TOW NS, 1860. 160,060 43,550 13,784 7,800 7,000 6,300 5,400 5,050 4,500 1850. Marietta.................. Mt. Vernon............ Ironton..................... Fremont.................. Gallipolis................ Painesville.............. Hillsborough......... 3,711 574 1,464 1,685 1,392 1860. 4,300 4,281 3.695 3,552 3,527 2,811 2,624 2,200 The population of the principal cities (excluding Cincinnati) of the three great valleys in the southern district of Ohio is as follows :— I860. Zanesville, Muskingum V a lle y ......... ..................................... Columbus, Scioto Valley.......................................................... Dayton, Miami Valley........................................................ 9,212 18,638 1850. 7,929 17,882 20,13210,977 The increase of the population of Dayton, it will be seen from the above, has been nearly 100 per cent, and this has placed it ahead of Columbus. CENSUS OF CINCINNATI. We present below, as interesting at this time, the vote of the city for gov ernor in 1859, and the population of the city, according to the showing of the census. The ratio is 7.78 persons to the voter. It will be seen that the cor rections which the Marshal has had made increase the figures to a little over 160,000. Other corrections may increase this a few hundred :— Vote in Wards. i ........... 2 ........... 3 ........... 4 ........... 5 ........... 6 ........... 7 . . ’___ 9 ______ 10........... 1850. 1859. 1860. 6,849 8,213 7,668 10,957 5,283 9,628 9.344 14,422 10,705 13,032 1,039 831 1,097 1,063 851 1,056 962 1,085 1,244 1,599 7,371 4,i 58 8,316 10,339 5,941 7,796 7,707 13,292 9,058 11,520 1850. T ota l. Vote in 18S9. I860. 19,334 1,549 2,148 862 1,249 1,619 1,263 481 12,731 18,590 7,537 9,030 11,954 10,680 4,040 115,435 20,588 160,060 Wards. i i ........... 12........... 13........... 14........... 15........... 16........... 17........... CENSUS OF RHODE ISLAND, The State census returns for the entire State of Rhode Island are as follows : In 1850, the population of the State was 147,549 ; in 1860, 173,869 ; an in crease of 26,320. or a little short of eighteen per cent. There are but five counties in the State, the following being the recapitulation : — 1820. 1810. 1840. 1850. 1860. Providence............................... N ew port.................................. Washington............................. K en t......................................... B ristol...................................... Counties 35,786 15,771 15,687 10,228 6,687 47,OH 16,534 15,414 12,784 5,466 68,073 16,874 14,324 13,083 6,476 87,628 20.009 16,430 15,068 8,514 107,078 21,906 18,682 17,296 8,907 T o t a l............................ 83,059 97,212 147,549 173,869 108,830 The city of Providence has increased from 41,513 to 49 914, being 8,401 in ten years. 647 Statistics o f Population , etc. B U S IN E S S P O P U L A T IO N OF SAN F R A N C IS C O . A new Directory of San Francisco has been published, and it contains some interesting statistics about the city. For instance, it states that there are 10,123 buildings in San Francisco, classified as follows :— W ood.................... Brick..................... . Iron......................... A'dobe.................... Stone..................... T o ta l............ One story. 3,714 243 8 Two stories. 4,733 925 30 3 3 Three stories. 152 253 6 1 1 3,967 5,694 413 Four stories. 4 37 3 1 1 Five stories. Total. 8,603 1,461 47 6 6 3 46 3 10,123 In this table are included over 70 single buildings which vary in width from 50 to 140 feet. The compiler of the Directory reports the number of business houses in July, 1860, and the number that have withdrawn from business within the last twelve months, which latter number includes about two-fifths of those in business here in the middle of last year. The table is as follows No. 1869. Assayers.............. Attorneys............. Auctioneers.......... Bakeries............... Bankers................ Baths................. .. Billiard-makers... Boarding-houses . Breweries........... Brokers............... Butchers, &c......... Cabinet-makers... Carpenters........... Clothing cfe tailors. Coal and wood . . Dressmakers . . . . Dry goods............ Fruits................... No Decl’d Still in j,.a' busin’s. busi’s. Oil. 8 2 6 271 37 22 8 Furniture, <fec.. . . 288 Groceries.............. 20 Gunsmiths............ 66 Hardware............ 17 Hairdressers........ 15 Hatters................. 9 Liquors................ 248 L u m ber............... 24 Milliners, <fcc......... 179 Painters................ 150 Physicians............ 22 Printing-offices. . . 120 Produce................. 186 276 Stoves <fe tinware. 85 Upholsterers, &s. 62 Watchmakers, &c. 83 121 22 78 20 6 234 14 63 16 14 9 286 18 150 125 27 86 21 75 180 266 65 56 117 72 1 15 4 3 168 10 6 2 61 59 15 63 58 99 39 34 34 50 No. 118 16 89 66 6 12 72 157 26 Decl’d Still in 1859. busin’s. busi’s. 70 328 14 32 60 16 760 32 43 50 169 13 70 66 22 135 48 193 No* ’ fiO. 54 373 6 8 12 4 44 28 16 37 95 23 800 33 43 65 189 17 48 84 64 30 84 6 10 341 9 27 35 55 419 23 16 15 114 13 30 32 38 .. 40 84 13 51 30 10 20 23 50 27 — — — Total............. 3,626 1,570 2,056 3,985 CENSUS OF N EW H A M PSHIRE. The first reliable census of New Hampshire after it ceased to be a province was taken in 1790, when the population was found to be 141,111 ; in 1800 it was 183,762 ; in 1810 it was 214,360. In the following table we give the re sults of each successive census from that time to the present Counties. Hillsborough................... Rockingham.................. ___ Grafton............................ M errimac....................... Strafford.......................... Cheshire......................... Carroll............................. r Sullivan.......................... Belknap......................... C o o s ................................ ___ Total.................... 1820. 1830. 1840. 1850. 1860. 37,762 44,452 38,691 34,619 58,916 27,016 57,478 49,194 42,343 40,337 29,374 30,144 20,157 19,375 17,721 11,853 62,239 50,110 42,273 41,460 30,416 27,443 20,476 19,039 18,551 13,168 317,976 326,175 5,151 8,890 42,494 45.771 42,311 36,253 23,166 26,429 19,972 20,340 17,988 9,849 244,161 269,533 284,574 40,526 .... 19,887 Statistics o f Population , etc. 648 From this table it will be seen that the gain in population between 1850 and 1860 has been much less than duriDg any previous decade. The reader will no tice that it is only one-fourth of the increase between 1840 and 1850. What is the cause of this ? The increase of population throughout the country has been in a greater ratio during the latter than the iormer period. Of the two leading interests in our State, agriculture and manufactures, the former has been quite as profitable for the last ten years as for the ten years previous. We must therefore look to the condition of manufactures for a solution of this question. In the aggregate, manufacturing, though at this time encouraging, has been less profitable since 1850 than for the ten years previous. Added to this, there has been an impression among manufacturers that legislation and popular sentiment was less favorable to manufacturing interests in this State than in Maine and Massachusetts. Hence Lewiston, Biddeford, Lawrence, and other manufactur ing towns in the above-named States, are growing more rapidly than the manu facturing towns in this State. Whatever reason there may have been for this belief, the recent legislation of this State gives evidence that it is entirely re moved. STATISTICS OF POPULATION OF BALTIMORE COUNTY. Some interest being felt in relation to the progress of Baltimore County in population during the past decade, we present the following comparative tables, which, though deficient as to details, so far as the census of 1860 is concerned, are nevertheless sufficient to show with accuracy the relative proportion of white and colored inhabitants. The census of 1850 having been taken before the sep aration between the city and county went into effect, the tables presented the combined population of both ; but as a table giving the population of Balti more city was also introduced, by separating the statistics of population as given for the city from those of the city and county, we arrive at the following results:— Population of Baltimore County, including city . Population o f Baltimore City................................. Baltimore County. . . . .............................. White. Free col. Slaves. Total. 114,853 29,075 6,718 210,646 140,666 25,442 2,946 169,054 34,187 3,633 3,772 41,592 It will be seen by the above that the total population of Baltimore County in 1850 was 41,592 ; in 1860 it is reported to be 54,460; increase in ten years, 12,868. In 1850 the number of slaves in Baltimore County was 3,772 ; in 1860, 3,131; decrease, 641. MICHIGAN TOW NS— POPULATION. The following are the returns for some of the towns of Michigan :— Pittsfield..................... Salem........................... Superior....................... Ypsilanti C it y ........... Ypsilanti town........... Ann Arbor City......... Ann Arbor village . . . Ann Arbor town . . . . Nortbfield................... W ebster..................... Augusta....................... Bridgewater............... 1850. 1800. 1,232 1,343 1,127 1,304 1,360 1,344 4,042 1,369 4,491 602 1,443 1,373 1,106 1,140 1,290 3,052 . . . . . . . . 4,870 1,116 924 808 1,148 1850. L o d i....................... Manchester............ Saline.................... York...................... D e x te r................. Freedom................ Lima..................... . Lyndon.................. Scio....................... Sharon................. S ylv a n ................. . 1,274 1,631 1,435 1,214 1800. 1,321 1,712 1,917 1,573 857 1,350 1,000 901 869 924 823 1,820 1,003 1,543 Mercantile Miscellanies. 649 MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. NEW YORK CENTRAL l'A R K . The third report of the board of commissioners of the Central Park has just been issued, which gives minute details of the work accomplished, and of that in progress at the present time. This is the first great enterprise of this nature in the United States, and we here make a record of its main features as a mat ter of general interest. During the current year the chief work will be the completion of the details of the lower park, and the construction of carriage roads and a foot walk in the upper park. The principal features of the work that have been accomplished to this time, are the following :— 1st. The roads completed are as follows :— Total Macadamized road finished...............................................................feet “ Telford “ “ ...................................................................... “ gravel “ “ ..................................................................... 7,233 9,838 200 Total, 3 miles 1,431 feet, (3£ miles.) 2d. Roads commenced, graded, and in progress of grading : 26,751 feet, or 5 miles 351 feet. 3d. The total length of footpath, of divers width, completed, is 7 miles. The total length of the walk of the mall completed, is 1,450 feet. Total walks com pleted, 7 miles 1,450 feet. There are seven ornamental bridges complete, or nearly complete, and five ornamental bridges in progress. The number of trees and shrubs planted is as follows : Evergreen trees, 1,573 ; evergreen shrubs, 1,864 ; deciduous trees, 1,259 ; deciduous shrubs, 9,137 ; creep ers, 3,157 ; herbaceous plants, 375. Total, 17,365. The total amount of drainage laid during 1859 is as follows : Below Eightysixth street, 7 070-1000 miles : above Niuty-third street, 3 434 1000 miles. By an act passed by the Legislature of 1858-59 it is provided that bequests may be made to the city of New York for the improvement aud ornamentation of the Central Park, or for the establishment or maintenance of museums, zoolo gical gardens, etc.., upon such trusts and conditions as may be prescribed by the donors, and agreed to by the mayor, aldermen, and cominalty of the city of New York, and that such property shall be under the management, direction, and control of the board of commissioners of the Central Park. Under this provision the commission have granted permission to place within the park a monumental statue, in marble or bronze, of the late Commodore P erry —the gift of A ugust B elmont, Esq. Observatories, museums of natural history, zo ological and botanical gardens and galleries of art, find offers of substantial aid for their foundation. The board, however, recommend the propriety of leaving such institutions to the care of private hands, or of associations, under such judicious general regulations as might be prescribed by the board, having refer ence to the convenience and comfort of visitors, and to the integrity and faith fulness of their management. The supply of water for lakes, fountains, and irrigation, will be inadequate until the new reservoir is brought into use, and additional facilities furnished for bringing to it the full volume of the aqueduct. The board has had under consideration the subject of the expense of main taining the park, and will endeavor to establish a system of license for franchises and privileges, that will yield a revenue to the park without in any respects ob structing or taxing its free enjoyment in all departments. Licenses for refresh ment rooms for perambulators, or bath-chairs for invalids, to be allowed on the 650 Mercantile Miscellanies. walks, and for boats on the lake, may all be made to yield a revenue, and relieve the city of a part of the annual cost of maintaining the park. These conve niences are all to be conducted under stringent rules, to be provided by the board. In relation to the zoological garden the report says that while such an insti tution could not justly be maintained by the public funds, it would be of great interest and instruction to the whole community. In the hands of a private as sociation, it could well afford to pay a rent for a location on the park, which rent, together with all other privileges of this nature, should yield a revenue to be applied to the reduction of the annual expenses of maintaining the park. Interesting statistics are given of the value of real estate in the wards contig uous to the park, for the past five years. They are as follows :— 1855. 1856. 1857. 12th ..................... 19th....................... 22d......................... wards. $8,462,635 9,382,886 10,593,139 $8,149,360 8,041,183 10,239,022 $8,134,013 8,558,624 10,489,454 Total............. $28,438,660 $26,429,565 $27,182,091 Wards. 12th............................................................. 19th............................................................. 2 2 d ............................................................. Total............................................ 1858. $8,476,790 10,971,775 11,553,506 $31,002,051 Increased valuation on the three wards, 1856 to 1859, inclusive Total............................................................................................ 1850. $10,062,725 12,621,894 13,261,025 $35,945,644 $35,945,644 26,429,565 $9,516,079 The total cost of land taken for the park to January 1st, 1860 Of this amount there was assessed upon contingent lands........ $6,406,193 74 1,661,385 00 Total cost of lands of the park........................................ $3,744,798 74 To this is to be added the cost of the proposed addition to the park of the lands between 106th and 110th streets. As nearly as can now be ascertained, 10,500 persons have had employment on the park at different times, since its commencement. Four thousand four hun dred thirty-five were employed during last year. The average per day for the past year is 3,027. The largest number at one time was 3,666. The average number of general foremen, foremen, and assistant foremen, during the year is 146. Two hundred eighty-four men have been discharged for inefficiency ; 286 for violation or neglect of rules; 477 have been temporarily suspended from work for neglect of rules, etc. One fatal accident occurred during the year, and one the year previous ; both the results of imprudence of persons killed. These are believed to be the only fatal accidents that have occurred iii the construction of the park. The force is paid in specie, regularly every fortnight, commencing on Thursday. The following is a summary of the treasurer's account :—Total receipts from May 1st. 1857, to January 1st. 1860, §1.775,512 36 ; the expenditures from May 1,1857, the date of the organization of the board, to January 1st, 1858, were §77,881 41 ; expenditures from January 1st, 1858, to January 1st, 1859, were §507,487 86 ; expenditures from January 1st, 1859, to January 1st, 1860, were §1,179.246 47 ; total expenditures from' May 1st, 1857, to January 1st, 1860, §1,764,615 74 : balance, January 1st, 1860, §10,896 62. THE END OF DEBT, In the fall of 1847, a young man came to this city in quest of employment. After weeks of unsuccessful search, he found himself without a prospect of work, Mercantile Miscellanies. 651 and considerably in debt for board. In despair, he made arrangements for dis posing of his clothes by auction, in order to defray his debts, when a letter was sent him containing a twenty dollar bill, and directing him to apply for the situ ation of card stripper, to the overseer of one of the corporations. The letter re quested him to sign a note of hand for the amount loaned, and to place it in a cer tain unoccupied box in the post-office, where it would be called for by the lender. This young man did as was directed, and received the situation, the overseer stating that it had been secured for him at the earnest solicitation of a young lady. Years passed away, and all attempts to discover his creditor was unavail ing. The young man prospered in business, and at length plighted his affections to an amiable young lady with whom he had become acquainted. On the day before their marriage, he received a letter requesting him to call at a certain place and pay the note of twenty dollars, with interest, which he had signed some years before. Anxious to settle an indebtedness which, from the mystery of the whole affair, had occasioned many hours of unhappiness, he hastened to the place indicated, and was ushered by the domestic into a parlor, where, to his astonishment, he discovered in the person of his unknown benefactor, the lady with whom, upon the next day, he was about to unite his earthly fortune. It was her first business transaction, and the partnership which followed bids fair to continue happily through life. DIRECT SOUTHERN TRADE W ITH EUROPE. We have received the following interesting communication from a Committee of the City Council of Baltimore:— C h a m be r of the C it y C o u n cil op B altim ore , A u gu st 2, 1860. At a regular meeting of the Committee of the City Council and merchants of Baltimore, for the establishing of a steam service between the Southern States and Europe, held on the 30th day of July, the following resolution was unani mously adopted :— Resolved, That a Committee be appointed who shall enter into correspondence with the governors cf all Southern States, and also the mayors of all Southern cities, asking what amount of bonds they will be willing to advance, or what amount of interest they will be willing to guaranty per annum, in order to estab lish a direct steam communication between the Chesapeake Bay and Europe. In accordance with the resolution, we now transmit you herewith a copy of the same, and ask your sympathy and substantial aid to assist us in carrying through successfully the project now under contemplation. The Committee feel that, in the present position of our national affairs, no argument is necessary upon their part to impress upon you and your citizens the absolute necessity which should induce our Southern sister States to unite with us in effecting the organization proposed, or to attempt to show forth to them the vast benefits which must result therefrom. In our opinion, the time for action is now. We possess within ourselves all the elements of power and greatness; and if we fail to use them aright, the fault is ours, and will rest upon the generation in which we live. Although the resolution names only the connection between the Chesa peake Bay and Europe, still the Committee recognize the favorable position of Charleston in its relation to the cotton States, the West Indies, and the Gulf of Mexico, and appreciate the importance of such a combination with South Carolina as will bring the whole South, from Maryland to Texas, to accord upon a common policy for the establishment of this proposed Southern steamship line. The Committee are fully aware that you, in your official capacity, cannot pledge your State to lend its aid to this undertaking, yet we think a recommendation from you to your Legislature will be successfully carried through ; and we there 652 M ercantile Miscellanies. fore ask you to state what amount of aid you can consistently recommend your State to grant to this enterprise. In the permanent organization of the com pany, your State would, of course, be entitled to a representation. It is most probable that the ships could be easily obtained in Europe, with a guaranty of interest not to exceed six per cent per annum ; but the Committee think that ships could be obtained upon much more favorable terms if the company were to purchase them with State bonds or cash, and that it would be most desirable to sail them under the American flag. We therefore propound to you the follow ing questions:— What amount of interest would your State agree to guaranty annually for the support of this service? What amount of stock would it agree to subscribe for. payable in State bonds, in case the ships are purchased and owned by this company? The capital required to purchase and equip properly a line of steamers would be about $3,000.000. It may be urged against this enterprise, that the vessels will not pay, and we may be referred to lines that have previously been started, and which have been unsuccessful— to which we say that their want of success has been owing to the fact that they have been started without sufficient capital. They have been built and equipped by men that could take stock for their pay, and they have been furnished with stores by those who would give them credit, and who doubtless charged such prices as would under the circumstances remunerate them. Hence to avoid the difficulty which has ruined other similar enterprises, the Committee ask for a sufficient capital to place the company upon such a footing as will enable them to start and main tain the same in proper credit. All of which we most respectfully submit for your consideration ; and hoping soon to receive a favorable reply from you, we are, respectfully, F R E D . F I C K L E Y , J r ., Chairman. G. O. G O R T E R . A D E X A N D E R PENN. C. S I D N E Y N O R R IS . ¥ M , M cP IIA IL . SAILORS— W HAT TH E Y A R E , AND W H AT TH E Y SHOULD BE. The New York Shipping List has the following remarks upon the condition and supply of seamen :— Inasmuch as a considerable degree of interest is being manifested just now in everything which pertains to the shipping interest, we deem it a fitting time, as well as an act of duty, to speak a word for “ poor Jack,” and to revert to the endeavors which are put forth from time to time, having in view the improve ment of the seamen employed in our merchant service, both as regards their own personal comfort, and the enhancement of their usefulness to their employers, as well as for the purpose of obtaining for our mercantile marine a character for respectability, to which, in its present condition, it can have very few preten sions. The great question— “ what produces a scarcity of good seamen,” has at length reached that point, we think, which renders its satisfactory solution a comparatively simple task. It is an indubitable fact, that the chief cause is to be found in the flagrant abuses of the forecastle, and but little can be done to ameliorate the condition of the sailor which does not aim directly at a revolu tion in this department. Another of the main causes is the sailor boarding house agency, which has proved one of the most formidable obstacles in the way of any plans for improvement heretofore put forth, and which are come to be considered almost insurmountable. Until both of these monstrosities can be successfully overcome, all efforts to improve the condition of the seafaring man must prove utterly futile, and d o permanent good can reasonably be expected to result from them. The laborer, the mechanic, and, in fact, the worker in all de partments of industrial trade, has advanced in civilization and refinement, and has now claim to a wide influence upon the progress of society. But in this ad vancement, the sailor has not participated, except, perhaps, to a very limited extent. To be sure, his condition is comparatively elevated from the lowest standard of years agone, his salary is more remunerative, and an enlightened liberality has, in some few cases, made provision for his better accommodation Mercantile Miscellanies. 653 and treatment on shipboard. The condition of our merchant seamen is far from being what it should be, however, and the philanthropic, the religiously and charitably disposed are periodically importuned to ameliorate their miserable condition, by relieving them from the abuses of the forecastle when at sea, and by breaking up the iniquitous sailor boarding-house system, through which agency they are defrauded of their hard-earned money when in port. Any one at all conversant with seafaring life in all its varied ramifications, must be cognizant of the fact that any aud every scheme having this object in view, is strenuously opposed by these land sharks, who infest our wharves, and all of whom use the most herculean efforts to defeat every such endeavor, and frustrate every effort which may be put forth in this direction, and which may stand never so poor a chance of effecting the desired result. Could a greater spirit of enterprise be infused into some of these spasmodic endeavors, seconded by a kindred spirit in the mercantile community, they might be productive of much good ; but as it is, the few well meaning people who have heretofore taken the lead, have proved themselves utterly inadequate to cope with their formidable opponents, and accord ingly little or no faith is reposed in their oft-reiterated promises to effect a re volution. To insure the success of such an undertaking, our merchants mustfirst be induced to abrogate their system of retrenchment—exercised whenever they have opportunity—use their influence to reform the abuses of the forecastle, in sure kind treatment, pay good wages, and thus create an inducement for respectable young men to follow the sea as a means of livelihood. Sailors, as a class, are as susceptible of gratitude and a reciprocation of kindly feeling as any class of men in the world, but they are too generally looked upon as a lower order of human beings aud there is often a feeling of antagonism between them and their officers, created, in many instances, it is evident, by the harsh treatment of the latter. The most feasible form for a permanent reform, however, and, in fact, the only practical or efficient one, it seems to us, is the establishment, by an act of Congress, of an apprentice system, rendering it obligatory for-ships to carry as apprentices a certain number of youth for a given term of years. This will insure to the owners and masters of ships good, well-known seamen, whose characters they themselves have developed, and to the seamen themselves a good nautical education, and a respect from "their superiors, which this class of men have hitherto failed to command. FACTS AND FIGURES, Lead and zinc are greatly expanded by heat—the latter metal expands nearly twice-and-a-half more than wrought iron under equal temperatures. The ordinary burden of a camel is 750 pounds. With this load he will travel at about two miles an hour for from 15 to 18 hoars per day, continuing this ser vice for weeks, with only one pound of food and a pint of water daily. J ames W att , in a letter written in 1770, described and sketched a “ spiral oar ” or screw propeller. The feed water of boilers acquires a galvanic effect in passing through the copper tubes of surface condensers. Forests attract rain; a country stripped of its forests is likely to suffer from drouth. A canal from the Nile to the Red Sea was once opened and kept open for many years. The greatest range which can be obtained from a gun is when the piece is inclined at an angle of 45 degrees. It is found that the prairie-stone, existing in such large quantities just back of Chicago, will make gas as well and as freely as the best coal, yield 50 per cent of pure saltpeter, and a residue be left of as good lime as can be found anywhere. 654 M ercantile Miscellanies. ANECDOTE OF STEPHEN GIRARD. Old G irard had a favorite clerk, and he always said “ he intended to do well by B en. L ippixcott .” S o when B en . got to be twenty-one he expected to hear the governor say something of his future prospects, and perhaps lend a helping hand in starting him in the world. But the old fox carefully avoided the sub ject. B en . mustered courage. “ I suppose I am free, sir,” said he, “ and I thought I would say something to you as to my course: what do you think I had better do ?” “ Yes, yes, I know you are,” said the old millionaire, “ and my ad.vice is that you go and learn the cooper’s trade.” This application of ice nearly froze B en. out, but recovering equilibrium, he said if Mr. G irard was iD earnest he would do so. “ I am in earnestand B en. sought the best cooper in Spring Garden, became an apprentice, and in due time could make as good a barrel as the best. He announced to old S tephen that he had graduated and was ready to set up business. The old man seemed gratified, and immediately ordered three of the best barrels he could turn out. B en. did his prettiest, and wheeled them up to the old man’s counting-room. Old G irard pronounced them first rate, and demanded the price. “ One dollar,” said B en ., “ is now as low as I can live by.” “ Cheap enough—make out your bill.” The bill was made out and old S teve settled it with a check for 5520.000, which he accompanied with this little moral to the story:— *•There, take that and invest it in the best possible manner, and if you are un fortunate and lose it, you have a good trade to fall back upon, which will afford you a good living.” W e should like to see all the old solid fellows trying that experiment. It might spoil a barrel or two but it wouldn’t spoil the boys. LONDON TOBACCO TRADE AND CONSUMPTION, There are 12 city brokers in London, expressly devoted to tobacco sales; 90 manufacturers, 1,569 tobacco shops, 7,380 workmen engaged in the different branches of the business, and no less than 252,043 tobacco shops in the United Kingdom. And if we turn to the continent, the consumption and expenditure assume proportions perfectly gigantic. In Prance much more is consumed, in proportion to the population, than in England. The emperor clears 100,000,000 francs annually by the government monopoly. In the city of Hamburg 40,000 cigars are consumed daily, although the population is not much over 150,000; 10,000 persons, many of them women and children, are engaged in their manu facture ; 150 ,000,000 cigars are supplied annually ; a printing press is entirely occupied in printing labels for the boxes of cigars, etc., and the business employs £4,000,000 or §20,000,000. In Denmark the annual consumption reaches the enormous average of 70 ounces per head of the whole population; and in Bel gium even more—to 73 ounces, or 3.6 lbs. per head. It is calculated that the entire world of smokers, snuffers, and chewers consume 2,000,000 tons of tobacco annually, or 4,480,000,000 lbs. weight—as much in tonnage as the corn consum ed by 10,000,000 Englishmen, and actually at a cost sufficient to pay for all the bread corn in Great Britain. Five-and-a-half millions of acres are occupied in its growth, the produce of which, at two pence per pound, yields £37,000,000 sterling, or §185,000,000. The Book Trade. 655 THE BOOK TRADE. 1.— Tzaak Walton’s Lines. The Lives of Dr. John Donne, Sir Henry Wotton, Richard Hooker, George Herbert, and Dr. Robert Sanderson. By I zaak W alton , with some account of the author and his writings. By T homas Z ouch, D.D. New edition with illustrated notes, complete in one volume. 12mo., pp. 386. Boston: Crosby, Nichols, Lee & Co. The life of Izaak Walton, though little diversified with events, and exhibit ing none of those attributes which are wont to commemorate us in the estimation of our fellow creatures, such as brilliant achievements, the pride of superfluous wealth, or the splendor of high descent, has always received more or less atten tion. His was one of those minds which may be said to gather “ sermons from stones, wisdom from running brooks, and good from everything.” The com placency of his life, free from the pursuit of gain, his Christian virtues, the en couragement given by him to the more innocent recreations, have endeared his name to all. Indeed, though near 200 years have elapsed since he left the stage of existence, in the skillful management of the angle, he is believed to have borne away the prize from all his contemporaries. All lovers of that “ gentle art ” still swear by him, and the instructions contained in his “ Complete Angler ” are to this day looked upon as authority by all lovers of the gentle art, as compris ing the clearest and fullest instructions for the attainment of a thorough pro ficiency in angling. But Izaak Walton possessed a mind enriched by study and contemplation as well, and contained in this volume will be found several biographies, denominated by him as simply good men, such as Dr. Donne the eloquent and effective preacher, Life of Sir Henry Wotton, Richard Hooker, George Herbert, Dr. Robert Sanderson, &c., &c. Aside from the fact, that the examples of such men, strictly and faithfully discharging their professional duties, must obviously tend to invigorate our own efforts to excel in moral worth, the book will be found interesting from the insight it conveys of English society during the troublesome times of the Covenanters in 1643. It is gotten up in the English style, with clear type and tinted paper, and reflects all credit upon its enterprising publishers. 2.— The Works of Francis Bacon, Baron of Verulam, Viscount St. Albans, and Lord High Chancellor of England. Collected and edited by J ames S peed in g , M. A., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Vol. xi., be ing vol. i. of the literary and professional works, “ History of the Reign of King Henry V II. 12mo., pp. 461. Boston: Brown & Taggard; also for sale by E. French, 53 Cedar street, N. Y. Lord B acon has always been acknowledged as a man possessed of the highest intellect of his time, and his masterly essays, in which his peculiar genius is readily most conspicuous, have been handed down as models of their kind. As a historian, however, he has been much criticised, from his too frequent disposi tion to taint his works with lukewarm censure of falsehood and extortion, and in handling this subject he has been accused of having simply written the life of Kink Henry to gratify James I., and in his efforts to do so, has both distort ed character and events. But if the object of history, as B acon has it, is to reproduce such an image of the past that the actors shall seem to live, and the events to pass before our eyes anew, at the same time that it leaves the conclu sions thereon to the liberty and faculty of every man’s judgment, then we should say he has succeeded so well that he has left later historians but little to do. With but slight variations the portraits of Henry have ever been the same— the same cold reserve, suspicion, avarice, parsimony, party spirit, partiality in the administration of justice, yet possessed of sagacity, industry, and cour age, who for twenty-three years really governed England by his own wit and his 656 The Booh Trade. own will. Contained in the volume is also a short memorial on the memory of Elizabeth, which traces on a few brief pages, as well, the principle elements comprising the character of that most singular woman. But if there is any thing to be praised more than another, it is the really beautiful style in which the publishers, Messrs. Brown & Taggard, are bringing out this series of B acon’ s works, on tinted paper, new type, etc. Book fanciers, we imagine, will have to go far before they meet with volumes displaying more taste in their getting up than these. 3. — Wilkins Wylder; or the Successful Man. By S tephen F. M il l e r , author of “ The Bench and Bar of Georgia.” 12mo., pp. 420. Philadelphia: J .B . Lippincott & Co. This will be considered by many a rather tame tale, from the lack of bloody plots. &c., with which authors usually choose to illustrate stories of this kind. It is evident the author in this case considered that such personages as Irving, Scott, Cooper, and other writers of fiction, have a large account to settle for turning the minds of the young into false channels, by throwing silken cables over dark caverns, and investing life with colors which inspire a momentary pleasure, through the imagination, never to be realized in daily life. Whatever the story may lack in these respects, is amply made up by the wholesome moral lessons it contains, relative to the duties of man and his social nature. Included in the volume is also a second story called “ Mind and Matter,” which we con sider decidedly the best of the two—teaching conversely that nobility of mind may exist after fortune has departed, and that the instinct of friendship can do no good under false pretences. On the whole it will be found a capital story— one we cannot go amiss in placing in the family library. 4. — Critical and Miscellaneous Essays and Poems. caulay . New and revised edition. 12mo., pp. 358. B y T. B abington M a New York: D. Apple- ton & Co. The collection embraced in this volume of Macaulay’s writings, comprehends some of the earliest and latest works he composed, such as “ Criticisms on the Principal Italian Writers,” “ Account of the Great Lawsuit between the Parishes of St. Dennis and St. George in the Water,” “ Fragments of a Boman Tale,” &c. &c., all taken from Knight’s Quarterly Magazine and the Edinburgh Review, and embracing the long space of time intervening between 1812 and 1850, with the exception of his sketch of the life of William Pitt, written for the Encyclo pedia Brilannica during 1859, and among the last if not the closing up of his literary labors. Included in the volume are also a number of poems, some of which have already appeared in print, -while others have not, the first two hav ing been composed during the author’s childhood. The volume, like most others issued from the house of Messrs. D. Appleton & Co., exhibits much taste in the getting up, and will prove a valuable acquisition to the private library. 5. — Primary History of the United Stales, made Easy and Interesting for Be ginners. By G. P. Quackenbos, A . M., Principal of the “ Collegiate School,” N. Y . New York: D. Appleton & Co. The wants of primary schools have been particularly consulted in the pre paration of this little book. The author here endeavors to present the history of our country so clearly that it may be studied intelligibly by the merest youth. Knowing the fondness of the young for stories, truthful anecdotes have been interspersed throughout. And to please the eye, as well as to awaken thought, numerous engravings, designed with strict regard to historic truth, have been in troduced. The form of continuous narrative has been adopted as preferable for reading purposes, but questions bringing out every leading fact are presented at the end of each lesson, which may be used by the learner in preparing himself, and by the teacher at recitation.